<PAGE>   1


                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                 ---------------

                                    FORM 10-K

(Mark one)

      [X]       ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                            FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 1997

      [ ]      TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                         COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 0-21308

                               JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

          DELAWARE                                             38-1886260
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF                              (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)                              IDENTIFICATION NO.)

              10800 ROOSEVELT BLVD., ST. PETERSBURG, FLORIDA 33716
               (ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES) (ZIP CODE)

       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (813) 577-9749

        Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                    COMMON STOCK, $0.001 PAR VALUE PER SHARE
                                (TITLE OF CLASS)

         Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes X   No
                                              ---    ---
         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained,
to the best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K. / /

         The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates
of the Registrant (based on the closing sale price of the Common Stock as
reported on the NASDAQ National Market on October 31, 1997) was approximately
$971,497,581. For purposes of this determination, shares of Common Stock held by
each officer and director and by each person who owns 5% or more of the
outstanding Common Stock have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed
to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a
conclusive determination for other purposes. The number of outstanding shares of
the Registrant's Common Stock as of the close of business on October 31, 1997,
was 37,028,152. The Company does not have any non-voting stock outstanding.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

         The Registrant's definitive Proxy Statement for the 1997 Annual Meeting
of Stockholders to be held on January 22, 1998 is incorporated by reference in

Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the extent stated herein.



<PAGE>   2




                                     PART I


ITEM 1. BUSINESS

         This Business discussion contains trend analysis and a number of
     forward-looking statements. These statements are based on current
     expectations and actual results may differ materially. Among the factors
     that could cause actual results to vary are those described in the section
     Factors Affecting Future Results.

THE COMPANY

         Jabil Circuit, Inc. ("Jabil" or the "Company") is an independent
supplier of custom manufacturing services for circuit board assemblies,
subsystems and systems to major original equipment manufacturers ("OEMs") in the
communications, personal computer, computer peripherals, automotive and consumer
industries. Jabil's business strategy is to create and support long-term
manufacturing partnerships with leading electronics companies in growth
industries. The Company executes this strategy by offering its customers a
complete turnkey solution, including circuit and production design; component
selection, sourcing and procurement; automated assembly; design and
implementation of product test; and shipment to end-users. Jabil's turnkey
approach enables customers to transfer virtually all internal manufacturing
responsibilities to the Company. Management believes the Company is a leader in
offering expanded turnkey services such as circuit and production design and in
the early implementation of new manufacturing technologies.

         The Company's manufacturing services combine a high volume, highly
automated manufacturing approach with advanced design and manufacturing
technologies. Jabil is organized in resource and product line-dedicated business
units that the Company refers to as "work cells". Management believes this work
cell structure promotes a high level of responsiveness to customers and
facilitates highly responsive global, multi-location production that is adaptive
to changing customer needs.

         The Company currently conducts operations in Scotland, Malaysia and in
three regions of the United States, and is in the process of opening an
operation in Mexico. The Company believes that localized global production is an
important factor in mitigating risks of inventory obsolescence for global
customer products and reducing logistic costs such as freight and duty.

         The Company was incorporated in Delaware on February 21, 1992 to
succeed to the business of a Michigan Corporation named "Jabil Circuit Co.,
Inc." that was incorporated in 1969. Unless the context otherwise requires, the
"Company" and "Jabil" refer to Jabil Circuit, Inc., a Delaware corporation, its
predecessor and its subsidiaries. The Company's executive offices are located at
10800 Roosevelt Boulevard, St. Petersburg, Florida 33716, and its telephone
number is (813) 577-9749.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

         The contract manufacturing industry has seen rapid growth over the past
several years as an increasing number of electronics companies have chosen or
adopted an external manufacturing strategy. This growth has been also been
impacted by OEMs divesting of internal manufacturing capacity. Other factors
driving OEMs to favor contract manufacturing outsourcing include:

         Reducing product cost. Contract manufacturers have the ability to
manufacture products at a reduced total cost to OEMs. These cost advantages
result from higher utilization of capacity because of diversified product demand
and, typically, a higher sensitivity to elements of cost.


                                        1



<PAGE>   3


         Accelerating product time-to-market. Contract manufacturers have the
ability to deliver accelerated production start-ups and high efficiencies in
transferring new products into production. In addition, contract manufacturers
have the ability to rapidly scale production for changing markets and to
position themselves in global locations that serve the leading world markets.
With increasingly shorter product life cycles, these key services allow new
products to be sold in the marketplace in an accelerated time frame.

         Access to advanced technologies. Customers of contract manufacturers
have access to advanced technologies in manufacturing processes, as well as
circuit and production design. Circuit and production design services offer
customers significant improvements in the performance, cost and
manufacturability of products.

         Reducing capital investment in manufacturing. OEMs are increasingly
electing to lower their investment in inventory, buildings and machinery used in
manufacturing and choosing instead to allocate capital to other activities such
as marketing and research and development. This shift in capital deployment has
placed a greater emphasis on utilizing external manufacturing specialists.

         Improving inventory management and purchasing power. Contract
manufacturers have the ability to manage both procurement and inventory, and
have demonstrated proficiency in purchasing components at improved pricing due
to the scale of the operations and continuous interaction with the material
marketplace.

STRATEGY

         The Company's objective is to expand its position as a global provider
of electronic manufacturing services. Key elements in meeting this objective
include:

         Long-term Relationships. The core strategy of the company is to
establish itself with leading electronics companies in expanding industries that
have the critical mass and growth goals to take advantage of highly automated,
continuous flow manufacturing, and global manufacturing when advantageous. Since
Jabil derives most of its growth in revenue from its existing customer base, the
Company strives to maintain long-term, mutually beneficial relationships with
its customers. Jabil offers customers a complete turnkey solution, including
circuit and production design; component selection, sourcing and procurement;
automated assembly; design and implementation of product test; system assembly,
order configuration and distribution to end users. Jabil's turnkey approach
enables a customer to transfer virtually all-internal manufacturing and
distribution responsibilities to the Company.

         Work Cell Structure. Jabil is organized in a decentralized,
functionally-matrixed organization. In this structure each customer's line of
business is produced with a high level of autonomy, utilizing dedicated
production equipment, production workers, supervisors, buyers, planners and
engineers. Jabil refers to these decentralized business-units as "work cells."
Each Business Unit Manager, who is the direct interface with the customer,
manages their own customer work cell. Management believes the work cell
structure promotes an increased responsiveness to customer needs, particularly
as that relationship grows to multiple production locations.

         Systems Assembly and Order Fulfillment. Management believes systems
assembly and order fulfillment are services that can reduce product cost and
risk of product obsolescence by reducing total work in process and finished
goods inventory. The Company offers systems assembly at multiple locations as
well as direct order fulfillment (direct shipment to the end customer) services.


                                        2



<PAGE>   4


         Parallel Global Production. The Company believes its customers need to
produce the same products simultaneously in different markets of the world.
Jabil believes that parallel global production is a key strategy to reduce
obsolescence risk, secure the lowest landed cost and simultaneously supply
products of equivalent or comparable quality throughout the world. In order to
accommodate this need, the Company has significantly added to its manufacturing
space in Scotland, Malaysia and the United States. In addition, Jabil is
increasing manufacturing resources in North America by establishing a
Guadalajara, Mexico plant.

MANUFACTURING SERVICES

THE JABIL APPROACH TO MANUFACTURING

         In order to achieve high levels of manufacturing performance, the
Company has adopted the following approach:

         Work Cells. The Company organizes manufacturing activities on the basis
of work cells operating under the leadership of business unit managers. Each
work cell has dedicated production lines consisting of equipment, production
workers, supervisors and engineers. A work cell is typically dedicated to the
needs of a single customer line-of-business and is empowered to formulate
strategies tailored to its customer's needs. The work cell approach enables the
Company to grow incrementally without disrupting the production of other work
cells and without significantly adding to management bureaucracy. As a result,
work cell members have direct responsibility for manufacturing results and
time-to-volume production, promoting a sense of individual commitment and
ownership.

         Business Unit Managers. A Jabil Business Unit Manager coordinates all
financial, manufacturing and engineering commitments for each customer
relationship. Managers have the authority to develop customer relationships;
make design strategy decisions and production commitments; establish pricing and
implement production and circuit design changes. Business unit managers are also
responsible for assisting customers with strategic planning for future products,
including developing cost and technology goals. These managers operate
autonomously, with responsibility for the development of customer relationships
and direct profit and loss accountability for work cell performance.

         Continuous Flow. The Company uses a highly automated, "continuous flow"
approach where different pieces of equipment are joined directly or by conveyor
to create an in-line assembly process. (This process is in contrast to a "batch"
approach, where individual pieces of assembly equipment are operated as
freestanding work-centers.) Continuous flow manufacturing provides significant
cost reduction and quality improvement when applied to volume manufacturing. The
elimination of queue times prior to sequential operations result in increased
manufacturing velocity, which improves production efficiencies and shortens
quality feedback loops.

         Computer Integration. The Company supports all aspects of its
manufacturing activities with computerized control and monitoring systems.
Component inspection and vendor qualities are monitored electronically.
Materials planning, purchasing, stockroom and shop floor control systems are
supported through a computerized Manufacturing Resources Planning ("MRP")
system, providing instantaneous visibility to material availability and
real-time tracking of work in process. Manufacturing processes are supported by
a real-time, computerized statistical process control ("SPC") system. In-circuit
test, functional test and final burn-in are all monitored and analyzed using
other proprietary systems. Production design centers located in each domestic
facility are supported by advanced CAD/CAE systems. These CAD/CAE systems
support automated test design and using Jabil's proprietary computer-integrated
manufacturing software, manufacturing equipment programming. Many of the
Company's computer systems are 


                                       3



<PAGE>   5


networked, allowing a sharing of data and programs. For example, employees in
Florida can instantaneously access data relating to Jabil's operations in other
locations. More importantly, the Company's customers can remotely access the
Company's computer systems to monitor real-time yields, inventory positions,
work-in-process status and vendor quality data for their products. See
"Technology."

The Company also utilizes an electronic commerce system/electronic data
interchange ("EDI") with customers and suppliers to implement a variety of
supply chain management programs. The Company's customers utilize the EDI supply
chain management to share demand and product forecasts and deliver purchase
orders. The Company uses the EDI system with suppliers for just-in-time
delivery, supplier-managed inventory, and consigned supplier-managed inventory.

The Company is in the process of installing a new enterprise resource planning
system ("ERP System") that will replace the current Manufacturing Resource
Planning ("MRP") system and financial information systems. This system is
believed to be "Year 2000 Compliant". The Company is also identifying and
implementing changes to its other information systems in order to make them
compliant. While the Company currently expects that the Year 2000 will not pose
significant operational problems, delays in the implementation of new
information systems, or a failure to fully identify all Year 2000 dependencies
in the Company's systems could result in material adverse consequences,
including disruption of operations, loss of information and unanticipated
increases in costs.

DESIGN ACTIVITIES

         Circuit Design. The Company provides circuit design activities for
certain of its customers. Circuit design involves the creation of electronic
circuit architecture, which ordinarily includes application specific integrated
circuit ("ASIC") design or selection and implementation, circuit function and
speed analysis, schematic development, net list generation and firmware
development. The Company's circuit design activities have resulted in designs
for video set-top boxes, personal computers, notebook computers, consumer
appliance controls, workstation I/O (input/output) cards, cellular telephone
accessories, and electronic products for use in automotive applications. The
resulting products are usually offered to customers on an exclusive basis in
exchange for customer's commitment to use Jabil to manufacture the product. The
goals of the Company's circuit design activities are to create a more stable
stream of volume turnkey manufacturing and an elevated level of strategic
partnering with principal customers. The Company has testing and validation
capability to accelerate the time to market of products designed internally and
externally.

         Production Design. The Company engages in significant production design
activities. Production design is the process of designing the circuit board
using CAD and CAE tools, concurrently with component package selection and the
development of the bill of materials, approved vendors list, assembly equipment
configuration and processes, solder processes, in-circuit test and functional
test, test fixture design, "burn-in" and reliability monitoring plan. The
production design process improves manufacturability and generally eliminates
conflicts between disciplines while the product is still in the design phase.
Overall board costs are considered in connection with assembly costs, materials
costs and availability, process yield considerations and targeted sources for
board production. In this way, total costs can be minimized prior to production
launch. Management believes the Company's production design process reduces
product cost and accelerates time-to-volume production. The process generally
includes computer simulation and optimization of electrical signal speed and
circuit timing, simulation of thermal characteristics and minimization of radio
frequency interference ("RFI") emissions. This computer simulation activity
greatly reduces the risks of subsequent engineering revisions and enhances
attainment of time to volume production goals.

         Industrial/Mechanical Design. The Company offers Industrial and
Mechanical Design to its customers. Plastic and metal enclosures designed to
house printed circuit assemblies are the typical output of this activity. When
coupled with circuit and production design, this service provides complete
turnkey 


                                        4



<PAGE>   6


product support for OEMs. Industrial and Mechanical Design includes conceptual
design, industrial design, mechanical design, supplier selection, prototype
parts using stereolithography ("SLA") or metal fabrication, tooling management,
compliance certification management and volume assembly management, all tightly
integrated with the Jabil production work cell.

         Other Design Services. The Company procures additional mechanical and
other design services from external engineering firms in response to the needs
of its customers. The Company's engineering staff coordinates the efforts of
these external engineering firms to ensure integration of the external portions
of the design with the overall production and product design to achieve optimal
product manufacturability and efficiency.

SYSTEM ASSEMBLY AND TEST

         The Company offers system assembly and test services to its customers.
The Company maintains significant system assembly capacity and has seen this
portion of the business grow as an extension to the assembly of circuit boards.
This process involves the assembly of higher level sub-systems and systems
incorporating printed circuit boards. In some cases, the final product is
shipped directly to the end-user.

TECHNOLOGY

         The Company believes that its experience and expertise in advanced
manufacturing technologies and its investment in state-of-the-art manufacturing
equipment are a significant competitive advantage, enabling Jabil to provide
customers with reliable and high-quality leading edge products and processes.
Among the technologies in which the Company has invested are:

         Surface Mount Technology. Surface mount technology ("SMT") is a method
of assembling printed circuit boards on which components are fixed directly to
the surface of the board instead of being inserted and soldered into plated
holes in the board (the latter method being commonly known as "pin through hole"
or "PTH"). SMT offers the advantages of miniaturization and significant cost
reductions. The higher density also allows shorter signal lengths, with
resulting increases in signal speed potential and thermal performance. SMT
packages are generally more resistant to vibration and often broadcast lower
levels of electrical emissions which cause radio frequency interference.

         Tape Automated Bonding. Tape automated bonding ("TAB") technology is a
complementary process to SMT and involves the use of semiconductors that are
attached to a gold or tin-plated copper lead frame using a complex bumping and
thermocompression mass bonding method. The result is a component that can be
directly mounted on the surface of the circuit board and that can be
electrically tested prior to assembly onto the substrate. TAB is well suited for
applications involving high manufacturing volumes, high lead counts, component
pre-testing and high electrical speeds.

         Ball Grid Array. Ball grid array ("BGA") utilizes an array of solder
bumps across the underside of the package versus fine-pitch leads that are
exposed around the component perimeter. The BGA package design is more durable
than fine-leaded quad flat package ("QFP") components and has proven to be
manufacturable with higher yields.

         Chip Scale Packages, Micro-Surface Mount Technology, Micro-Ball Grid
Array ("Chip Scale Packages", "Micro-SMT" and "Micro-BGA"). Chip Scale Packages,
Micro-SMT and Micro-BGA packages are a selection of the recently emerging
miniature package styles. These reduced size packages are a further reduction of
the smaller footprint created by BGA and approach the density of Flip Chip.
These packages are fully SMT compatible, can be economically tested prior to
assembly, and are well-suited for small form factor, high density, SMT circuitry
typical of portable products.



                                        5



<PAGE>   7


         Flip Chip / Direct Chip Attach. Flip chip or direct chip attach
technology is the assembly technology that, in the opinion of management,
provides users with the smallest size, high performance package which is
commercially practical. Jabil is developing technology that makes flip chip
attach compatible with standard surface mount processes. The silicon die is
attached directly to the substrate by means of miniature solder bumps. The
Company's research activities in this area are subsidized in part by a
government-sponsored Low Cost Flip Chip Program composed of process-specific
industry participants.

         Thin Substrate Processes. Thin substrate processes involve the use of
specialized placement, rigidization and soldering techniques to achieve the
automated assembly and soldering of multilayer substrates having a thickness of
less than .020 of an inch. These substrates are commonly used in the design of
thin products, such as PCMCIA cards and cellular telephones. The lack of
stiffness typical in these substrates makes assembly with conventional
processing techniques difficult and expensive. The Company has a patent
application pending covering processes associated with these applications. See
"Proprietary Rights."

         Reflow Solder of Mixed Technology Circuit Boards. Reflow soldering of
PTH devices utilizing SMT soldering processes (sometimes referred to as "Mixed
Technology Reflow" or "Reflow/reflow") involves the placement of PTH devices
through solder paste, with subsequent reflow using SMT processes to form solder
joints. Mixed Technology Reflow eliminates design miniaturization constraints
required by conventional wave solder processes used for PTH devices, allows
surface-mounted devices to be soldered using the higher yielding reflow
processes, and reduces processing costs. Mixed Technology Reflow requires
significant product-specific materials engineering, design of the substrate for
the process and specialized reflow soldering techniques.

         Application Specific Robotic Assembly. Application specific robotic
assembly ("Robotics") involves the use of computer-controlled robotic arms with
custom-designed transfer mechanisms, feeders, sensors and grippers to perform
assembly functions ordinarily performed manually. Although intensive in capital
and engineering, the use of Robotics to replace manual operations promotes
higher yields, relieves assemblers from repetitive motion injuries and offers
significant cost reduction for long-lived products.

         Computer Integrated Manufacturing. Computer integrated manufacturing
("CIM") involves the direct link of CAD data to computer-controlled assembly and
test equipment used to produce the product. By directly linking CAD data files
to production machines, waste generated in adjusting processes is reduced,
higher levels of mechanical precision are attained in placement and test
fixturing programs, and generally, cost is lowered with improved time to volume
production.

CUSTOMERS AND MARKETING

         The Company's revenue was distributed over the following significant
industry segments:

                          SIGNIFICANT INDUSTRY SEGMENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31
                                                                       --------------------
                                                              1995              1996              1997
                                                              ----              ----              ----
<S>                                                           <C>               <C>               <C>
Communications.......................................          20%               30%              51%
Personal Computers...................................          46%               36%              21%
Computer Peripherals.................................          23%               25%              16%
Automotive and other.................................          11%                9%              12%
</TABLE>




                                        6



<PAGE>   8


         A small number of customers have historically comprised a major portion
of the Company's net revenue. The table below sets forth the respective portion
of net revenue for the applicable period attributable to customers who accounted
for more than 10% of net revenue in any respective period:

                            PERCENTAGE OF NET REVENUE


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31
                                                                       --------------------
                                                              1995              1996              1997
                                                              ----              ----              ----
<S>                                                           <C>               <C>               <C>
Hewlett Packard Company..............................          28%               20%              15%
NEC Technologies, Inc................................          14%               15%                *
Quantum Corporation..................................          17%               23%              10%
3Com.................................................            *               11%              21%
Cisco Systems Inc.  .................................            *               10%              20%
* less than 10% of net revenues
</TABLE>


        In fiscal 1995,  1996 and 1997, 18 customers  accounted for 
substantially all the Company's net revenue. The Company expects to continue to
depend upon a relatively small number of customers for a significant percentage
of its net revenue. Significant reductions or delays in sales to any of the
Company's large customers would have a material adverse effect on the Company's
results of operations. In the past, some of the Company's customers have
terminated their manufacturing arrangement with the Company, and other customers
have significantly reduced or delayed the volume of manufacturing services
ordered from the Company. There can be no assurance that present or future
customers will not terminate their manufacturing arrangements with the Company
or significantly change, reduce or delay the amount of manufacturing services
ordered from the Company or that the Company will not terminate arrangements
with customers. Any such termination of a manufacturing relationship by the
Company or its customers or change, reduction or delay in orders could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations. See note 8 of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

         The Company has pursued diversification of its customer base and
sought multiple customers in the markets it serves. The Company's principal
sources of new business are the expansion of existing relationships, referrals,
and direct sales through its 32 business unit managers and executive staff. The
Company does not rely on sales or manufacturers' representatives. Business unit
managers, supported by the executive staff, identify and attempt to develop
relationships with potential customers who meet a certain profile. This profile
includes financial stability, need for technology-driven turnkey manufacturing,
anticipated unit volume and long-term relationship stability. Unlike traditional
sales managers, business unit managers are responsible for ongoing management of
production for their customers.

         The Company is dependent upon the continued growth, viability and 
financial stability of its customers, which are in turn substantially dependent
on the growth of the communications, personal computer, computer peripherals,
and automotive industries. These industries have been characterized by rapid
technological change, short product life cycles, pricing and margin pressures.
In addition, many of the Company's customers in these industries are affected by
general economic conditions. The factors affecting the communications, personal
computer, computer peripherals, and automotive industries in general, and/or the
Company's customers in particular, could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's results of operations. In addition, the Company generates significant
accounts receivable in connection with providing manufacturing services to its
customers. If one or more of the Company's customers were to become insolvent or
otherwise were unable to pay for the manufacturing services provided by the
Company, the Company's operating results and financial condition would be
adversely affected.


                                        7



<PAGE>   9


INTERNATIONAL EXPANSION

         A key element in the Company's strategy is to provide localized 
production of the global products produced for OEMs in the major consuming
regions of the European Community and Asia. In order to offer this localized
production, in fiscal 1993 the Company established a manufacturing facility in
Livingston, Scotland, which began volume production in May 1993. The Scotland
facility targets existing European customers, those North American customers
having significant sales in the European Community and potential European
customers who meet the profile discussed above. Additionally, the Company began
volume production in October 1995, in Penang, Malaysia. This location enables
the Company to provide manufacturing services to the Asian market from an Asian
location in order to reduce costs, freight and duties, to provide a more
competitive cost structure for these markets and to serve as a low cost
manufacturing source for new and existing customers. In order to increase
capacity both in Europe and in the Asian market, the Company has expanded both
locations, and expects to be in larger, newly completed facilities in the early
portion of fiscal 1998. See note 3 of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.

         As an addition to the North American market, the Company commenced
construction of a manufacturing facility in Guadalajara, Mexico in fiscal 1997.
This operation will allow for continued expansion in North America, while
providing a competitive cost structure and close proximity to the United States
market. The Company has completed construction of a facility in this location in
early fiscal 1998.

         The Company's international operations may be subject to a number of 
other risks, including fluctuations in the value of currencies, export duties,
import controls and trade barriers (including quotas), restrictions on the
transfer of funds, employee turnover, work stoppages, longer payment cycles,
greater difficulty in accounts receivable collection, and burdens of complying
with a wide variety of foreign laws. In addition, net-operating losses incurred
by foreign operations cannot be utilized by the Company to reduce U.S. income
taxes.


                                        8



<PAGE>   10


COMPETITION

         Competition in the contract manufacturing industry is intense. The 
Company competes against numerous domestic and foreign manufacturers, including
SCI Systems, Inc., Solectron Corporation, Avex, Inc., and Flextronics
International. In addition, the Company may in the future encounter competition
from other large electronic manufacturers that are selling, or may begin to
sell, contract manufacturing services. Several of the Company's competitors have
international operations and some have substantially greater manufacturing,
financial, research and development and marketing resources than the Company.
The Company also faces competition from the manufacturing operations of its
current and potential customers, who are continually evaluating the merits of
manufacturing products internally versus the merits of external manufacturing.

         The Company believes that the primary bases of competition in its 
targeted markets are capability, price, manufacturing quality, advanced
manufacturing technology, design expertise, time to volume production, reliable
delivery and regionally dispersed manufacturing. Management believes the Company
competes favorably with respect to these factors. To remain competitive, the
Company must continue to provide technologically advanced manufacturing
services, maintain quality levels, offer flexible delivery schedules, deliver
finished products on a reliable basis and compete favorably on the basis of
price. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to compete
favorably with respect to these factors in the future.

BACKLOG

         The Company's order backlog at August 31, 1997 was approximately $450 
million, compared to backlog of $210 million at August 31, 1996. Although the
backlog consists of firm purchase orders, the level of backlog at any particular
time is not necessarily indicative of future sales. Given the nature of the
Company's relationships with its customers, it frequently allows customers to
cancel or reschedule deliveries. Although the Company may seek to negotiate fees
to cover the costs of such cancellations or rescheduling, it may not be 
successful in doing so.

         The level and timing of orders placed by a customer of the Company 
varies due to the customer's attempts to balance its inventory, design changes,
changes in the customer's manufacturing strategy, acquisitions of or
consolidations among customers and variation in demand for the customer's
products due to, among other things, product life cycles, competitive conditions
or general economic conditions. The Company's inability to forecast the level of
customer orders with certainty makes it difficult to schedule production and
maximize utilization of manufacturing capacity. In the past, the Company has
been required to increase staffing and other expenses in order to meet the
anticipated demand of its customers. Anticipated orders from the Company's
customers have, in the past, failed to materialize in certain instances or
delivery schedules have been deferred as a result of changes in the customer's
business needs, thereby adversely affecting the Company's results of operations.
On other occasions, customers have required rapid increases in production, which
have placed an excessive burden on the Company's resources. Such customer order
fluctuations and deferrals have had a material adverse effect on the Company's
results of operations in the past, and there can be no assurance that the
Company will not experience such effects in the future.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

         To meet the increasingly sophisticated needs of its customers, Jabil 
continually works to develop and refine new manufacturing processes, enhance
production design and develop new circuit designs. For fiscal 1995, 1996 and
1997, the Company expended $1,819,000, $2,112,000, and $3,117,000, respectively,
on research and development activities. To date, substantially all of the
Company's research and development expenditures have related to internal 
research and development activities.



                                       9



<PAGE>   11


MANUFACTURING PROCESSES

         The Company conducts research and development in connection with the 
development and refinement of new manufacturing processes that the Company
believes have near-term commercial potential. This research and development
activity, which is accounted for as a research and development expense, is
performed primarily at Jabil's advanced engineering facility in San Jose,
California. Other manufacturing process developments and refinements are made in
connection with providing manufacturing services for particular customers and
related expenses are charged to cost of revenue.

PRODUCTION DESIGN

         The Company performs research and development for its customers in 
connection with providing production design. This ongoing research and
development is associated with providing manufacturing services to these 
customers and is charged to cost of revenue.

CIRCUIT DESIGN

         From time to time, the Company performs research and development 
related to new products on a project-by-project basis. The research and
development consists of design of the circuit board assembly and the related
production design necessary to manufacture the circuit board assembly in the
most cost-effective and reliable manner. The Company expenses these costs to
research and development expense.

         The market for the Company's manufacturing services is characterized 
by rapidly changing technology and continuing process development. The Company
is continually evaluating the advantages and feasibility of new manufacturing
processes, such as TAB, chip on board and thin substrate processes. The Company
believes that its future success will depend upon its ability to develop and
market manufacturing services that meet changing customer needs, maintain
technological leadership and successfully anticipate or respond to technological
changes in manufacturing processes on a cost-effective and timely basis. There
can be no assurance that the Company's process development efforts will be 
successful.

COMPONENTS

         The Company procures components from a broad group of suppliers, 
determined on an assembly-by-assembly basis. Almost all the products
manufactured by Jabil require one or more components that are ordered from only
one source, and most assemblies require components that are available from only
a single source. Some of these components are allocated in response to supply
shortages. The Company attempts to ensure continuity of supply of these
components. In cases where unanticipated customer demand or supply shortages
occur, the Company attempts to arrange for alternative sources of supply, where
available, or defers planned production to meet the anticipated availability of
the critical component. In some cases, supply shortages will substantially
curtail production of all assemblies using a particular component. In addition,
at various times there have been industry-wide shortages of certain electronic
components, particularly memory and logic devices. There can be no assurance
that such shortfalls will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's
results of operations in the future.


                                       10



<PAGE>   12

PROPRIETARY RIGHTS

         The Company regards its manufacturing processes and circuit designs as
proprietary trade secrets and confidential information. Jabil relies largely
upon a combination of trade secret laws, non-disclosure agreements with its
customers and suppliers and its internal security systems, confidentiality
procedures and employee confidentiality agreements to maintain the trade secrecy
of its circuit designs and manufacturing processes. Although the Company takes
steps to protect its trade secrets, there can be no assurance that
misappropriation will not occur.

         The Company currently has nine patents and three patent applications 
pending. However, Jabil believes that the rapid pace of technological change
makes patent protection less significant than such factors as the knowledge and
experience of management and personnel and the Company's ability to develop,
enhance and market manufacturing services.

         The Company licenses some technology from third parties that it uses in
providing manufacturing services to its customers. The Company believes that
such licenses are generally available on commercial terms from a number of
licensors. Generally, the agreements governing such technology grant to Jabil
non-exclusive, worldwide licenses with respect to the subject technology and
terminate upon a material breach by the Company.

         Although the Company does not believe that its circuit designs or 
manufacturing processes infringe on the proprietary rights of third parties,
there can be no assurance that third parties will not assert infringement claims
against the Company in the future with respect to current or future designs or
processes. Any such assertion may require the Company to enter into an expensive
royalty arrangement or result in costly litigation.

EMPLOYEES

         As of August 31, 1997, the Company had 3,661 full-time employees. This 
compares to 2,649 full-time employees at August 31, 1996. None of the Company's
employees is currently represented by a union.

         Recruitment of personnel in the contract manufacturing industry is 
highly competitive. The Company believes that its future success will depend, in
part, on its ability to continue to attract and retain highly skilled technical
and management personnel. The Company does not have employment agreements or
noncompetition agreements with its key employees. Although to date the Company
has been successful in retaining key managerial and technical employees, the
loss of services of certain of these key employees could have a material adverse
effect on the Company.

GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

         The information regarding revenue, operating profit, identifiable 
assets and export sales set forth in Note 8 of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements, set forth elsewhere herein, is hereby incorporated by reference into
this Part I, Item 1.

ENVIRONMENTAL

         The Company is subject to a variety of federal, state, local and 
foreign environmental regulations relating to the use, storage, discharge and
disposal of hazardous chemicals used during its manufacturing process. Although
the Company believes that it is currently in substantial compliance with all
material environmental regulations, any failure by the Company to comply with
present and future regulations could subject it to future liabilities or the
suspension of production. In addition, such regulations could 


                                       11



<PAGE>   13


restrict the Company's ability to expand its facilities or could require the
Company to acquire costly equipment or to incur other significant expense to
comply with environmental regulations.


I
TEM 2.  PROPERTIES

         The Company has manufacturing facilities located in the United States, 
Livingston, Scotland, Penang, Malaysia, and Guadalajara, Mexico. The
Company's leased facilities in Scotland are being replaced by a larger facility
owned by the Company. Additionally, in order to accommodate increased growth in
the United States, the Company has increased manufacturing space during fiscal
1997 in its Florida location.

A summary of building locations is as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                Year                         Approximate
Location                      Commenced     Owned/Leased     Square Feet        Description
- --------                      ---------     ------------     -----------        -----------
<S>                           <C>           <C>              <C>                <C>
CURRENT FACILITIES

St. Petersburg, Florida         1988          Owned            110,000          High volume mfg.,
                                                                                Corporate office
St. Petersburg, Florida         1997          Owned            125,000          High volume mfg.
St. Petersburg, Florida         1997         Leased             91,000          Systems assembly
St. Petersburg, Florida         1997         Leased             27,000          Operations
Auburn Hills, Michigan          1997         Leased             54,000          High volume mfg.
Auburn Hills, Michigan          1993          Owned            125,000          High volume mfg.
Auburn Hills, Michigan          1993         Leased             30,000          Warehouse
San Jose, California            1987         Leased             21,000          Design/prototype mfg.
Penang, Malaysia                1997          Owned            150,000          High volume mfg.
Guadalajara, Mexico             1997          Owned            150,000          High volume mfg.
Livingston, Scotland            1997          Owned            130,000          High volume mfg.



LEASED FACILITIES TO BE REPLACED BY CURRENT FACILITIES

St. Petersburg, Florida         1995 (1)     Leased             75,000          High volume mfg.
Livingston, Scotland            1994 (2)     Leased             40,000          High volume mfg.
Bathgate, Scotland              1995 (2)     Leased             30,000          High volume mfg.
</TABLE>


(1)  Lease expires December, 1997
(2)  Lease expires January, 1998


                                       12



<PAGE>   14



ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         On May 31, 1997, the Company reached an agreement with Epson of
America, Inc. ("Epson") to settle all outstanding claims relating to previous
manufacturing agreements between the parties. Such claims arose during fiscal
years 1994 and 1995. The actual terms and conditions of the agreement are
subject to a confidentiality agreement between the Company and Epson; however,
the settlement had no material impact on the Company's results of operations for
the fiscal year ended August 31, 1997.

         The Company is party to certain other lawsuits in the ordinary course 
of business. Management does not believe that these proceedings individually or
in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
statements.


ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

         No matters were submitted to a vote of the Company's stockholders
during the fourth quarter covered by this report.



                                       13



<PAGE>   15




                                     PART II


ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

         The common stock of the Company trades publicly on The NASDAQ National
Market under the symbol JBIL. The following table sets forth, for the periods
indicated, the high and low closing sales prices per share for the Company's
common stock as reported by the NASDAQ National Market.

         On June 17, 1997, the Company's Board of Directors approved a
two-for-one stock split of the Company's common stock, effected in the form of a
stock dividend to holders of record on July 8, 1997. This table reflects the
impact of the common stock split:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         HIGH         LOW
                                                                         ----         ---
         <S>                                                            <C>          <C>  
         YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 1996
           First Quarter(September 1, 1995--November 30, 1995)          $11.06       $ 6.00
           Second Quarter(December 1, 1995--February 29, 1996)          $11.50       $ 2.94
           Third Quarter(March 1, 1996--May 31, 1996)                   $ 7.32       $ 3.88
           Fourth Quarter(June 1, 1996--August 31, 1996)                $ 7.00       $ 4.32
         YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 1997
           First Quarter(September 1, 1996--November 30, 1996)          $13.63       $ 5.75
           Second Quarter(December 1, 1996--February 28, 1997)          $12.63       $24.69
           Third Quarter(March 1, 1997--May 31, 1997)                   $32.63       $16.50
           Fourth Quarter(June 1, 1997--August 31, 1997)                $60.00       $27.50
</TABLE>


         As of August 31, 1997, there were approximately 879 holders of record.

         The Company has never paid cash dividends on its capital stock and does
not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.


                                       14



<PAGE>   16



ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

         The information set forth below is not necessarily indicative of the
results of future operations and should be read in conjunction with the
consolidated financial statements and notes thereto incorporated into Item 8 of
this report.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31,
                                                 ----------------------------------------------------
                                                 1993        1994       1995        1996       1997
                                                 -----       -----      -----       -----      ----

                                                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT FOR PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                              <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Net revenue ................................   $334,662   $375,815   $559,474   $863,285   $978,102
   Cost of revenue ...........................    304,454    351,608    523,338    790,311    857,245
                                                 --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
  Gross profit ...............................     30,208     24,207     36,136     72,974    120,857
   Selling, general and administrative .......     11,812     14,038     17,898     25,456     35,886
   Research and development ..................      1,663      1,768      1,819      2,112      3,117
                                                 --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
  Operating income ...........................     16,733      8,401     16,419     45,406     81,854
   Interest expense, net .....................      3,288      3,470      6,347      7,333      1,612
                                                 --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
  Income before income taxes .................     13,445      4,931     10,072     38,073     80,242
   Income taxes ..............................      5,300      2,363      2,792     13,724     27,745
                                                 --------   --------   --------   --------   --------

  Net income .................................   $  8,145   $  2,568   $  7,280   $ 24,349   $ 52,497
                                                 ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
  Net income per share .......................   $   0.29   $   0.08   $   0.23   $   0.67   $   1.37

  Number of shares used in computing per share
    amounts ..................................     27,784     30,894     31,100     36,334     38,340
</TABLE>




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        AUGUST 31,
                                                    -------------------------------------------------
                                                     1993       1994       1995       1996       1997 
                                                    ----       ----       ----       ----       ---- 
                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                              <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>     
  CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Working capital ............................   $ 29,116   $ 27,639   $ 33,333   $115,758   $ 97,349
  Total assets ...............................    115,763    174,318    280,961    299,940    405,903
  Notes payable to bank and current
    installments of long-term obligations ....     20,369     48,562     81,130      2,451      2,475
  Long-term obligations, excluding current
    installments .............................     18,176     18,215     27,932     58,371     50,000
  Net stockholders' equity ...................   $ 47,553   $ 51,231   $ 59,595   $124,234   $181,485
</TABLE>



                                       15




<PAGE>   17



ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
          FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

         This Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
     Results of Operations contains trend analysis and a number of
     forward-looking statements. These statements are based on current
     expectations and actual results may differ materially. Among the factors
     that could cause actual results to vary are those described in the section
     Factors Affecting Future Results.

         The Company provides high volume turnkey manufacturing services using
surface mount technology for leading electronics OEMs in the personal computer,
disk drive and peripherals, communications, consumer and automotive industries.
In turnkey manufacturing, unlike manufacturing on consignment, the Company is
responsible for procuring the components utilized in the manufacturing process.
The component procurement responsibility requires the Company to provide
significant working capital, materials management, purchasing, receiving
inspection and stockroom management. This approach transfers the economic risks
of materials cost fluctuations, excess scrap and inventory obsolescence to the
Company. The Company believes that turnkey manufacturing generates higher net
revenue than consignment manufacturing due to the generation of revenue from
materials as well as labor and manufacturing overhead, but also results in lower
gross margins than consignment manufacturing because the Company generally
realizes lower gross margins on materials-based revenue than on
manufacturing-based revenue.

         The Company's annual and quarterly operating results are affected by a
number of factors. The primary factors affecting operating results are the level
and timing of customer orders, fluctuations in materials costs and the mix of
materials costs versus labor and manufacturing overhead costs. The level and
timing of orders placed by a customer vary due to the customer's attempts to
balance its inventory, design changes, changes in a customer's manufacturing
strategy, acquisitions of or consolidations among customers, and variation in
demand for a customer's products due to, among other things, product life
cycles, competitive conditions and general economic conditions. In the past,
changes in orders from customers have had a significant effect on results of
operations due to corresponding changes in the level of overhead absorption.
Other factors affecting the Company's annual and quarterly operating results
include price competition, the Company's level of experience in manufacturing a
particular product, the degree of automation used in the assembly process, the
efficiencies achieved by the Company in managing inventories and fixed assets,
the timing of expenditures in anticipation of increased sales, customer product
delivery requirements and shortages of components or labor.

         The level of capacity utilization of manufacturing facilities, indirect
labor and selling, general and administrative expenses also affects operating
results. Accordingly, gross margins and operating income margins have generally
improved during periods of high volume and high capacity utilization. Jabil
generally has idle capacity and reduced operating margins during periods of
lower-volume production.

         The Company has continued to depend upon a relatively small number of
customers for a significant percentage of its net revenue. Significant
reductions in sales to any of the Company's large customers would have a
material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations. In the past some
of the Company's customers have terminated their manufacturing arrangement with
the Company, and other customers have significantly reduced or delayed the
volume of manufacturing services ordered from the Company. There can be no
assurance that present or future customers will not terminate their
manufacturing arrangements with the Company or significantly change, reduce or
delay the amount of manufacturing services ordered from the Company. Any such
termination of a manufacturing relationship 



                                       16



<PAGE>   18


or change, reduction or delay in orders could have an adverse effect on the
Company's results of operations or financial condition. See note 8 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain
operating data as a percentage of net revenue:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31, 
                                                                   ----------------------------------- 
                                                                       1995        1996         1997
                                                                       ----        ----         ----
<S>                                                                    <C>        <C>          <C>   
Net revenue..........................................                  100.0%     100.0%       100.0%
Cost of revenue......................................                   93.6       91.5         87.6
                                                                       -----      -----        -----
Gross margin.........................................                    6.4        8.5         12.4
Selling, general and administrative..................                    3.2        2.9          3.7
Research and development.............................                    0.3        0.3          0.3
                                                                       -----      -----        -----
Operating income.....................................                    2.9        5.3          8.4
Interest expense, net................................                    1.1        0.9          0.2
                                                                       -----      -----        -----
Income before income taxes...........................                    1.8        4.4          8.2
Income taxes.........................................                    0.5        1.6          2.8
                                                                       -----      -----        -----
Net income...........................................                    1.3%       2.8%         5.4%
                                                                       =====      =====        =====
</TABLE>



NET REVENUE

         Net revenue increased 54.3% over fiscal 1995 to $863.3 million in
fiscal 1996. The increase was due primarily to an increase in manufacturing
services provided to established customers, the addition of five new customers
and the addition of new divisions within existing customers. Net revenue
increased 13.3% over fiscal 1996 to $978.1 million in fiscal 1997. The increase
was due primarily to manufacturing services provided to both new and existing
customers, offset by the end of production of certain hard drive products.

         Foreign source revenue represented 21% of net revenue for fiscal 1995
and 31% of net revenue for fiscal 1996. Foreign source revenue in 1997
represented 30% of net revenue reflecting a decrease in exports from the
Company's domestic locations.

GROSS MARGIN

         Cost of revenue includes the cost of materials and the cost of labor
and manufacturing overhead, as well as provisions for inventory adjustments. The
Company's various customers typically require different manufacturing services.
Different manufacturing services have different gross margins depending upon (i)
the mix of materials costs versus manufacturing costs, and (ii) the Company's
experience in manufacturing a particular product. The Company typically realizes
better gross margins on manufacturing-based revenue than it does on
materials-based revenue, and better gross margins on manufacturing services for
products with which it has more experience due to the increased efficiencies
achieved over time. Gross margins also fluctuate due to changes in materials
costs.



                                       17



<PAGE>   19



GROSS MARGIN (CONTINUED)

         Gross margin increased from 6.4% in fiscal 1995 to 8.5% in fiscal 1996.
Gross margin in 1995 was negatively impacted by write-offs related to an Epson
notebook product. The increase in gross margin in fiscal 1996 was due to
increased capacity utilization and a shift to more manufacturing-based revenue.
Gross margin increased from 8.5% in fiscal 1996 to 12.4% in fiscal 1997 due to a
continuing shift toward manufacturing-based revenues and increased capacity
utilization. The portion of manufacturing based revenue in fiscal 1997 was
significantly higher than in fiscal 1996. The manufacturing based revenue was
the largest impact on the gross margin percentage increase from fiscal 1996, or
previous fiscal years.

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE

         Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased from 3.2% of net
revenue in fiscal 1995 to 2.9% of net revenue in fiscal 1996, while increasing
in absolute dollars from $17.9 million in fiscal 1995 to $25.5 million in fiscal
1996. This dollar increase was primarily due to increased staffing to support
higher revenue levels. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased
from $25.5 million (2.9% of net revenue) in fiscal 1996 to $35.9 million (3.7%
of net revenue) in fiscal 1997. This increase was primarily due to increased
staffing and related departmental expenses at all the Company's locations along
with investments in information systems staff to support the expansion of the
Company's business.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

         Research and development expenses in fiscal 1996 increased by
approximately $0.3 million over fiscal 1995. Research and development expenses
in fiscal 1997 increased by $1.0 million , reflecting an increase in
design-based activity.

INTEREST EXPENSE

         Net interest expense increased from $6.3 million in fiscal 1995 to $7.3
million in fiscal 1996 due primarily to increased borrowing levels offset by
somewhat lower interest rates and a significant reduction of borrowings in the
fourth quarter or fiscal 1996. Interest expense decreased to $1.6 million in
fiscal 1997 primarily reflecting significantly reduced short-term borrowings and
increased income on cash balances. See notes 4 and 5 of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements.

INCOME TAXES

         The Company's effective tax rate increased from 28% in fiscal 1995 to
36% in fiscal 1996. This increase in the effective tax rate was attributable to
the decrease in the availability of net operating losses of foreign
subsidiaries. In fiscal 1997, the effective tax rate decreased slightly to 35%,
primarily as a result of the granting of a tax holiday for the Company's
Malaysian operations. This tax holiday expires in October 2000. See note 6 of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.



                                       18



<PAGE>   20


QUARTERLY RESULTS

         The following tables set forth certain unaudited quarterly financial
information for the 1996 and 1997 fiscal years. In the opinion of management,
this information has been presented on the same basis as the audited
consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere, and all necessary
adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments and certain
non-recurring adjustments) have been included in the amounts stated below to
present fairly the unaudited quarterly results when read in conjunction with the
audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and related notes
thereto. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of
results for any future period.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          FISCAL  1996                                 FISCAL 1997
                           -----------------------------------------    -----------------------------------------
                              NOV. 30,  FEB. 29,   MAY 31,   AUG. 31,    NOV. 30, FEB. 28,  MAY 31,    AUG. 31,
                               1995       1996      1996      1996         1996     1997     1997       1997
                           ---------   --------  --------    -------    --------  --------  ------   -----------

                                                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                        <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>
Net revenue................  $233,855   $235,628   $219,701  $174,101  $203,070  $222,187  $247,637   $305,208
  Cost of revenue..........   216,537    217,360    201,142   155,272   179,978   195,711   215,603    265,953
                             --------   --------   --------  --------  --------  --------  --------   --------
Gross profit...............    17,318     18,268     18,559    18,829    23,092    26,476    32,034     39,255

  Selling, general and
    administrative.........     5,561      6,070      6,612     7,213     7,727     7,918     9,252     10,989
  Research and development        399        528        576       609       705       804       723        885
                             --------   --------   --------  --------  --------  --------  --------   --------
Operating income...........    11,358     11,670     11,371    11,007    14,660    17,754    22,059     27,381
  Interest expense,net.....     2,663      2,323      1,768       611       658       389       406        159
                             --------   --------   --------  --------  --------  --------  --------   --------
Income before income
  taxes....................     8,695      9,347      9,603    10,396    14,002    17,365    21,653     27,222
    Income tax expense.....     3,480      3,009      3,366     3,869     5,174     6,306     7,081      9,184
                             --------   --------   --------  --------  --------  --------  --------   --------

Net income ................  $  5,215   $  6,338   $  6,237  $  6,527  $  8,828  $ 11,059  $ 14,572   $ 18,038
                             ========   ========   ========  ========  ========  ========  ========   ========
Net income per share......   $   0.16   $   0.17   $   0.17  $   0.17  $   0.23  $   0.29  $   0.38   $   0.47
                             ========   ========   ========  ========  ========  ========  ========   ========
Number of shares used in
  computing net income per
  share....................    33,554     37,040     37,216    37,526    37,884    38,326    38,392     38,760
                             ========   ========   ========  ========  ========  ========  ========   ========
</TABLE>


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

         During the fiscal years ended August 31, 1995 and 1996, the Company
primarily funded operations through borrowings under credit facilities with
several banks, a public offering of Common Stock in fiscal 1996, and a private
placement of debt in fiscal 1996. During the most recent fiscal year, the
Company experienced modest growth in net revenue while still generating cash
flows from operations. Cash and cash equivalents decreased from $73.3 million at
the 1996 fiscal year end to $45.5 million at 1997 fiscal year end primarily due
to the acquisition of property, plant and equipment.

         At August 31, 1997, the Company's principal sources of liquidity 
consisted of cash and available borrowings under the Company's credit
facilities.

         Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended August 
31, 1997 was $69.4 million. This consisted primarily of $52.5 million of net 
income, $24.9 million of depreciation and amortization and $56.8 million of 
increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses, offset by $32.1 million of
increases in accounts receivable and $31.3 million of increases in inventories.



                                       19



<PAGE>   21


         Net cash used in investing activities of $93.4 million for the year 
ended August 31, 1997 was primarily a result of the Company's capital
expenditures for equipment and facilities domestically, in Scotland, and in
Malaysia to support increased manufacturing activities.

         Net cash used by financing activities of $3.8 million for the year 
ended August 31, 1997 resulted primarily from $3.6 million proceeds from
issuance of common stock under employee stock plans offset by payments of term
debt. See notes 4,5 and 7 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

         The Company believes that current cash balances, available borrowings, 
and funds provided by operations will be sufficient to satisfy working capital
requirements for at least the next 12 months.



                                       20




<PAGE>   22


                        FACTORS AFFECTING FUTURE RESULTS



VARIABILITY OF OPERATING RESULTS

         The Company's annual and quarterly operating results are affected by a 
number of factors. The primary factors affecting operating results are the level
and timing of customer orders, fluctuations in materials costs and the mix of
materials costs versus labor and manufacturing overhead costs. The level and
timing of orders placed by customer vary due to the customer's attempts to
balance its inventory, changes in a customer's manufacturing strategy and
variation in demand for a customer's products due to, among other things,
product life cycles, competitive conditions and general economic conditions. In
the past, changes in orders from customers have had a significant effect on
results of operations due to corresponding changes in the level of overhead
absorption. Other factors affecting the Company's annual and quarterly operating
results include price competition, the Company's level of experience in
manufacturing a particular product, the degree of automation used in the
assembly process, the efficiencies achieved by the Company in managing
inventories and fixed assets, the timing of expenditures in anticipation of
increased sales, customer product delivery requirements and shortages of
components or labor. Any one of these factors or a combination thereof could
adversely affect the Company's annual and quarterly results of operations in the
future. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations."

DEPENDENCE ON A LIMITED NUMBER OF CUSTOMERS

         For the fiscal year ended August 31, 1997, the Company's three largest 
customers accounted for approximately 56% of net revenue and 18 customers
accounted for substantially all net revenue. 3Com Corporation ("3Com"), Cisco
Systems, Inc. ("Cisco"), and Hewlett Packard Company ("Hewlett Packard"),
accounted for approximately 21%, 20%, 15% of net revenue, respectively. The
Company expects to continue to depend upon a relatively small number of
customers for a significant percentage of its net revenue. Significant
reductions in sales to any of the Company's large customers would have a
material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations. In the past,
some of the Company's customers have terminated their manufacturing arrangement
with the Company, and other customers have significantly reduced or delayed the
volume of manufacturing services ordered from the Company. There can be no
assurance that present or future customers will not terminate their
manufacturing arrangements with the Company or significantly change, reduce or
delay the amount of manufacturing services ordered from the Company. Any such
termination of a manufacturing relationship or change, reduction or delay in
orders could have an adverse effect on the Company's results of operations. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and "Business--Customers and Marketing."

LIMITED AVAILABILITY OF COMPONENTS

         Substantially all the Company's net revenue is derived from turnkey
manufacturing in which the Company provides both materials procurement and
assembly. In turnkey manufacturing, the Company typically bears the risk of
component price increases, which could adversely affect the Company's gross
profit margins. Almost all the products manufactured by Jabil require one or
more components that are available from only a single source. Some of these
components are allocated in response to supply shortages. In some cases, supply
shortages will substantially curtail production of all assemblies using a
particular component. In addition, at various times there have been industry
wide shortages of electronic components, particularly memory and logic devices.
Such circumstances have produced significant levels of short-term interruption
of the Company's operations in the past. There can be no assurance that such
shortfalls will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of
operations in the future. See 


                                      21





<PAGE>   23

"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations" and "Business--Components."

DEPENDENCE ON CERTAIN INDUSTRIES

         The Company is dependent upon the continued growth, viability and 
financial stability of its customers, which are in turn substantially dependent
on the growth of the personal computer, computer peripherals, communications and
automotive industries. These industries have been characterized by rapid
technological change, short product life cycles and have pricing and margin
pressures. In addition, many of the Company's customers in these industries are
affected by general economic conditions. The factors affecting the personal
computer, computer peripherals, communications and automotive industries in
general, and/or the Company's customers in particular, could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's results of operations. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
"Business--Customers and Marketing."

VARIABILITY OF CUSTOMER REQUIREMENTS AND CUSTOMER FINANCING

         The level and timing of sales to a customer of the Company varies due 
to the customer's attempts to balance its inventory, design changes, changes in
the customer's manufacturing strategy, acquisitions of or consolidations among
customers and variation in demand for its products due to, among other things,
product life cycles, competitive conditions or general economic conditions. Due
in part to these factors, most of the Company's customers do not commit to firm
production schedules for more than one quarter in advance. The Company's
inability to forecast the level of customer orders with certainty makes it
difficult to schedule production and maximize utilization of manufacturing
capacity. In the past, the Company has been required to increase staffing and
other expenses in order to meet the anticipated demand of its customers.
Anticipated orders from many of the Company's customers have, in the past,
failed to materialize or delivery schedules have been deferred as a result of
changes in the customer's business needs, thereby adversely affecting the
Company's results of operations. On other occasions, customers have required
rapid increases in production, which have placed an excessive burden on the
Company's resources. Such customer order fluctuations and deferrals have had a
material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations in the past, and
there can be no assurance that the Company will not experience such effects in
the future. In addition, the Company generates significant accounts receivables
in connection with providing manufacturing services to its customers. If one or
more of the Company's customers were to become insolvent or otherwise were
unable to pay for the manufacturing services provided by the Company, the
Company's operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.
See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and "Business--Backlog."

MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH

         The Company has experienced a period of rapid growth which has placed, 
and could continue to place, a significant strain on the Company's management,
operational and financial resources. The Company's ability to manage growth
effectively will require it to continue to implement and improve its
operational, financial and management information systems, to develop the
management skills of its managers and supervisors and to train, motivate and
manage its employees. The Company's failure to effectively manage growth could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations.


                                       22






<PAGE>   24


COMPETITION

         Competition in the contract manufacturing industry is intense. The 
Company competes against numerous domestic and foreign manufacturers, including
SCI Systems, Inc., Solectron Corporation, Avex, Inc., and Flextronics
International. In addition, the Company may in the future encounter competition
from other large electronic manufacturers that are selling, or may begin to
sell, contract manufacturing services. Most of the Company's competitors have
international operations and some have substantially greater manufacturing,
financial, research and development and marketing resources than the Company.
The Company also faces competition from the manufacturing operations of its
current and potential customers, which are continually evaluating the merits of
manufacturing products internally versus the advantages of using external
manufacturers. See "Business--Competition."

TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE AND PROCESS DEVELOPMENT

         The market for the Company's manufacturing services is characterized 
by rapidly changing technology and continuing process development. The Company
is continually evaluating the advantages and feasibility of new manufacturing
processes, such as Tape Automated Bonding, chip on board and thin substrate
processes. The Company believes that its future success will depend upon its
ability to develop and market manufacturing services which meet changing
customer needs, maintain technological leadership and successfully anticipate or
respond to technological changes in manufacturing processes on a cost-effective
and timely basis. There can be no assurance that the Company's process
development efforts will be successful. See "Business--Technology" and "Research
and Development."

DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL

         The Company's continued success depends to a large extent upon the 
efforts and abilities of key managerial and technical employees. Although to
date the Company has been successful in retaining key managerial and technical
employees, the loss of services of certain of these key employees could have a
material adverse effect on the Company. The Company's business will also depend
upon its ability to continue to attract and retain qualified employees. The
Company does not have employment agreements or noncompetition agreements with
its key employees.

ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE

         The Company is subject to a variety of federal, state, local and 
foreign environmental regulations relating to the use, storage, discharge and
disposal of hazardous chemicals used during its manufacturing process. Although
the Company is currently in substantial compliance with all material
environmental regulations, any failure by the Company to comply with present and
future regulations could subject it to future liabilities or the suspension of
production. In addition, such regulations could restrict the Company's ability
to expand its facilities or could require the Company to acquire costly
equipment or to incur other significant expense to comply with environmental
regulations. See "Business--Environmental."

CONTROL BY EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS

         Officers, directors, principal stockholders and their affiliates own
approximately 47% of the Company's common stock outstanding. Consequently, the
officers, directors, principal stockholders and their affiliates have
significant control over the election of Jabil's directors, determine the
outcome of most corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, and otherwise
control the business of the Company.



                                       23



<PAGE>   25


POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE

         The trading price of the Company's Common Stock could be subject to 
significant fluctuations in response to variations in quarterly operating
results, general conditions in the contract manufacturing, personal computer,
computer peripheral, communications or automotive industries and other factors.
In addition, the stock market is subject to price and volume fluctuations that
affect the market price for many high technology companies in particular, and
that often are unrelated to operating performance. See "Market for Registrant's
Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters."

INTERNATIONAL EXPANSION

         A key element in the Company's strategy is to provide localized 
production of the global products produced for OEMs in the major consuming
regions of the European Community and Asia. In order to offer this localized
production, in fiscal 1993 the Company established a manufacturing facility in
Livingston, Scotland, which began volume production in May 1993. The Scotland
facility targets existing European customers, those North American customers
having significant sales in the European Community and potential European
customers who meet the profile discussed above. Additionally, the Company began
volume production in October 1995, in Penang, Malaysia. This location enables
the Company to provide manufacturing services to the Asian market from an Asian
location in order to reduce costs, freight and duties, to provide a more
competitive cost structure for these markets and to serve as a low cost
manufacturing source for new and existing customers. In order to increase
capacity both in Europe and in the Asian market, the Company has recently
expanded both locations. See note 3 of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.

         As an addition to the North American market, the Company commenced
construction of a manufacturing facility in Guadalajara, Mexico in fiscal 1997.
This operation will allow for continued expansion in North America, while
providing a competitive cost structure and close proximity to the United States
market. The Company completed construction of a facility in this location in
early fiscal 1998.

         The Company's international operations may be subject to a number of 
other risks, including fluctuations in the value of currencies, export duties,
import controls and trade barriers (including quotas), restrictions on the
transfer of funds, employee turnover, work stoppages, longer payment cycles,
greater difficulty in accounts receivable collection, and burdens of complying
with a wide variety of foreign laws. In addition, net-operating losses incurred
by foreign operations cannot be utilized by the Company to reduce U.S. income
taxes.

COMPUTER INTEGRATION

         The Company is in the process of installing a new enterprise resource 
planning system ("ERP System") that will replace the current Manufacturing
Resource Planning ("MRP") system and financial information systems. This system
is believed to be Year 2000 Compliant. The Company is also identifying and
implementing changes to its other information systems in order to make them Year
2000 Compliant. While the Company currently expects that the Year 2000 will not
pose significant operational problems, delays in the implementation of new
information systems, or a failure to fully identify all Year 2000 dependencies
in the Company's systems could result in material adverse consequences,
including disruption of operations, loss of information, and unanticipated
increases in costs.


                                       24



<PAGE>   26




I
TEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

          Not applicable.


ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

         Certain information required by this item is included on page 15 in

Item 6 of Part II of this Report under the heading "Quarterly Results" and is
incorporated into this item by reference. All other information required by this
item is included on pages "31" to "50" in Item 14 of Part IV of this Report and
is incorporated into this item by reference.

         During 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued 
several Statements of Financial Accounting Standards (Statements) which are
pending implementation by the Company. They are as follows:

Statement 128 - Earnings Per Share. Statement 128 supersedes APB Opinion No. 15,
Earnings Per Share and specifies the computation, presentation and disclosure
requirements for earnings per share ("EPS") for entities with publicly held
common stock. Statement 128 is effective for financial statements for both
interim and annual periods ending after December 15, 1997. Earlier application
is not permitted. After adoption, all prior period EPS data presented shall be
restated to conform to Statement 128. As the Statement addresses the computation
of EPS only, there will be no impact on earnings from its adoption.

Statement 130 - Reporting Comprehensive Income. Statement 130 establishes
standards for reporting comprehensive income. The Statement defines
comprehensive income as the change in equity of an enterprise except those
resulting from shareholder transactions. All components of comprehensive income
are required to be reported in a new financial statement that is displayed with
equal prominence as existing financial statements. The Company will be required
to adopt this statement September 1, 1998. As the Statement addresses reporting
and presentation issues only, there will be no impact on earnings from its
adoption.

Statement 131 - Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related
Information. Statement 131 establishes standards for related disclosures about
the products and services, geographic areas, and major customers of an
enterprise The Company will be required to adopt this Statement for financial
statements for the fiscal year ending August 31, 1998. As this Statement
addresses reporting and disclosure issues only, there will be no impact on
earnings from its adoption.


ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

         Not applicable.



                                       25



<PAGE>   27




                                    PART III


ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

         Information regarding the directors of the Company is incorporated by
reference to the information set forth under the caption "Proposal No. 1:
Election of Directors" in the Company's Proxy Statement for the 1997 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
(the "Commission") within 120 days after the end of the Company's fiscal year
ended August 31, 1997.

         Information regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is hereby incorporated herein by reference
from the section entitled [Information Concerning Solicitation and Voting]
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance in the Proxy Statement.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY

         At August 31, 1997 the executive officers of the Company were as
follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         NAME                               AGE                           POSITION
         ----                               ---                           --------
<S>                                         <C>    <C>                                                   
William D. Morean.....................       41    Chief  Executive  Officer and  Chairman of the Board
Thomas A. Sansone.....................       48    President and Director
Ronald J. Rapp........................       44    Executive  Vice   President,   Operations  and Director
Robert L. Paver.......................       41    Corporate Secretary and General Counsel
Wesley B. Edwards.....................       44    Senior Vice President, Operations
Timothy L. Main.......................       39    Senior Vice President, Business Development
Frank Krajcirovic.....................       49    Vice President, Quality Control
Paul H. Bittner.......................       52    Vice President, Advanced Engineering
David S. Ebeling......................       55    Vice President, Procurement
Randon A. Haight......................       47    Vice President, Business Development
Chris A. Lewis........................       37    Chief Financial Officer
Forbes I. J. Alexander................       36    Treasurer
Jeffrey J. Lumetta....................       34    Vice President, Design Services
</TABLE>



         Officers are appointed by the Board of Directors and serve at the 
discretion of the Board. Each executive officer is a full-time employee of the
Company. There are no family relationships among the officers and directors of
the Company.

         WILLIAM D. MOREAN has served as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of
the Board since 1988 and as a director since 1978. Morean joined the Company in
1977 and assumed management of day-to-day operations the following year. Prior
to serving as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, Morean served
as President and Vice President and held various operating positions. Morean
attended Western Michigan University, where he studied aviation.

         THOMAS A. SANSONE has served as President of the Company since
September 1988 and as a director since 1983. Sansone joined the Company in 1983
as Vice President. Prior to joining Jabil, Sansone was a practicing attorney. He
holds a B.A. in Business Administration from Hillsdale College, a J.D. from
Detroit College of Law and an LL.M in taxation from New York University.

         RONALD J. RAPP has served as Executive Vice President, Operations since
August 1996 and as a director since September 1988. Rapp joined the Company in
1983 as Controller, was promoted in 1984 to Treasurer and to CFO in 1988. Prior
to joining Jabil, Rapp was the Corporate Controller for Van Pelt Corporation, a
wholesale distributor of steel tubing products. Before joining Van Pelt, Rapp
was a certified public accountant with the accounting firm of Ernst & Ernst.
Rapp holds a B.A. in accounting from Ferris State University.

         ROBERT L. PAVER joined Jabil as General Counsel in 1997. Prior to 
working for Jabil, Paver was a practicing attorney with the law firm of Holland
& Knight in St. Petersburg, Florida. Paver holds a B.A. from the University of
Florida and a J.D. from Stetson University College of Law.


                                       26



<PAGE>   28



         WESLEY B. EDWARDS was named Senior Vice President, Operations in August
1996 after serving as Vice President, Operations since May 1994. Edwards joined
the Company as Manufacturing Manager of its Michigan facility in July 1988 and
was promoted to Operations Manager of the Florida facility in July 1989. He
holds a M.B.A. from the University of Florida.

         TIMOTHY L. MAIN was named Senior Vice President, Business Development
in August 1996. Main joined the Company in April 1987 as a Production Control
Manager, was promoted to Operations Manager in September 1987, to Project
Manager in July 1989 and to Vice President Business Development in May 1991.
Prior to joining the Company, Main was a commercial lending officer,
international division for the National Bank of Detroit. Main holds a B.S. from
Michigan State University and an MIM from the American Graduate School of
International Management (Thunderbird).

         FRANK KRAJCIROVIC has been Vice President, Quality Control since June
1988. Krajcirovic joined the Company in 1982 as a Quality Engineer, was promoted
to Manager of Quality in 1983 and was promoted to Director of Quality in
September 1987. Prior to joining Jabil, Krajcirovic held various
reliability-engineering positions with Massey Ferguson, Inc., a farm equipment
manufacturer and Fundimensions, Inc., Lionel Division, a toy manufacturer. He
holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the City of Brno College,
Czechoslovakia.

         PAUL H. BITTNER has been Vice President, Advanced Engineering since
January 1992. Bittner joined the Company in 1986 as Manufacturing Engineering
Manager, was promoted to Director of Manufacturing Engineering in April 1987,
and was promoted to Vice President, Manufacturing Engineering, in June 1988.
Prior to joining Jabil, Bittner held various positions with United Technologies
Automotive Electronics Group.

         DAVID S. EBELING joined Jabil as Vice President, Procurement in
November 1992. Prior to joining Jabil, he held the position of Director of
Procurement, Quality & Traffic at NEC Technology, a manufacturer of personal
computers, printers and monitors. Ebeling also held the position of Director of
Materials at Eastman Kodak and held similar positions at Unisys, Wang Labs and
Motorola. He holds a B.S. in Industrial Engineering from Northeastern University
in Boston.

         RANDON A. HAIGHT has served as Vice President, Business Development
since May 1992. Haight joined the Company as a Project Manager in July 1989.
Prior to joining Jabil, Haight was the President of Cardinal Automotive, an
automobile customizer from 1987 to July 1989. Before joining Cardinal
Automotive, Haight was a group Manager at Terry Barr Sales, Inc., a
manufacturers' representative to the automotive industry. He holds a B.A. in
Liberal Arts from Hillsdale College and an M.A. from Eastern Michigan
University.

         CHRIS A. LEWIS joined Jabil as Treasurer in June 1995 and was promoted
to Chief Financial Officer in August 1996. From July 1989 to May 1995, Lewis was
U.S. Controller of Peek PLC, a high technology manufacturing group. Prior to
July 1989, Lewis was a CPA with the accounting firm of KPMG Peat Marwick. Lewis
holds a B.A. in Business Administration from Wittenberg University in
Springfield, Ohio.

         FORBES I. J. ALEXANDER was named Treasurer in November 1996. Alexander 
joined the Company in 1993 as Controller of the Company's Scottish operation and
was promoted to Assistant Treasurer in April 1996. Prior to joining Jabil,
Alexander was Financial Controller of Tandy Electronics European Manufacturing
Operations in Scotland and has held various positions with Hewlett Packard and
Apollo Computer. Alexander is a Chartered Management Accountant. He holds a B.A.
in Accounting from Dundee College, Scotland.

         JEFFREY J. LUMETTA was named Vice President, Design Services in 
November 1996. Lumetta joined the Company in 1986 as a Design Engineer, and was
promoted to Manager, Design Engineering at the Florida facility in 1994. Lumetta
holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Michigan Technological University.

         Subsequent to the end of fiscal year 1997, the following officer
appointments have been made:

         SCOTT D. BROWN was named Vice President, Corporate Development in
September 1997. He joined Jabil as a Project Manager in November 1988 and served
in that capacity through August 1997. Prior to joining Jabil, Brown was a
financial consultant with Merrill Lynch in Bloomfield Hills, Michigan. Brown
holds a B.S. in Economics from the University of Michigan.

         MARK MONDELLO was named Vice President, Business Development in
September 1997. He joined Jabil in 1992 as Production Line Supervisor and was
promoted to Project Manager in 1994. Prior to Jabil, Mondello served as project
manager on commercial and defense-related aerospace programs for Moog, Inc.
Mondello attended the University of Florida and holds a B.S. in Mechanical
Engineering from the University of South Florida.


                                       27



<PAGE>   29




ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

         Information regarding executive compensation is incorporated by
reference to the information set forth under the captions "Proposal No. 1:
Election of Directors - "Compensation of Directors" and "Executive Officer
Compensation" in the Company's Proxy Statement for the 1997 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of
the Company's fiscal year ended August 31, 1997.


ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

         Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners
and management is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under
the caption "Other Information -- Share Ownership by Principal Stockholders and
Management" in the Company's Proxy Statement for the 1997 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of
the Company's fiscal year ended August 31, 1997.


ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

         Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions is
incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the caption
"Certain Transactions" in the Company's Proxy Statement for the 1997 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after
the end of the Company's fiscal year ended August 31, 1997.


                                       28



<PAGE>   30



                                     PART IV


ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a)     The following documents are filed as part of this Report:

        1. Financial Statements. The consolidated financial statements, and
           related notes thereto, of the Company with independent auditors'
           report thereon are included in Part IV of this report on the pages
           indicated by the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and
           Schedule as presented on page 30 of this report.

        2. Financial Statement Schedule. The financial statement schedule of the
           Company is included in Part IV of this report on the page indicated
           by the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule as
           presented on page 30 of this report. The independent auditors' report
           as presented on page 31 of this report also applies to the financial
           statement schedule. This financial statement schedule should be read
           in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, and
           related notes thereto, of the Company.

           Schedules not listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial 
           Statements and Schedule have been omitted because they are not 
           applicable, not required, or the information required to be set 
           forth therein is included in the consolidated financial statements 
           or notes thereto.

        3. Exhibits. See Item 14(c) below.

(b)     Reports on Form 8-K. The Company filed no Current Reports on Form 8-K
           during the last quarter of the fiscal year ended August 31, 1997.

(c)     Exhibits. The exhibits listed on the Exhibits Index are filed as part
           of, or incorporated by reference into, this Report.

(d)     Financial Statement Schedules. See Item 14(a) above.


                                       29




<PAGE>   31



                      JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

            INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    PAGE
                                                                                                    ----
<S>                                                                                                 <C>
Independent Auditors' Report................................................................         31
Consolidated Financial Statements:
     Consolidated Balance Sheets--August 31, 1996 and 1997..................................         32
     Consolidated Statements of Operations--Years ended August 31, 1995,
      1996, and 1997........................................................................         33
     Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity--Years ended
      August 31, 1995, 1996, and 1997.......................................................         34
     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows--Years ended August 31, 1995,
      1996, and 1997........................................................................         35
     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.............................................         36

 Financial Statement Schedule:
     Schedule VIII -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.....................................        S-5
</TABLE>



                                       30



<PAGE>   32




                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Board of Directors 
JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.:

         We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Jabil 
Circuit, Inc. and subsidiaries as listed in the accompanying index. In 
connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also 
have audited the financial statement schedule as listed in the accompanying 
index. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule 
are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to 
express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial 
statement schedule based on our audits.

         We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

         In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to 
above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Jabil
Circuit, Inc. and subsidiaries as of August 31, 1996 and 1997, and the results
of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year
period ended August 31, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when
considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a
whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth 
therein.

St. Petersburg, Florida
October 3, 1997


                                           /s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
                                           -------------------------


                                       31



<PAGE>   33



                      JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT FOR SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        AUGUST 31,
                                                                                        ----------
                                                                                   1996           1997
                                                                                 ---------      ---------
<S>                                                                              <C>            <C> 
                                  ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents ...............................................      $  73,319      $  45,457
  Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,170
     in 1996 and $2,690 in 1997 (note 8)...................................         84,839        116,987
  Inventories (note 2).....................................................         64,869         96,187
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets................................            340            776
  Deferred income taxes (note 6)...........................................          3,971          6,591
                                                                                 ---------      ---------
     Total current assets..................................................        227,338        265,998
Property, plant and equipment, net (note 3)................................         70,704        139,520
Other assets...............................................................          1,898            385
                                                                                 ---------      ---------
                                                                                 $ 299,940      $ 405,903
                                                                                 =========      =========

                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:
  Current installments of long-term debt (note 5)..........................      $   1,979      $   2,475
  Current installments of capital lease obligations .......................            472             --
  Accounts payable.........................................................         78,600        125,741
  Accrued expenses.........................................................         24,550         34,248
  Income taxes payable ....................................................          5,979          6,186
                                                                                 ---------      ---------
     Total current liabilities.............................................        111,580        168,650
Long-term debt, less current installments (note 5).........................         57,257         50,000
Capital lease obligations, less current installments.......................          1,114             --
Deferred income taxes (note 6).............................................          2,883          3,663
Deferred grant revenue.....................................................          2,872          2,105
                                                                                 ---------      ---------
     Total liabilities.....................................................        175,706        224,418
                                                                                 ---------      ---------
Stockholders' equity (notes 1 and 7):
  Preferred stock, $.001 par value, authorized 1,000,000 shares; no shares
     issued and outstanding................................................             --             --
  Common stock, $.001 par value, authorized 60,000,000 shares;
      issued and outstanding, 35,596,446 shares in 1996, and...............
     37,000,092 in 1997 ...................................................             36             37
  Additional paid-in capital...............................................         56,906         61,632
  Retained earnings........................................................         67,319        119,816
                                                                                 ---------      ---------
                                                                                   124,261        181,485
     Less unearned compensation from grant of stock option.................             27             --
                                                                                 ---------      ---------
     Net stockholders' equity..............................................        124,234        181,485

Commitments and contingencies (note 10)....................................      ---------      ---------
                                                                                 $ 299,940      $ 405,903
                                                                                 =========      =========
</TABLE>





          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                       32



<PAGE>   34



                      JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT FOR PER SHARE DATA)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31,
                                                                          ----------------------
                                                                     1995          1996           1997
                                                                     -----         -----          ----
<S>                                                               <C>           <C>           <C>       
Net revenue (note 8)..........................................    $ 559,474     $  863,285    $  978,102
Cost of revenue...............................................      523,338        790,311       857,245
                                                                  ---------     ----------    ----------
Gross profit..................................................       36,136         72,974       120,857
Operating expenses:                                                                       
Selling, general and administrative...........................       17,898         25,456        35,886
Research and development......................................        1,819          2,112         3,117
                                                                  ---------     ----------    ----------
Operating income..............................................       16,419         45,406        81,854
Interest expense, net.........................................        6,347          7,333         1,612
                                                                  ---------     ----------    ----------
Income before income taxes....................................       10,072         38,073        80,242
Income taxes (note 6).........................................        2,792         13,724        27,745
                                                                  ---------     ----------    ----------
Net income....................................................    $   7,280     $   24,349    $   52,497
                                                                  =========     ==========    ==========
Net income per share..........................................    $    0.23     $     0.67    $     1.37
                                                                  =========     ==========    ==========
Weighted average number of shares of common stock and
  common stock equivalents....................................       31,100         36,334        38,340
                                                                  =========     ==========    ==========
</TABLE>





          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



                                       33



<PAGE>   35

                      JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT FOR SHARE DATA)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         UNEARNED
                                    COMMON STOCK                 ADDITIONAL             COMPENSATION      NET
                                       SHARES                     PAID-IN   RETAINED   FROM GRANT OF  STOCKHOLDERS'
                                    OUTSTANDING   PAR VALUE      CAPITAL    EARNINGS   STOCK OPTION     EQUITY
                                   -----------    ---------      -------    --------   ------------     ------
<S>                                <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>            <C>       
  Balance at August 31, 1994 .....   28,717,044     $28        $15,703      $ 35,690   $   (190)       $  51,231  
  Exercise of stock options  .....      592,252       2            324            --         --              326  
  Amortization of unearned                                                                                       
    compensation .................           --      --             --            --         82               82  
  Shares  issued  under Employee                                                                                 
    Stock Purchase Plan ..........      240,518      --            409            --         --              409  
  Tax benefit of options exercised           --      --            267            --         --              267  
  Net income .....................           --      --             --         7,280         --            7,280  
                                     ----------     ---        -------      --------   --------        ---------  
  Balance at August 31, 1995 .....   29,549,814     $30         16,703        42,970   $   (108)       $  59,595  
  Exercise of stock options ......      129,800      --            268            --         --              268  
  Public offering ................    5,750,000       6         39,146            --         --           39,152  
  Amortization of unearned                                                                                       
    compensation .................           --      --             --            --         81               81  
  Shares issued under Employee                                                                                   
    Stock Purchase Plan ..........      166,832      --            678            --         --              678  
  Tax benefit of options exercised           --      --            111            --         --              111  
  Net income .....................           --      --             --        24,349         --           24,349  
                                     ----------     ---        -------      --------   --------        ---------  
  Balance at August 31, 1996 .....   35,596,446     $36        $56,906       $67,319   $    (27)       $ 124,234  
  Exercise of stock options ......    1,265,010       1          2,386            --         --            2,387  
  Amortization of unearned                                                                                       
    compensation .................           --      --             --            --         27               27  
  Shares issued under Employee                                                                                   
    Stock Purchase Plan ..........      138,636      --          1,237            --         --            1,237  
  Tax benefit of options exercised                               1,103                                     1,103  
  Net income .....................           --      --             --        52,497         --           52,497  
                                     ----------     ---        -------      --------   --------        ---------  
  Balance at August 31, 1997 .....   37,000,092     $37        $61,632      $119,816         --        $ 181,485 
                                     ==========     ===        =======      ========   ========        ========= 
  </TABLE>
                      




          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



                                       34













<PAGE>   36
                      JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31,
                                                                              ----------------------------------------------
                                                                                 1995            1996               1997
                                                                              ---------       ---------          -----------
<S>                                                                           <C>             <C>                 <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income .....................................................               $  7,280       $  24,349           $ 52,497
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
    (used in) operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization ................................                 11,991          18,210             24,924
  Recognition of grant revenue .................................                 (1,103)         (2,073)            (1,705)
  Deferred income taxes ........................................                  2,275          (2,876)            (1,840)
  Gain on sale of property .....................................                    (56)            168               (275)
  Change in operating assets and liabilities:                      
    Accounts receivable ........................................                (44,659)         28,828            (32,148)
    Inventories ................................................                (36,747)         26,789            (31,318)
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..................                   (488)            361               (436)
    Refundable income taxes ....................................                 (1,644)          2,154                 --
    Other assets ...............................................                   (586)         (1,241)             1,513
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses ......................                 50,689            (584)            56,838
    Income taxes payable .......................................                     --           5,979              1,310
                                                                               --------       ---------           --------
    Net cash  provided by (used in) operating activities .......                (13,048)        100,064             69,360
                                                                               --------       ---------           --------
  Cash flows from investing activities:
    Acquisition of property, plant and equipment ...............                (25,821)        (27,252)           (93,805)
    Proceeds from sale of property and equipment ...............                    397             358                368
                                                                               --------       ---------           --------
      Net cash used in investing activities ....................                (25,424)        (26,894)           (93,437)
                                                                               --------       ---------           --------
  Cash flows from financing activities:
    Increase (decrease) in note payable to bank ................                 29,400         (73,000)                --
    Proceeds from long-term debt ...............................                 15,142          57,994                 --
    Payments of long-term debt .................................                 (4,792)        (32,575)            (6,761)
    Payments of capital lease obligations ......................                 (1,000)           (659)            (1,586)
    Net proceeds from issuance of common stock .................                    735          40,098              3,624
    Proceeds from grants .......................................                  2,675           2,805                938
                                                                               --------       ---------           --------
      Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ......                 42,160          (5,337)            (3,785)
                                                                               --------       ---------           --------
  Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents .........                  3,688          67,833            (27,862)
  Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period .............                  1,798           5,486             73,319
                                                                               --------       ---------           --------
  Cash and cash equivalents at end of period ...................               $  5,486       $  73,319           $ 45,457
                                                                               ========       =========           ========
  Supplemental disclosure information:                             
    Interest paid ..............................................               $  6,163       $   7,639           $  4,707
                                                                               ========       =========           ========
    Income taxes paid, net of refunds received .................               $  2,428       $   8,578           $ 29,378
                                                                               ========       =========           ========
    Long-term obligations incurred to acquire property, plant    
      and equipment ............................................               $  3,535       $      --           $     --
                                                                               ========       =========           ========
    Tax benefit of options exercised ...........................               $    267       $     111           $  1,103
                                                                               ========       =========           ========
</TABLE>


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



                                       35

<PAGE>   37



                      JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



1.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     Jabil Circuit, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries herein referred to as
the "Company") is an independent supplier of custom manufacturing services for
circuit board assemblies, subsystems and systems to major original equipment
manufacturers ("OEMs") in the communications, personal computer, computer
peripherals and automotive industries. The Company's manufacturing services
combine a high volume, highly automated manufacturing approach with advanced
design and manufacturing technologies.

     Significant accounting policies followed by the Company are as follows:

     A.   CONSOLIDATION

     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts and operations
of Jabil Circuit, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries Jabil Circuit Limited,
a corporation organized on December 24, 1992 under the laws of the United
Kingdom, Jabil Circuit SDN BHD, a corporation organized on March 18, 1995 under
the laws of Malaysia, and Jabil de Mexico, S.A. de C.V., a corporation organized
on January 8, 1997 under the laws of Mexico. All significant intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated in preparing the consolidated
financial statements.

     B.   REVENUE RECOGNITION

     The Company recognizes revenue typically at the time of product shipment.
Such revenue is recorded net of estimated product return and warranty costs. At
August 31, 1996 and 1997, such estimated amounts for returns and warranties are
not considered material.

     C.   ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

     Management is required to make estimates and assumptions during the
preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles. These estimates and assumptions affect
the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent
assets and liabilities at the dates of the consolidated financial statements.
They also affect the reported amount of net income. Actual results could differ
materially from these estimates and assumptions.

     D.  INVENTORIES

     Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first in, first out (FIFO)
method) or market.

     E.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

     Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost and depreciated and
amortized on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
respective assets, primarily thirty-five years for buildings and three to five
years for other assets. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as
incurred.





                                       36




<PAGE>   38




                      JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


1.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

     F.   CASH EQUIVALENTS

     The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with original
maturities of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents for financial statement
purposes. At August 31, 1996 and 1997, cash equivalents totaled approximately
$54,679,000 and $281,000, respectively.

     G.  GRANT REVENUE

     During the years ended August 31, 1993 and 1994, the Company was awarded
certain grants related to the development of its Scottish operations. Grant
funds are earned as certain milestones are met, and are being amortized over two
to five-year periods. During the year ended August 31, 1995, the Company
attained all milestones related to certain of the grants. Based on this
achievement, the Company changed the amortization of these grants from five
years to two years. The effect of this change in amortization was an increase of
approximately $342,000 to operating income for the year ended August 31, 1995.

     H.   INCOME TAXES

     Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates
expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax
assets and liabilities of a change in the tax rate is recognized in income in
the period that includes the enactment date of the rate change.

     I.   PROFIT SHARING AND 401(K) PLAN

     The Company has a contributory profit-sharing plan with a 401(k) feature.
Company contributions are at the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors.
To participate, an employee must have completed a 12-month period of service in
which the employee worked at least 1,000 hours. Vesting is immediate. The
Company contributed approximately $1,091,000, $1,650,000, and $4,483,000 for the
years ended August 31, 1995, 1996, and 1997, respectively.

     J.   FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

     Gains or losses on foreign currency transactions are included in the
determination of net income.

     The Company enters into foreign currency contracts in order to mitigate the
impact of certain foreign currency fluctuations. Gains and losses related to the
hedges of firmly committed and anticipated transactions are deferred and
included in the basis of the transaction when it occurs. Foreign currency
exchange contracts outstanding at August 31, 1997 are described further in note
9.

                                       37




<PAGE>   39



                      JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

     K.   NET INCOME PER SHARE

     Net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of
common shares and dilutive common equivalent shares outstanding during the
related period. Common equivalent shares consist of stock options, using the
treasury stock method.

     L.  STOCK BASED COMPENSATION

     Prior to September 1, 1996, the Company accounted for its stock option plan
in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion
No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations.
As such, compensation expense would be recorded on the date of granting of stock
options only if the current market price of the underlying stock exceeded the
exercise price. Effective September 1, 1996, the Company adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock Based Compensation
(Statement 123), which permits entities to recognize as expense over the vesting
period the fair value of all stock based awards on the date of the grant.
Alternatively, Statement 123 allows entities to continue to apply the provisions
of APB Opinion No. 25 and provide pro forma net income and pro forma net income
per share disclosures for employee stock options made in fiscal 1996 and future
years as if the fair value based method defined in Statement 123 had been
applied. The Company has elected to continue to apply the provisions of APB
Opinion No. 25 and provide the pro forma disclosure required by Statement 123.

     M.  STOCK SPLIT

     On June 17, 1997, the Company's Board of Directors approved a two-for-one
stock split of the Company's common stock, effected in the form of a 100% stock
dividend to holders of record on July 8, 1997. Financial information in the
accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes has been adjusted to
reflect the impact of the common stock split for all periods presented.

2.    INVENTORIES

      Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         AUGUST 31,
                                  ----------------------
                                    1996           1997
                                  -------        -------
<S>                               <C>            <C>
Raw materials ................    $54,197        $75,433
Work in process ..............      7,685         15,160
Finished goods ...............      2,987          5,594
                                  -------        -------
                                  $64,869        $96,187
                                  =======        =======
</TABLE>



                                       38




<PAGE>   40



                      JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


3. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

     Property, plant and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        AUGUST 31,
                                                ------------------------
                                                    1996         1997
                                                -----------  -----------
<S>                                             <C>          <C>
Land and improvements.........................      $ 6,006     $  9,232
Buildings ....................................       12,262       23,336
Leasehold improvements........................        3,346        3,682
Machinery and equipment.......................       89,695      123,294
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment......       13,979       22,287
Transportation equipment......................        1,817        3,937
Construction in progress......................          826       30,743
                                                -----------  -----------
                                                    127,931      216,511
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization       57,227       76,991
                                                -----------  -----------
                                                    $70,704     $139,520
                                                ===========  ===========
</TABLE>


     During the year ended August 31, 1997, the Company completed construction
of a new manufacturing facility in Florida, began construction on new
manufacturing facilities for its Scotland and Malaysia operations to replace its
existing leased facilities in those locations, and began construction on a new
greenfield facility in Guadalajara, Mexico. During the year ended August 31,
1997, the Company capitalized approximately $720,000 in interest related to the
constructed facilities.

     Maintenance and repairs expense was approximately $2,652,000, $4,320,000,
and $5,229,000 for the years ended August 31, 1995, 1996, and 1997,
respectively.

4. NOTE PAYABLE TO BANK

     In May 1996, the Company renegotiated its secured line of credit facility
and established a $60,000,000 unsecured revolving credit facility with a
syndicate of banks ("Revolver"). At August 31, 1996 and 1997, there were no
borrowings under the Revolver and the entire $60,000,000 was available. Under
the terms of the Revolver, borrowings could be made under either floating rate
loans or Eurodollar rate loans. The Company paid interest on outstanding
floating rate loans at the banks' prime rate. The Company paid interest on
outstanding Eurodollar loans at the London Interbank Offering Rate (LIBOR) in
effect at the loan inception date plus a factor of .75% to 1.25% depending on
the Company's funded debt to total capitalization ratios. The Company paid a
commitment fee on the unused portion of the Revolver at .175% to .25% depending
on the Company's funded debt to total capitalization ratios.

     Subsequent to August 31, 1997, the Company renegotiated the Revolver
establishing a $100,000,000 unsecured revolving credit facility. Under the terms
of the renegotiated Revolver, the Company pays interest at the LIBOR in effect
plus a factor of .45% to .75% depending on the Company's funded debt to total
capitalization ratios. The Company pays a commitment fee of .15% to .25%
depending on the Company's funded debt to total capitalization ratios. The
renegotiated Revolver expires on August 6, 2000.


                                       39




<PAGE>   41



                      JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


5.   LONG-TERM DEBT

      Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     AUGUST 31,
                                               ----------------------
                                                  1996        1997
                                               ----------  ----------
<S>                                            <C>         <C>
Term loans (a)...............................     $53,916     $50,000
Industrial revenue bonds (b).................       2,676         ---
Mortgage (c).................................       2,644       2,475
                                               ----------  ----------
Total long-term debt.........................      59,236      52,475
Less current installments of long-term debt..       1,979       2,475
                                               ----------  ----------
Long-term debt, less current installments....     $57,257     $50,000
                                               ==========  ==========
</TABLE>


     (a) In May 1996, the Company completed a private placement of $50,000,000
Senior Notes due 2004. The Notes have a fixed interest rate of 6.89%, with
interest payable on a semi-annual basis. Principal is payable in six equal
annual installments beginning May 30, 1999. The Company's Scottish subsidiary
entered into a $5.7 million term loan facility in March 1995. Interest was based
on LIBOR plus 3.25%. This borrowing was repaid during the year ended August 31,
1997.

     (b) The Company borrowed an aggregate of $5,880,000 pursuant to two
industrial revenue bonds related to the development of the Florida facility, one
dated June 1, 1983 in the principal amount of $1,880,000 and a second dated
August 29, 1988 in the principal amount of $4,000,000. Interest accrued at a
rate of 91.7% of prime and prime plus 1%, respectively. These bonds were repaid
during the year ended August 31, 1997.

     (c) The Company obtained a $3,375,000 mortgage in December 1992 in
connection with the construction of its Auburn Hills, Michigan facility. The
Company pays interest on outstanding borrowings at 7.65% per annum. The mortgage
is to be repaid in 19 quarterly installments of $56,000 plus interest through
December 31, 1997, with a final balloon payment of $2,306,000 due on March 31,
1998.

     The agreements related to the obligations described above contain a number
of restrictive financial and/or other covenants. In all cases, the Company was
in compliance with the respective covenants as of August 31, 1997.

     Aggregate annual maturities for long-term debt for the succeeding five
fiscal years are as follows (in thousands):






<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             AMOUNT
                                                            --------
<S>                                                         <C>
1998.................................................       $ 2,475
1999.................................................         8,333
2000.................................................         8,333
2001.................................................         8,333
2002.................................................         8,333
Thereafter...........................................        16,668
                                                            -------
                                                            $52,475
                                                            =======
</TABLE>



                                       40



<PAGE>   42
                      JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


6. INCOME TAXES



     Income tax expense amounted to $2,792,000, $13,724,000, and $27,745,000 for
the years ended August 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively (an effective rate
of 28%, 36%, and 35%, respectively). The actual expense differs from the
"expected" tax expense (computed by applying the U.S. federal corporate tax rate
of 35% to earnings before income taxes) as follows (in thousands):



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31,
                                                                     --------------------------------------
                                                                        1995           1996          1997
                                                                     --------       --------       --------
<S>                                                                  <C>            <C>            <C>
Computed "expected" tax expense ............................         $  3,525       $ 13,326       $ 28,085
State taxes, net of Federal benefit ........................               63            698          1,352
Losses incurred by foreign subsidiaries ....................               75             --            268
Utilization of net operating loss from
Scottish subsidiary ........................................           (1,063)          (389)            --
Nondeductible interest expense .............................              205            (34)            --
Income of Malaysian subsidiary .............................               --             --         (2,706)
Other, net .................................................              (13)           123            746
                                                                     --------       --------       --------
                                                                     $  2,792       $ 13,724       $ 27,745
                                                                     ========       ========       ========
</TABLE>


     The Company's Malaysian subsidiary has been granted "Pioneer" tax status
for the five-year period commencing November 1, 1995. This status allows
tax-free treatment by the Malaysian government for the subsidiary's income
through October 30, 2000. Malaysia's statutory income tax rate is 30%. The
Malaysian subsidiary generated income during the year ended August 31, 1997,
resulting in a tax holiday of approximately $2,320,000 ($0.06 per share). The
Company intends to indefinitely re-invest income from all of its foreign
subsidiaries.

      The components of income tax expense are (in thousands):



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   CURRENT        DEFERRED         TOTAL
                                                                  --------       ---------        --------
<S>                                                               <C>            <C>              <C>
1995:
Federal .....................................................     $    564       $   1,653        $  2,217
State .......................................................          (47)            142              95
Foreign .....................................................           --             480             480
                                                                  --------       ---------        --------
                                                                  $    517       $   2,275        $  2,792
                                                                  ========       =========        ========
1996:
Federal .....................................................     $ 14,496       $  (2,360)       $ 12,136
State .......................................................        1,280            (204)          1,076
Foreign .....................................................          824            (312)            512
                                                                  --------       ---------        --------
                                                                  $ 16,600       $  (2,876)       $ 13,724
                                                                  ========       =========        ========
1997:
Federal .....................................................     $ 24,155       $  (1,800)       $ 22,355
State .......................................................        2,236            (156)          2,080
Foreign .....................................................        3,194             116           3,310
                                                                  --------       ---------        --------
                                                                  $ 29,585       $  (1,840)       $ 27,745
                                                                  ========       =========        ========
</TABLE>

                                       41



<PAGE>   43



                      JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

6. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)

     The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are as follows
(in thousands):




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         AUGUST 31,
                                                                                    ------------------
                                                                                     1996         1997
                                                                                    ------      ------
<S>                                                                                 <C>         <C>
Deferred tax assets:
 Accounts receivable, principally due to allowance for doubtful
  accounts ...........................................................              $  406      $1,015
Grant receivable .....................................................                 494         707
Inventories, principally due to reserves and additional costs
  inventoried for tax purposes pursuant to the Tax Reform Act of
  1986 ...............................................................                 701       2,211
Compensated absences, principally due to accrual for financial
  reporting purposes .................................................                 661         878
Accrued expenses, principally due to deferrals for financial
  reporting purposes .................................................               1,596       1,457
Other ................................................................                 130         490
                                                                                    ------      ------
  Total gross deferred tax assets ....................................               3,988       6,758
  Less valuation allowance ...........................................                  17         167
                                                                                    ------      ------
  Net deferred tax assets ............................................              $3,971      $6,591
                                                                                    ======      ======
Deferred tax liabilities:
 Property, plant and equipment, principally due to differences in
  depreciation and amortization ......................................              $2,883      $3,663
                                                                                    ======      ======
</TABLE>


     Based on the Company's historical operating income, management believes
that it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefit of its
net deferred tax assets.




                                       42




<PAGE>   44



                      JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


7. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

     PUBLIC OFFERING

     The Company completed a public offering of 8,050,000 shares on November 3,
1995 in which the Company sold 5,750,000 shares (including an over-allotment of
750,000 shares) and certain selling stockholders sold 2,300,000 shares. Net
proceeds to the Company (net of underwriters' discounts and commissions and
other offering costs of approximately $350,000) were approximately $39,152,000.

     STOCK OPTION PLANS

     As of August 31, 1997, options to purchase a total of 1,456,880 shares were
outstanding under the 1983 and 1989 stock option plans. The Board of Directors
terminated these plans in November 1992, and no additional options may be issued
thereunder. The exercise price of the outstanding options under these plans is
equal to fair market value, as determined by the Company, on the date of grant.

     The Company's 1992 Stock Option Plan (the "1992 Plan") provides for the
granting to employees of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section
422 of the Internal Revenue Code and for the granting of non-statutory stock
options to employees and consultants of the Company. The 1992 Plan was adopted
by the Board of Directors in November 1992 and approved by the stockholders in
December 1992. A total of 2,610,000 shares of common stock have been reserved
for issuance under the 1992 Plan. As of August 31, 1997, options to purchase
877,470 shares are outstanding under the 1992 Plan.

     The exercise price of all incentive stock options granted under the 1992
Plan is to be at least equal to the fair market value of shares of common stock
on the date of grant. With respect to any participant who owns stock
representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the
Company, the exercise price of any stock option granted is to equal at least
110% of the fair market value on the grant date and the maximum term of the
option may not exceed five years. The term of all other options under the 1992
Plan may not exceed ten years.



                                       43




<PAGE>   45


                      JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


7. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)

   STOCK OPTION PLANS (CONTINUED)


     The following table summarizes option activity from September 1, 1994
through August 31, 1997:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             OPTIONS OUTSTANDING
                                                             -------------------
                                           SHARES                         WEIGHTED
                                         AVAILABLE                         AVERAGE         AGGREGATE
                                         FOR GRANT            SHARES     OPTION PRICE        VALUE
                                       -----------         ----------    ------------    -----------
<S>                                    <C>                 <C>           <C>             <C>

Balance at August 31, 1994                 191,960          3,439,200       $ 1.17       $ 4,027,000
Options authorized                       1,000,000                 --           --                --
Options granted                           (596,000)           596,000         2.57         1,531,000
Options cancelled                           50,000           (184,068)        1.53          (281,000)
Options exercised                               --           (592,252)        0.55          (326,000)
                                       -----------         ----------       ------       -----------
Balance at August 31, 1995                 645,960          3,258,880       $ 1.52       $ 4,951,000

Options granted                           (364,000)           364,000         4.21         1,533,000
Options cancelled                           37,080            (37,080)        2.81          (104,000)
Options exercised                               --           (129,800)        2.07          (268,000)
                                       -----------         ----------       ------       -----------
Balance at August 31, 1996                 319,040          3,456,000       $ 1.77       $ 6,112,000

Options granted                           (148,000)           148,000        25.23         3,734,000
Options cancelled                            4,640             (4,640)        2.59           (12,000)
Options exercised                               --         (1,265,010)        1.87        (2,369,000)
                                       -----------         ----------       ------       -----------
Balance at August 31, 1997             $   175,680          2,334,350       $ 3.20       $ 7,465,000
                                       ===========         ==========       ======       ===========
</TABLE>


At August 31, 1997, options for 1,753,070 shares were excercisable.




                                       44




<PAGE>   46



                      JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

7.  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)

    STOCK OPTION PLANS (CONTINUED)

The range of exercise prices, shares, weighted average contractual life and
exercise price for the options outstanding as of August 31, 1997 are presented
below:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        Range of Exercise                 Weighted-Average  Weighted-Average
        Prices                 Shares      Contractual Life  Exercise Price
         ----------------     ---------   ----------------  ----------------
         <S>                  <C>         <C>               <C>
         $ 0.44  -  0.88      1,456,880            4             $ 0.86
           3.50  -  7.44        769,470            8               3.51
          22.00  - 50.56        108,000           10              32.09
         ---------------      ---------           --             ------
         $ 0.44  - 50.56      2,334,350           10             $ 3.20
         ===============      =========           ==             ======
</TABLE>


     The range of exercise prices, shares and weighted average exercise price of
the options exercisable at August 31, 1997 are presented below:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         Range of Exercise              Shares             Weighted-Average 
         Prices                         Exercisable        Exercise Price
         -----------------              -----------        ---------------- 
         <S>                            <C>                <C>
         $ 0.44 -  0.88                 1,456,880                $0.86
           3.50 -  7.44                   296,190                 3.32
          22.00 - 50.56                        --                   --
         --------------                 ---------                -----      
         $ 0.44 - 50.56                 1,753,070                $1.27
         ==============                 =========                =====      
</TABLE>


     The per-share weighted-average fair value of stock options granted during
1996 and 1997 was $2.78 and $16.69, respectively, on the date of the grant using
the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average
assumptions: 1996 - Expected dividend yield of 0%, risk-free interest rate of
6.5%, expected volatility of 72%, and an expected life of 5 years; 1997 -
Expected dividend yield of 0%, risk-free interest rate of 6.2%, expected
volatility of 76% and an expected life of 5 years.



                                       45



<PAGE>   47

                      JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

7.  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)

    STOCK OPTION PLANS (CONTINUED)

     The Company applies APB Opinion No. 25 in accounting for its stock options
and, accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized for its stock options
in the consolidated financial statements. Had the Company determined
compensation cost based on the fair market value at the grant date for its stock
options under Statement 123, the Company's net income would have been as
follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             1996                       1997
                                       Net                       Net
                                     Income       EPS           Income       EPS
                                     ------      --------       ------       ---  
<S>                                 <C>          <C>            <C>        <C>
As Reported                         $ 24,349     $   0.67       $ 52,497   $   1.37 

Statement 123  Compensation         
(Net of tax)                             (84)       (0.00)          (262)     (0.01)

Pro-forma disclosure                $ 24,265     $   0.67       $ 52,235   $   1.36
</TABLE>


     The disclosure presented above represents the estimated fair value of stock
options granted during the fiscal years ended August 31, 1996 and 1997. Such
disclosure is not necessarily indicative of the fair value of stock options that
could be granted by the Company in future fiscal years.

STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

     The Company's 1992 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Purchase Plan") was
adopted by the Board of Directors in November 1992 and approved by the
stockholders in December 1992. A total of 1,205,000 shares of common stock have
been reserved for issuance under the Purchase Plan. The Purchase Plan is
intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code.

     Employees are eligible to participate after one year of employment with the
Company. The Purchase Plan permits eligible employees to purchase Common Stock
through payroll deductions, which may not exceed 10% of an employee's
compensation, as defined, at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value of
the Common Stock at the beginning or end of the offering period, whichever is
lower. Unless terminated sooner, the Purchase Plan will terminate ten years from
its effective date. As of August 31, 1997, a total of 775,590 shares had been
issued under the Purchase Plan.


                                       46




<PAGE>   48



                      JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)




8. CONCENTRATION OF RISK AND GEOGRAPHIC DATA

   CONCENTRATION OF RISK

     Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to
concentrations of credit risk consist principally of trade receivables. The
Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does
not require collateral. The Company maintains reserves for potential credit
losses.

     Sales of the Company's products are concentrated among specific customers.
Sales to the following customers, expressed as a percentage of consolidated net
revenue, and the percentage of accounts receivable for each customer, were as
follows:



<TABLE>
                                  PERCENTAGE OF                        PERCENTAGE OF
                                   NET REVENUE                      ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
                              YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,              AUGUST 31,          AUGUST 31,
                              ---------------------        -------------------  -----------------
                              1995    1996   1997                1996                 1997
                              ----   -----   ----          -------------------  -----------------
<S>                           <S>    <S>     <S>           <S>                  <S>
Hewlett Packard Company(1)..   28%    20%    15%                    *                  13%
NEC Technologies, Inc.......   14%    15%     *                    24%                  *
Quantum Corporation.........   17%    23%    10%                   21%                 13%
3Com........................    *     11%    21%                    *                  14%
Cisco Systems Inc...........    *     10%    20%                    *                   *
</TABLE>


     * Amount was less than 10% of total

(1) Includes activity related to a subcontractor of Hewlett Packard Company.



                                       47




<PAGE>   49



                      JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


8.  CONCENTRATION OF RISK AND GEOGRAPHIC DATA (CONTINUED)

    GEOGRAPHIC DATA

     The Company has defined the three geographic regions for the segment in
which it operates: North America (including Mexico), Europe and Asia. The
following data does not consider fully the extent of interrelated activities
between the regions including product development, manufacturing, engineering,
marketing and corporate management. Accordingly, the following amounts are not
necessarily indicative of the operating contribution of the geographic regions.
The following table sets forth information concerning these geographic segments
(in thousands):




<TABLE>
                                                                YEAR ENDED
                                                                 AUGUST 31
                                                 --------------------------------------
Sales to Unaffiliated Customers:                    1995            1996         1997
                                                 ---------        --------     --------
<S>                                              <C>              <C>          <C>
  North America .............................    $ 459,179        $595,941     $682,333
  Europe ....................................      100,295         161,195      207,850
  Asia ......................................           --         106,149       87,919
Export Sales ................................       27,973          88,150        2,494
Operating Income:
  North America .............................       12,085          40,811       62,770
  Europe ....................................        4,547           3,244       11,381
  Asia ......................................         (213)          1,351        7,703
Identifiable Assets:
  North America, including corporate ........      219,504         239,582      285,440
  Europe ....................................       61,299          48,022       74,698
  Asia ......................................          158          12,336       45,765
</TABLE>


     Foreign source revenue for the years ended August 31, 1995, 1996, and 1997
was approximately 21%, 31%, and 30%, respectively.


                                       48




<PAGE>   50


                      JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

9.  FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE CONTRACTS

     The purpose of the Company's foreign currency hedging activity is to
protect the Company from the risk that the eventual dollar net cash flows
resulting from the sale and purchase of products in foreign currencies will be
adversely affected by changes in the exchange rates. It is the Company's policy
to utilize derivative financial instruments to reduce foreign exchange risks
where internal netting strategies cannot be effectively employed. The Company
does not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes. Fluctuations
in the value of hedging instruments are offset by fluctuations in the underlying
exposures being hedged, and deferred gains and losses on these contracts are
recognized when the future purchases and sales being hedged are realized.

     The Company had approximately $26,000,000 of net foreign currency exchange
contracts outstanding at August 31, 1997, relating to the United Kingdom and
Malaysia, with no balances outstanding at August 31, 1996. Unrealized gains and
losses on these contracts were not material.


10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     LEASE AGREEMENTS

     The future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases
outstanding August 31, 1997 are as follows (in thousands):




<TABLE>
            <S>                                               <C>
            FISCAL YEAR ENDING AUGUST 31,
            -----------------------------
                  1998.....................................   $1,625
                  1999.....................................      799
                  2000.....................................      401
                  2001.....................................      401
                  2002.....................................      401
                  Thereafter...............................      617
                                                              ------
                  Total minimum lease payments.............   $4,244
                                                              ======

</TABLE>


     Total rent expense for operating leases was approximately $1,129,000,
$3,354,000, and $3,868,000 for the years ended August 31, 1995, 1996, and 1997,
respectively.

     LITIGATION

     On May 31, 1997, the Company reached an agreement with Epson of America,
Inc. ("Epson") to settle all outstanding claims relating to previous
manufacturing agreements between the parties. Such claims arose during fiscal
years 1994 and 1995. The actual terms and conditions of the agreement are
subject to a confidentiality agreement between the Company and Epson; however,
the settlement had no material impact on the Company's results of operations for
the year ended August 31, 1997.

     The Company is party to certain other lawsuits in the ordinary course of
business. Management does not believe that these proceedings individually or in
the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
statements.


                                       49




<PAGE>   51



                      JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

11.  NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

     During 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
several Statements of Financial Accounting Standards (Statements) which are
pending implementation by the Company. They are as follows:

Statement 128 - Earnings Per Share. Statement 128 supersedes APB Opinion No. 15,
Earnings Per Share and specifies the computation, presentation and disclosure
requirements for earnings per share ("EPS") for entities with publicly held
common stock. Statement 128 is effective for financial statements for both
interim and annual periods ending after December 15, 1997. Earlier application
is not permitted. After adoption, all prior period EPS data presented shall be
restated to conform to Statement 128. As the Statement addresses the computation
of EPS only, there will be no impact on earnings from its adoption.

Statement 130 - Reporting Comprehensive Income. Statement 130 establishes
standards for reporting comprehensive income. The Statement defines
comprehensive income as the change in equity of an enterprise except those
resulting from shareholder transactions. All components of comprehensive income
are required to be reported in a new financial statement that is displayed with
equal prominence as existing financial statements. The Company will be required
to adopt this statement September 1, 1998. As the Statement addresses reporting
and presentation issues only, there will be no impact on earnings from its
adoption.

Statement 131 - Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related
Information. Statement 131 establishes standards for related disclosures about
the products and services, geographic areas, and major customers of an
enterprise The Company will be required to adopt this Statement for financial
statements for the fiscal year ending August 31, 1998. As this Statement
addresses reporting and disclosure issues only, there will be no impact on
earnings from its adoption.


                                       50




<PAGE>   52


 
                                  SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on this 26th day of
November 1997.

                                         JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.

                                         By:   /s/ THOMAS A. SANSONE
                                               ------------------------------
                                         Date: November 26, 1997

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL THESE PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature
appears below constitutes and appoints Thomas A. Sansone and Ronald J. Rapp and
each of them, jointly and severally, his attorneys-in-fact, each with full power
of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all
amendments to this Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits
thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each said
attorneys-in-fact or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done
by virtue hereof.

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of
the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       SIGNATURE                             TITLE                                 DATE
- ----------------------------      --------------------------------------      -----------------
<S>                               <C>                                         <C>
By:  /s/  WILLIAM D. MOREAN       Chief Executive Officer                     November 26, 1997
   ------------------------       (Principal Executive Officer)     
   William D. Morean                 and Chairman of the Board


By:  /s/  THOMAS A. SANSONE       President and Director                      November 26, 1997
   ------------------------  
   Thomas A. Sansone


By:  /s/  CHRIS A. LEWIS          Chief Financial Officer                     November 26, 1997
   ---------------------          (Principal Financial and Accounting 
   Chris A. Lewis                 Officer)


                                                     
By:  /s/   RONALD J. RAPP         Executive Vice President - Operations
   ----------------------         and Director                                November 26, 1997
   Ronald J. Rapp


By:  /s/  LAWRENCE J. MURPHY      Director                                    November 26, 1997
   --------------------------
   Lawrence J. Murphy


By:  /s/  MEL S. LAVITT           Director                                    November 26, 1997
   --------------------
   Mel S. Lavitt


By:  /s/  STEVEN A. RAYMUND       Director                                    November 26, 1997
   ------------------------
   Steven A. Raymund
</TABLE>



                                       51




<PAGE>   53



                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                              DESCRIPTION
- -----------                              -----------
<S>               <C>
     3.1(1)   --  Registrant's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended.
     3.2(1)   --  Registrant's Bylaws.
     4.1(2)   --  Form of Certificate for Shares of Registrant's Common Stock.
     4.2(1)   --  Form of Agreement and Plan of Merger dated February 27, 1992 between Jabil
                  Circuit Co., Inc., a Michigan corporation, and Jabil Circuit, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
10.1(1)(12)   --  1983 Stock Option Plan and forms of agreement used thereunder.
10.2(1)(12)   --  1989 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan and forms of agreement used thereunder.
10.3(1)(12)   --  1992 Stock Option Plan and forms of agreement used thereunder.
10.4(1)(12)   --  1992 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and forms of agreement used thereunder.
10.5(1)(12)   --  Restated cash or deferred profit sharing plan under section 401(k).
10.6(1)(12)   --  Form of Indemnification Agreement between Registrant and its officers and directors.
   10.8 (1)   --  Term Loan between Registrant and Chrysler Capital Corporation dated November 15, 1990.
   10.10(1)   --  Term Loan between Registrant and NBD Bank, N.A. dated June 30, 1992.
   10.11(1)   --  Term Loan between Registrant and NBD Bank, N.A. dated as of December 11, 1992.
   10.14(1)   --  Master Equipment Lease Agreement between Registrant and ELLCO Leasing Corporation and
                  the related schedules thereto, dated October 1, 1990.
   10.16(1)   --  Lease for 2220 Lundy Avenue, San Jose, California, between Registrant and
                  Lundy Associates dated April 1, 1992.
   10.18(1)   --  $1,880,000 Pinellas County Industry Council Industrial Development Revenue
                  Bonds, Series 1983.
   10.19(1)   --  $4,000,000 Pinellas County Industry Council Industrial Development Revenue
                  Bonds, Series 1988.
   10.20(1)   --  Real Estate Purchase Agreement between Registrant and the Morean
                  Investment Partnership dated August 24, 1988, for the purchase of the
                  manufacturing facility located in St. Petersburg Florida, and the related
                  documents thereto.
   10.21(1)   --  Agreement of Sale between Registrant and Metro Tech Associates Limited
                  Partnership dated December 10, 1991, for the facility located in Auburn
                  Hills, Michigan.
   10.23(1)   --  Junior Mortgage Loan dated December 29, 1992 between Registrant and
                  Barnett Bank of Pinellas County.
   10.24(1)   --  Construction Loan Agreement dated as of December 1, 1992 between
                  Registrant and NBD Bank, N.A.
   10.25(1)   --  Letter Agreement dated November 27, 1992 between Registrant and Scottish
                  Office Industry Department relating to L.5,000,000 grant to establish
                  Scottish facility.

</TABLE>

                                      II-1



<PAGE>   54




                                  EXHIBIT INDEX (CONTINUED)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

EXHIBIT NO.                              DESCRIPTION
- -----------                               -----------
<S>               <C> 
    10.26(1)  --  Lease Agreement dated December 22, 1992 between Registrant and Lothian
                  and Edinburgh Enterprise Limited for facilities at Fleming Road, Livingston, Scotland,
                  as amended.
    10.27(1)+ --  Basic Order Agreement between Registrant and Quantum Corporation dated
                  March 2, 1992.
    10.29(3)  --  Term Loan between Registrant and Sun Trust (previously known as Sun Bank
                  of Tampa Bay) dated April 16, 1993.
    10.32(4)  --  Joint Venture Agreement dated August 17, 1993 between Registrant and Noise
                  Cancellation Technologies.
    10.33(5)  --  Lease Agreement between Connie and Vincent Dotolo and Jabil Circuit, Inc.
                  dated November 30, 1993.
10.34(6)(12)  --  Amendment to 1989 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan.
    10.40(7)  --  Renewal dated March 21, 1994 of Lease for 2220 Lundy Avenue, San Jose,
                  California, between Registrant and Lundy Associates.
    10.41(7)  --  Term Loan between Registrant and NBD Bank, N.A. dated May 2, 1994.
    10.42(8)  --  First Amendment to Term Loan between Registrant and NBD Bank, N.A. dated
                  September 20, 1994.
    10.43(8)  --  Agreement of Sale between Registrant and Metro North Technology Park dated
                  September 24, 1994.
    10.44(9)  --  Capital Lease between Jabil Circuit Limited and Lombard North Central PLC
                  dated November 25, 1994.
   10.48(10)  --  Lease dated March 30, 1995, for 2 Inchmuir Road, Whitehill Industrial
                  Estate, Bathgate, West Lothian, Scotland between Registrant and C&W Assets Ltd
   10.49(10)  --  Closing Package dated April 7, 1995, for purchase of Lot 6, Gateway
                  Industrial Park, St. Petersburg, Florida between Registrant and City of
                  St. Petersburg.
   10.50(10)  --  Term Promissory Note dated April 21, 1995, between Registrant and Heller
                  Financial, Inc.
   10.51(10)  --  Tenancy Agreement dated May 12, 1995, for Plot 63, Mukim 12, Daerah Barat
                  Daya, Penang, Malaysia between Registrant and Mastex Sendirian Berhard.
   10.52(10)  --  Loan Agreement dated May 30, 1995, between Registrant and NBD Bank, N.A.
   10.53(11)  --  Epson/Jabil Retrofit Agreement dated February 17, 1995 between Registrant
                  and Epson America, Inc.
   10.54(11)  --  Agreement dated July 1, 1995 between the Registrant and Motorola Ltd.
   10.55(11)  --  Development Agreement dated as of September 15, 1993 between
                  Hewlett-Packard France and Registrant
   10.56(11)  --  International Purchase Agreement dated as of September 23, 1993 between
                  Hewlett-Packard France and Registrant
   10.57(11)  --  Letter of Intent dated as of July 1, 1994 between Hewlett-Packard France
                  and Registrant.
</TABLE>


                                      II-2



<PAGE>   55

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX (CONTINUED)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

EXHIBIT NO.                              DESCRIPTION
- -----------                              -----------
<S>              <C>
  10.58(11)  --  Product Purchase Agreement dated as of October 1, 1994 between Hewlett
                 Packard France and Registrant.
  10.59(13)  --  First Amendment to Loan Agreement dated July 31, 1995, between Registrant
                 and NBD Bank, N.A.
  10.60(13)  --  Lease Agreement dated September 8, 1995, between Registrant and Connie and
                 Vincent Dotolo.
  10.61(14)  --  Note Purchase Agreement and Notes dated May 30, 1996 between registrant and
                 certain lenders and NBD Bank as collateral agent.
  10.62(14)  --  Loan Agreement dated May 30, 1996 between registrant and certain banks and
                 NBD Bank as agent for banks.
  10.63      --  Loan Agreement dated August 6, 1997 between registrant and certain banks and
                 The First National Bank Of Chicago as agent for banks.
  10.64      --  Lease Agreement dated October 1, 1997 between registrant and Charrington
                 Estates.
  10.65      --  Lease Agreement dated October 30, 1997 between registrant and Teachers Insurance 
                 and Annuity Association.
       11.1  --  Statement of Computation of Earnings Per Share.
       21.1  --  List of Subsidiaries.
       23.1  --  Independent Auditors' Consent.
       24.1  --  Power of Attorney (see Page 39).
       27.1  --  Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>


- ----------------
+    Confidential treatment has been previously granted as to portions of this
     exhibit. The confidential portions that were omitted from these exhibits
     were filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

++   Confidential treatment has been requested as to portions of this exhibit.
     The confidential portions that have been omitted from these exhibits have
     been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(1)  Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed
     by the Registrant on March 3, 1993 (File No. 33-58974).

(2)  Incorporated by reference to exhibit Amendment No. 1 to the Registration
     Statement on Form S-1 filed by the Registrant on March 17, 1993 (File No.
     33-58974).

(3)  Incorporated by reference to exhibit the Registrant's Quarterly Report on
     Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 1993.

(4)  Incorporated by reference to exhibit the Registrant's Annual Report on Form
     10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 1993.

(5)  Incorporated by reference to exhibit the Registrant's Quarterly Report on
     Form 10-Q for the quarter ended November 30, 1993.



                                       II-3



<PAGE>   56


(6)  Incorporated by reference to exhibit the Registrant's Quarterly Report on
     Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 1994.

(7)  Incorporated by reference to exhibit the Registrant's Quarterly Report on
     Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 1994.

(8)  Incorporated by reference to exhibit the Registrant's Annual Report on Form
     10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 1994.

(9)  Incorporated by reference to exhibit the Registrant's Quarterly Report on
     Form 10-Q for the quarter ended November 30, 1994.

(10) Incorporated by reference to exhibit the Registrant's Quarterly Report on
     Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 1995.

(11) Incorporated by reference to exhibit the Registration Statement on Form S-1
     filed by the Registrant on September 15, 1995.

(12) Indicates management compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.

(13) Incorporated by reference to exhibit the Registrant's Annual Report on Form
     10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 1995.

(14) Incorporated by reference to exhibit the Registrant's Quarterly Report on
     Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 1996.


                                      II-4

<PAGE>   57




                                                                   SCHEDULE VIII

                      JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                 SCHEDULE OF VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     ADDITIONS
                                                      BALANCE AT     CHARGED TO                   BALANCE AT
                                                      BEGINNING       COST AND                      END OF
                                                       OF PERIOD       EXPENSE      WRITE-OFFS      PERIOD
                                                      ----------    ------------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>   
YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 1995:
  Allowance for uncollectible accounts
    receivable ...........................             $  200         $  837         $  368          $  669  
  Inventory reserve ......................             $5,158         $5,034         $9,219          $  973  
                                                       ======         ======         ======          ======  
YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 1996:                                                                            
  Allowance for uncollectible accounts                                                                   
    receivable ...........................             $  669         $  501             --          $1,170  
  Inventory reserve ......................             $  973         $5,178         $3,850          $2,301  
                                                       ======         ======         ======          ======  
YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 1997:                                                                            
  Allowance for uncollectible accounts                                                                   
    receivable ...........................             $1,170         $1,520             --          $2,690  
  Inventory reserve ......................             $2,301         $3,690         $1,248          $4,743  
                                                       ======         ======         ======          ======  
</TABLE>



                                       S-5





<PAGE>   1
                                                
                                                        EXHIBIT 10.63

===============================================================================

                             AMENDED AND RESTATED

                                 LOAN AGREEMENT

                           DATED AS OF AUGUST 6, 1997

                                     AMONG

                              JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.

                      AND CERTAIN BORROWING SUBSIDIARIES,

                            THE BANKS NAMED THEREIN

                                      AND

                 THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO, AS AGENT

===============================================================================

               FIRST CHICAGO CAPITAL MARKETS, INC., AS ARRANGER




<PAGE>   2



                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ARTICLE                                                                   PAGE
- -------                                                                   ----
<S>  <C>                                                                  <C>
I.   DEFINITIONS......................................................     1

     1.1  Certain Definitions.........................................     1
     1.1  Other Definitions; Rules of Construction....................    12

II.  THE COMMITMENTS AND THE ADVANCES.................................    13
                                                                          
     2.1  Commitments of the Banks....................................    13
     2.2  Termination and Reduction of Commitments....................    15
     2.3  Fees........................................................    15
     2.4  Disbursement of Advances....................................    16
     2.5  Conditions for First Disbursement...........................    18
     2.6  Further Conditions for Disbursement.........................    19
     2.7  Subsequent Elections as to Borrowings.......................    20
     2.8  Limitation of Requests and Elections........................    20
     2.9  Minimum Amounts; Limitation on Number of Borrowings.........    21
     2.10 Security and Collateral.....................................    21

III. PAYMENTS AND PREPAYMENTS.........................................    21

     3.1  Principal Payments..........................................    21
     3.2  Interest Payments...........................................    23
     3.3  Letter of Credit Reimbursement Payments.....................    23
     3.4  Payment Method..............................................    25
     3.5  No Setoff or Deduction......................................    26
     3.6  Payment on Non-Business Day; Payment Computations...........    27
     3.7  Additional Costs............................................    27
     3.8  Illegality and Impossibility................................    28
     3.9  Indemnification.............................................    28
     3.10 Right of Banks to Fund Through Other Offices................    29

IV.  REPRESENTATIONS
 AND WARRANTIES...................................    29

     4.1  Corporate Existence and Power...............................    29
     4.2  Corporate Authority.........................................    29
     4.3  Binding Effect..............................................    29  
     4.4  Subsidiaries................................................    29
     4.5  Litigation..................................................    30
     4.6  Financial Condition.........................................    30
     4.7  Use of Loans................................................    30
     4.8  Consents, Etc...............................................    30
</TABLE>


                                       i

<PAGE>   3

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ARTICLE                                                                  PAGE
- -------                                                                  ----
<S>  <C>                                                                 <C>
     4.9  Taxes.......................................................     30
     4.10 Title to Properties.........................................     31
     4.11 ERISA.......................................................     31
     4.12 Disclosure..................................................     31
     4.13 Environmental and Safety Matters............................     31
     4.14 No Material Adverse Change..................................     32
     4.15 No Default..................................................     32
     4.16 No Burdensome Restrictions..................................     32

V.   COVENANTS........................................................     32

     5.1  Affirmative Covenants.......................................     32
          (a)  Preservation of Corporate Existence, Etc...............     32
          (b)  Compliance with Laws, Etc..............................     33
          (c)  Maintenance of Properties; Insurance...................     33
          (d)  Reporting Requirements.................................     33
          (e)  Accounting; Access to Records, Books, Etc..............     34
          (f)  Stamp Taxes............................................     35
          (g)  Additional Security and Collateral.....................     35
          (h)  Further Assurances.....................................     35
     5.2  Negative Covenants..........................................     35
          (a)  Current Ratio..........................................     35
          (b)  Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio............................     35
          (c)  Tangible Net Worth.....................................     35
          (d)  Funded Indebtedness to Total Capitalization............     36
          (e)  Indebtedness...........................................     36
          (f)  Liens..................................................     36
          (g)  Merger; Acquisitions; Etc..............................     37
          (h)  Disposition of Assets, Etc.............................     38
          (i)  Nature of Business.....................................     38
          (j)  Investment, Loans and Advances.........................     38
          (k)  Transactions with Affiliates...........................     38
          (l)  Sale and Leaseback Transactions........................     38
          (m)  Negative Pledge Limitation.............................     39
          (n)  Inconsistent Agreements................................     39
          (o)  Accounting Changes.....................................     39
          (p)  Additional Covenants...................................     39

VI.  DEFAULT..........................................................     39

     6.1  Events of Default...........................................     39
     6.2  Remedies....................................................     42
     6.3  Distribution of Proceeds of Collateral......................     42
     6.4  Letter of Credit Liabilities................................     43

VII. THE AGENT AND THE BANKS..........................................     43
</TABLE>



                                      ii

<PAGE>   4



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ARTICLE                                                                   PAGE
- -------                                                                   ----
<S>      <C>                                                              <C>
         7.1  Appointment and Authorization............................    43
         7.2  Agent and Affiliates.....................................    44
         7.3  Scope and Agent's Duties.................................    44
         7.4  Reliance by Agent........................................    44
         7.5  Default..................................................    44
         7.6  Liability of Agent.......................................    44
         7.7  Nonreliance on Agent and Other Banks.....................    45
         7.8  Indemnification..........................................    45
         7.9  Resignation of Agent.....................................    45
         7.10 Sharing of Payments......................................    46
         7.11 Local Custom.............................................    46

VIII.    GUARANTY......................................................    47

         8.1  Guarantee of Obligations.................................    47
         8.2  Waivers and Other Agreements.............................    47
         8.3  Nature of Guaranty.......................................    48
         8.4  Obligations Absolute.....................................    48
         8.5  No Investigation by Banks or Agent.......................    48
         8.6  Indemnity................................................    48
         8.7  Subordination, Subrogation, Etc..........................    49
         8.8  Waiver...................................................    49
         8.9  Joint and Several Obligations; Contribution Rights.......    49
  
IX.      MISCELLANEOUS.................................................    51

         9.1  Amendments, Etc..........................................    51
         9.2  Notices..................................................    51
         9.3  No Waiver by Conduct; Remedies Cumulative................    52
         9.4  Reliance on and Survival of Various Provisions...........    52
         9.5  Expenses.................................................    52
         9.6  Successors and Assigns...................................    54
         9.7  Counterparts.............................................    57
         9.8  Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction...................    57
         9.9  Table of Contents and Headings...........................    57
         9.10 Construction of Certain Provisions.......................    57
         9.11 Integration and Severability.............................    57
         9.12 Independence of Covenants................................    58
         9.13 Interest Rate Limitation.................................    58
         9.14 Joint and Several Obligations; Contribution Rights, 
              Savings Clause...........................................    58
         9.15 Waivers, Etc.............................................    60
         9.16 Relationship of this Agreement to the Existing Loan
              Agreement................................................    60
         9.17 Waiver of Jury Trial.....................................    61
</TABLE>


                                      iii

<PAGE>   5





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ARTICLE                                                                    PAGE
- -------                                                                    ----

EXHIBITS
- --------
<S>                                <C>                                     <C>
Exhibit A                          New Borrowing Subsidiary Designation
Exhibit B                          Pledge Agreement
Exhibit C                          Revolving Credit Note
Exhibit D                          Swing Line Note
Exhibit E                          Request for Advance
Exhibit F                          Opinion of Counsel
Exhibit G                          Request for Conversion
Exhibit H                          Assignment and Acceptance

SCHEDULES
- ---------
Schedule 1.1(a)                    Borrowing Subsidiaries
Schedule l.l(b)                    OECD Countries
Schedule 4.4                       Subsidiaries
Schedule 4.5                       Litigation
Schedule 5.2(e) and (f)            Indebtedness and Liens
Schedule 5.2(j)                    Investments, Loans and Advances
</TABLE>



                                      iv


<PAGE>   6

         THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT, dated as of August 6, 1997
(as amended or modified from time to time, this "Agreement"), is by and among
JABIL CIRCUIT, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), each of the
Subsidiaries of the Company designated in Section 1.1 as a Borrowing
Subsidiary (individually, a "Borrowing Subsidiary" and collectively, the
"Borrowing Subsidiaries") (the Company and the Borrowing Subsidiaries may each
be referred to as a "Borrower" and, collectively, as the "Borrowers"), and the
Banks set forth on the signature pages hereof (collectively, the "Banks" and
individually, a "Bank") and THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO, a national
banking association, as agent for the Banks (in such capacity, the "Agent").

                                 INTRODUCTION

         A.       The Borrowers, certain banks and The First National Bank of
Chicago, as agent for such banks, entered into a Loan Agreement dated as of May
30, 1996 (as amended prior to the date hereof, the "Original Loan Agreement"),
in which such banks agreed to make loans and other credit available to the
Borrowers (the "Original Credit Facility").

         B.       The parties hereto wish to continue the existing credit
relationship between them by amending and restating the Original Loan Agreement
rather than entering into a new and unrelated loan agreement.

         C.       The Borrowers, the Banks and the Agent desire to restructure
the Original Credit Facility so as to (i) extend the term of the Original
Credit Facility, (ii) increase the aggregate commitments thereunder to the
Aggregate Commitment and (iii) amend various other provisions in the Original
Credit Agreement.

         D.       Pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Borrowers desire
to obtain a revolving credit facility, including levers of credit and bank
guarantees, in the aggregate principal amount of $100,000,000 (or the
equivalent thereof in any other Permitted Currency), in order to refinance
certain existing indebtedness, including indebtedness under the Original Loan
Agreement, and provide funds for their general corporate purposes, and the
Banks are willing to establish such a credit facility in favor of the Borrowers
on the terms and conditions herein set forth.

         In consideration of the premises and of the mutual agreements herein
contained, the parties hereto agree that the Original Loan Agreement shall be
amended and restated as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I.
                                  DEFINITIONS

         1.1      Certain Definitions. As used herein the following terms shall
have the following respective meanings:

         "Advance" shall mean any Loan and any Letter of Credit Advance.

         "Affiliate" when used with respect to any person shall mean any other
person which, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by or is under
common control with such person. For purposes of this definition "control"
(including the correlative meanings of the terms "controlled by" and "under
common control with"), with respect to any person, shall mean possession,
directly or indirectly, of



<PAGE>   7



the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of
such person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract
or otherwise.

         "Aggregate Commitment" means the aggregate of the Commitments of all
of the Banks, as reduced or modified from time to time pursuant to the terms
hereof.

         "Applicable Administrative Office" shall be: (a) with respect to all
Advances denominated in Dollars, the principal office of the Agent in Chicago,
Illinois; (b) with respect to all Bank Guarantees, the principal London office
of the Agent, currently located at First Chicago House, 90 Long Acre, London,
England; and (c) for all other purposes, the principal office of the Agent in
Chicago, Illinois.

         "Applicable Rate" shall mean with respect to any Eurocurrency Rate
Loan, commitment fee, usage fee, or S/L/C fee, as the case may be, the
applicable percentage set forth in the applicable table below as adjusted on
the first Business Day of the calendar month after the date on which the
financial statements and compliance certificate required pursuant to Section
5.1(d)(iii) and (iv) are delivered to the Banks and shall remain in effect
until the next change to be effected pursuant to this definition, provided,
that, if any financial statements referred to above are not delivered within
the time period specified above, then, until the financial statements are
delivered, the ratio of Total Indebtedness to Total Capitalization as of the
end of the fiscal quarter that would have been covered thereby shall for the
purposes of this definition be deemed to be greater than 0.50 to 1.0:

                                APPLICABLE RATE
                                ---------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         ================================================================
         Total                  Eurocrrency      Commitment     Usage Fee        
         Indebtedness to        Rate Loan/       Fee
         Total                  Letter of
         Capitalization         Credit Fee
         ----------------------------------------------------------------
         <S>                    <C>              <C>            <C>
         Equal to or less          0.45%          0.15%            0%      
         than 0.30:1.0              
         ----------------------------------------------------------------
         Greater than              0.50%          0.175%           0.05%
         0.30:1.0 but less
         than or equal to                   
         0.40:1.0
         ----------------------------------------------------------------
         Greater than              0.625%         0.20%            0.075%
         0.40:1.0 but less  
         than or equal to   
         0.50:1.0
         ----------------------------------------------------------------
         Greater than              0.75%          0.25%            0.10%
         0.50:1.0
         ================================================================
</TABLE>


         "Bank Guarantee" shall mean each guarantee and any other similar
instrument having an analogous effect denominated in Pounds Sterling, issued by
the Issuing Bank hereunder in favor of HM Customs and Excise for the benefit of
a Borrower for the purpose of guaranteeing value-added-tax and duty import
payments.

                                      -2-



<PAGE>   8




         "Bank Obligations" shall mean all indebtedness, obligations and
liabilities, whether now owing or hereafter arising, direct, indirect,
contingent or otherwise, of the Borrowers to the Agent or any Bank pursuant to
the Loan Documents.

         "Borrowing" shall mean the aggregation of Advances made to any
Borrower, or continuations and conversions of such Advances, made pursuant to
Article II on a single date and for a single Interest Period. A Borrowing may
be referred to for purposes of this Agreement by reference to the type of Loan
comprising the relating Borrowing, e.g., a "Floating Rate Borrowing" if such
Loans are Floating Rate Loans or a "Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing" if such Loans
are Eurocurrency Rate Loans.

         "Borrowing Subsidiary" shall mean each of the Subsidiaries of the
Company set forth on Schedule l.l(a) on the Effective Date together with any
other Subsidiary of the Company upon request by the Company to the Agent for
designation of such Subsidiary as a "Borrowing Subsidiary" hereunder, so long
as (a) all of the Banks approve, in their sole and absolute discretion, the
designation of such Subsidiary as a "Borrowing Subsidiary", (b) each of the
Guarantors guarantees the obligations of such new Borrowing Subsidiary pursuant
to the terms of the Guaranty, (c) such new Borrowing Subsidiary delivers Notes
executed in favor of each Bank, all documents and items referred to in Section
2.5 and Security Documents granting a security interest in all assets pursuant
to Section 2.10, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Banks, and (d)
the Company and such new Borrowing Subsidiary execute an agreement in the form
of Exhibit A hereto.

         "Business Day" shall mean a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other
day on which (a) the Agent is not open to the public for carrying on
substantially all of its banking functions or banks located in Chicago are
authorized or required to close, and (b) if such reference relates to the date
for payment or purchase of any amount denominated in any currency other than
Dollars or in respect of any Eurocurrency Rate Loan, banks are not generally
open to the public for carrying on substantially all of their banking functions
in the principal financial center of the country issuing such currency and in
London, England.

         "Capital Expenditures" shall mean, for any period, the additions to
property, plant and equipment and other capital expenditures of the Company and
its Subsidiaries for such period as the same are (or should be) set forth, in
accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, in consolidated
financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period.

         "Capital Lease" of any person shall mean any lease which, in
accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, is capitalized on the
books of such person.

         "Capital Stock" shall include all capital stock and any securities
exchangeable for or convertible into capital stock and any warrants, rights or
other options to purchase or otherwise acquire capital stock or such securities
or any other form of equity securities.

         "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from
time to time, and the regulations thereunder.

         "Collateral Agent" shall mean First Chicago.

         C/L/C" shall mean any commercial letter of credit issued by the
Issuing Bank hereunder.

                                      -3-



<PAGE>   9




         "Commitment" shall mean, with respect to each Bank, the commitment of
each such Bank to make Loans and to participate in Letter of Credit Advances
made through the Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.1(a) and (b), in amounts
not exceeding in aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time the
respective commitment amount for each such Bank set forth next to the name of
each such Bank in the signature pages hereof, as such amounts may be reduced
from time to time pursuant to Section 2.2.

         "Consolidated" or "consolidated" shall mean, when used with reference
to any financial term in this Agreement, the aggregate for the Company and its
consolidated Subsidiaries of the amounts signified by such term for all such
persons determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles.

         "Contingent Liabilities" of any person shall mean, as of any date, all
obligations of such person or of others for which such person is contingently
liable, as obligor, guarantor, surety or in any other capacity, or in respect
of which obligations such person assures a creditor against loss or agrees to
take any action to prevent any such loss (other than endorsements of negotiable
instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), including
without limitation all reimbursement obligations of such person in respect of
any letters of credit, surety bonds or similar obligations and all obligations
of such person to advance funds to, or to purchase assets, property or services
from, any other person in order to maintain the financial condition of such
other person.

         "Contractual Obligation" shall mean, as to any person, any provision
of any security issued by such person or of any agreement, instrument or other
undertaking to which such person is a party or by which it or any of its
property is bound.

         "Corporate Base Rate" shall mean a rate per annum equal to the
corporate base rate of interest announced by First Chicago from time to time,
changing when and as said corporate base rate changes.

         "Current Assets" and "Current Liabilities" of any person shall mean,
as of any date, all assets or liabilities, respectively, of such person which,
in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, should be
classified as current assets or current liabilities, respectively, on a balance
sheet of such person.

         "Current Ratio" shall mean, as of any date, the ratio of (a)
Consolidated Current Assets to (b) Consolidated Current Liabilities. 

         "Default" shall mean any of the events or conditions described in
Section 6.1 which might become an Event of Default with notice or lapse of time
or both.

         "Dollar Equivalent" shall mean, with respect to each Advance, the sum
in Dollars resulting from the conversion of the amount of such Advance from the
Permitted Currency in which such Advance is denominated into Dollars at the
spot exchange rate determined by the Agent to be available to it for the
purchase of such Permitted Currency with Dollars at approximately 11:00 a.m.
local time of the Applicable Administrative Office on the date any Advance is
disbursed or rolled over, or on such other date as a determination of the
Dollar Equivalent is made.

         "Dollars" and "$" shall mean the lawful money of the United States of
America.

                                      -4-

<PAGE>   10




         "Domestic Borrower" shall mean any Borrower incorporated or formed in
any State of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any
such State.

         "Domestic Subsidiary" shall mean any Subsidiary of any Borrower
incorporated or formed in any State of the United States or any political
subdivision of any such State.

         "EBIT" shall mean, with respect to any person, for any period, the sum
of (a) Net Income or loss plus (b) all amounts deducted in determining such Net
Income or loss on account of (i) all consolidated interest expense and (ii)
taxes based on or measured by income, all as determined in accordance with
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. 

         "EBITDA" shall mean, with respect to any person, for any period, EBIT
for such period plus, to the extent deducted in determining such EBIT,
depreciation and positive amortization expense, all as determined in accordance
with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.

         "Effective Date" shall mean the effective date specified in the final
paragraph of this Agreement.

         "Environmental Laws" at any date shall mean all provisions of law,
statute, ordinances, rules, regulations, judgments, writs, injunctions,
decrees, orders, awards and standards which are applicable to any Borrower or
any Subsidiary and promulgated by the government of the United States of
America or any foreign government or by any state, province, municipality or
other political subdivision thereof or therein or by any court, agency,
instrumentality, regulatory authority or commission of any of the foregoing
concerning the protection of, or regulating the discharge of substances into,
the environment.

         "Equivalent" of an amount of one currency (the "first currency")
denominated in another currency (the "second currency"), as of any date of
determination, shall mean the amount of the second currency which could be
purchased with the amount of the first currency at the spot exchange rate
quoted by the Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m. local time of the Applicable
Administrative Office on such date.

         "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations thereunder.

         "ERISA Affiliate" shall mean, with respect to any person, any trade or
business (whether or not incorporated) which, together with such person or any
Subsidiary of such person, would be treated as a single employer under Section
414 of the Code.

         "Eurocurrencv Rate" applicable to any Eurocurrency Interest Period
means, the per annum rate that is equal to the sum of:

                  (a) the Applicable Rate, plus

                  (b) the rate per annum obtained by dividing (i) the per annum
rate determined by the Agent to be the rate at which First Chicago offers to
place deposits in the Permitted Currency in which such Eurocurrency Rate Loan
is to be denominated with first-class banks in the London interbank market at
approximately 11:00 a.m. local time in London, England on the second
Eurocurrency Business Day prior to the first day of such Eurocurrency Interest
Period, in the approximate amount of First Chicago's relevant Eurocurrency Rate
Loan and having a maturity approximately equal to such

                                      -5-


<PAGE>   11

Eurocurrency Interest Period by (ii) an amount equal to one minus the stated
maximum rate (expressed as a decimal) of all reserve requirements including,
without limitation, any marginal, emergency, supplemental, special or other
reserves, that is specified on the first day of such Eurocurrency Interest
Period by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any
successor agency thereto) or the relevant fiscal or monetary authority for
determining the maximum reserve requirement with respect to eurocurrency
funding (currently referred to as "Eurocurrency liabilities" in Regulation D of
such Board) maintained by a member bank of such System; all as conclusively
determined by the Agent, absent manifest error, such sum to be rounded up, if
necessary, to the nearest whole multiple of one one-hundredth of one percent
(1/100 of 1%); which Eurocurrency Rate shall change simultaneously with any
change in the Applicable Rate.

         "Eurocurrencv Business Day" shall mean, with respect to any
Eurocurrency Rate Loan, a day which is both a Business Day and a day on which
dealings in deposits of the relevant Permitted Currency are carried out in the
relevant interbank market.

         "Eurocurrency Interest Period" shall mean, with respect to any
Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the period commencing on the day such Eurocurrency Rate
Loan is made or converted to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan and ending on the date
one, two, three or six months thereafter, as any Borrower may elect under
Section 2.4 or 2.7, and each subsequent period commencing on the last day of
the immediately preceding Eurocurrency Interest Period and ending on the date
one, two, three or six months thereafter, as a Borrower may elect under Section
2.4 or 2.7, provided, however, that (a) any Eurocurrency Interest Period which
commences on the last Eurocurrency Business Day of a calendar month (or on any
day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the appropriate
subsequent calendar month) shall end on the last Eurocurrency Business Day of
the appropriate subsequent calendar month, (b) each Eurocurrency Interest
Period which would otherwise end on a day which is not a Eurocurrency Business
Day shall end on the next succeeding Eurocurrency Business Day or, if such next
succeeding Eurocurrency Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar
month, on the next preceding Eurocurrency Business Day, and (c) no Eurocurrency
Interest Period shall be permitted which would end after the Termination Date.

         "Eurocurrencv Rate Loan" shall mean any Loan which bears interest at
the Eurocurrency Rate.

         "Event of Default" shall mean any of the events or conditions
described in Section 6.1.

         "Federal Funds Rate" shall mean the per annum rate that is equal to
the per annum rate established and announced by the Federal Reserve Bank of New
York from time to time as the opening federal funds rate; as conclusively
determined by the Agent, absent manifest error, such rate to be rounded up, if
necessary, to the nearest whole multiple of one one-hundredth of one percent
(1/100 of 1%), which Federal Funds Rate shall change simultaneously with any
change in such announced rates.

         "First Chicago" shall mean The First National Bank of Chicago, in its
individual capacity, and it successors.

         "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" of any person shall mean, as of any
date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA as calculated for the four most
recently ended consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company plus all payments
relating to operating leases of such person during such period to (b) all
consolidated interest expense during such period for such person, plus all
payments relating to operating leases of such person. 

                                      -6-




<PAGE>   12

         "Floating Rate" shall mean, as of any date, the per annum rate equal
to the greater of (i) the Corporate Base Rate in effect from time to time, or
(ii) the sum of the Federal Funds Rate in effect from time to time plus
one-half of one percent (1/2 of 1%) per annum; which Floating Rate shall change
simultaneously with any change in such Corporate Base Rate or Federal Funds
Rate, as the case may be.

         "Floating Rate Loan" shall mean any Loan which bears interest at the
Floating Rate.

         "Foreign Borrower" shall mean any Borrower incorporated or formed in
any jurisdiction other than any State of the United States of America or any
political subdivision of any such State.

         "Foreign Subsidiary" shall mean any Subsidiary incorporated or formed
in any jurisdiction other than any State of the United States of America or
any political subdivision of any such State.

         "Funded Indebtedness" of any person shall mean, as of any date, all
Indebtedness of such person for borrowed money, including without limitation,
all obligations under any Capital Lease, other than Subordinated Debt.

         "Generally Accepted Accounting Principles" shall mean Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles in effect from time to time and applied on a
basis consistent with that reflected in the financial statements referred to in
Section 4.6.

         "Guarantor" shall mean each Domestic Borrower and each Domestic
Subsidiary of any Borrower and each person becoming a Domestic Borrower or
Domestic Subsidiary of any Borrower, or otherwise entering into a Guaranty from
time to time.

         "Guaranty" shall mean the guaranty entered into by each Guarantor for
the benefit of the Agent and the Banks pursuant to Article VIII of this
Agreement and any other guaranties entered into by a Guarantor pursuant to
Section 5.1(f), as amended or modified from time to time.

         "Hazardous Materials" shall mean any material or substance: (1) which
is or becomes defined as a hazardous substance, pollutant, or contaminant,
pursuant to the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability
Act (42 USC ss.9601 et. seq.) as amended and regulations promulgated under it;
(2) containing gasoline, oil, diesel fuel or other petroleum products; (3)
which is or becomes defined as hazardous waste pursuant to the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act (42 USC ss.6901 et. seq.) as amended and
regulations promulgated under it; (4) containing polychlorinated biphenyls
(PCBs); (5) containing asbestos; (6) which is radioactive; (7) the presence of
which requires investigation or remediation under any Environmental Law; (8)
which is or becomes defined or identified as a hazardous waste, hazardous
substance, hazardous or toxic chemical, pollutant, contaminant, or biologically
Hazardous Material under any Environmental Law.

         "Indebtedness" of any person shall mean (i) indebtedness for borrowed
money, (ii) obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar
instruments, (iii) obligations to pay the deferred purchase price of property
or services, except for trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course
of business that are not more than 90 days past due or as are reasonably being
contested, (iv) obligations as lessee under leases which have been in
accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, recorded as Capital
Leases, (v) obligations to purchase property or services if payment is required
regardless of whether such property is delivered or services are performed
(generally called "take or pay" contracts), (vi) obligations in respect of
currency or interest rate swaps or comparable transactions

                                      -7-



<PAGE>   13

valued at the maximum termination payment payable by the obligor, (vii) all
obligations of others similar in character to those described in clauses (i)
through (iv) of this definition for which such person is contingently liable,
as guarantor, surety, accommodation party, partner or in any other capacity, or
in respect of which obligations such person assures a creditor against loss or
agrees to take any action to prevent any such loss (other than endorsements of
negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business),
including without limitation all reimbursement obligations of such person in
respect of letters of credit, surety bonds or similar obligations and all
obligations of such person to advance funds to, or to purchase assets, property
or services from, any other person in order to maintain the financial condition
of such other person and (viii) liabilities in respect of unfunded vested
benefits under plans covered by Title IV of ERISA.

         "Intercreditor Agreement" shall mean the Intercreditor Agreement dated
as of May 30, 1996, as now and hereafter amended or modified from time to
time, among the Company, the Banks, the Agent, the Collateral Agent and the
Note Purchasers.

         "Interest Payment Date" shall mean (a) with respect to any
Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period with respect to
such Eurocurrency Rate Loan and, in the case of any Interest Period exceeding
three months, those days that occur during such Interest Period at intervals of
three months after the first day of such Interest Period, and (b) in all other
cases, the last Business Day of each August, November, February and May
occurring after the date hereof, commencing with the first such Business Day
occurring after the date of this Agreement.

         "Interest Period" shall mean any Eurocurrency Interest Period.

         "Investment Grade Senior Debt Rating" means, at any date, a person's
senior unsecured long term debt is rated BBB- or better by Standard & Poor's
Corporation and Baa3 or better by Moody's Investor Service, Inc.

         "Issuing Bank" shall mean First Chicago, together with its successors
and assigns, and any other Bank hereafter designated as an "Issuing Bank" upon
the prior written agreement of the Company, the Agent and such Bank.

         "Jabil Malaysia" shall mean Jabil Circuit Sbn Bhd., a corporation
organized and existing under the laws of Malaysia.

         "Jabil Ltd" shall mean Jabil Circuit Ltd., a corporation organized and
existing under the laws of Scotland.

         "Letter of Credit" shall mean a Bank Guarantee, S/L/C or C/L/C having
a stated expiry date or a date by which any draft drawn thereunder must be
presented not later than twelve months after the date of issuance and not later
than the fifth Business Day before the Termination Date, issued by the Issuing
Bank on behalf of the Banks for the account of any Borrower under an
application and related documentation acceptable to the Issuing Bank requiring,
among other things, immediate reimbursement by such Borrower to the Issuing
Bank in respect of all drafts or other demand for payment honored thereunder
and all reasonable and customary expenses paid or incurred by the Issuing Bank
relative thereto.

                                      -8-



<PAGE>   14



         "Letter of Credit Advance" shall mean any issuance of a Letter of
Credit under Section 2.4 made pursuant to Section 2.1 in which each Bank
acquires a pro rata participation (based on such Bank's Commitment) pursuant to
Section 2.4(d).

         "Letter of Credit Documents" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3.3(b).

         "Lien" shall mean any pledge, assignment, deed of trust,
hypothecation, mortgage, security interest, conditional sale or title retaining
contract, financing statement filing, or any other type of lien, charge,
encumbrance or other similar claim or right.

         "Loan" shall mean any Revolving Credit Loan or any Swing Line Loan, as
the context may require.

         "Loan Documents" shall mean this Agreement, the Notes, the Letter of
Credit Documents, the Security Documents and any other agreement, instrument or
document executed at any time in connection with this Agreement.

         "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean a material adverse effect on (a)
the business, assets, operations or financial condition of any Borrower or any
Subsidiary, (b) the ability of any Borrower to perform its obligations under
any Loan Document, or (c) the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document
or the rights or remedies of the Agent or the Banks under any Loan Document.

         "Multiemployer Plan" shall mean any "multiemployer plan" as defined
in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA or Section 414(f) of the Code.

         "Net Cash Proceeds" shall mean, in connection with any issuance or
sale of any Capital Stock, the cash proceeds received from such issuance, net
of investment banking fees, reasonable and documented attorneys' fees,
accountants' fees, underwriting discounts and commissions and other customary
fees and other costs and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith.

         "Net Income" of any person shall mean, for any period, the net income
(after deduction for income and other taxes of such person determined by
reference to income or profits of such person) of such person for such period,
all as determined in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.

         "Notes" shall mean the Revolving Credit Notes and the Swing Line
Notes; "Note" shall mean any Revolving Credit Note or any Swing Line Note.

         "Note Purchase Agreement" shall mean the Note Purchase Agreement
between the Company and the Note Purchasers dated as of May 30, 1996, as
amended or modified from time to time.

         "Note Purchasers" shall mean Connecticut General Life Insurance
Company, Life Insurance Company of North America and Metropolitan Life
Insurance Company.

         "Original Dollar Amount" shall mean, with respect to any Advance, the
Equivalent in Dollars of the original principal amount of such Advance
specified in the related request therefor given by a Borrower pursuant to
Section 2.4(a) as such amount is reduced by payments of principal made in
respect of such Advance in Dollars (or the Dollar Equivalent thereof in the
case of a payment made in a Permitted Currency other than Dollars) and (b) as
such amount is adjusted pursuant to Section 3.1(c).

                                      -9-



<PAGE>   15


         "Overdue Rate" shall mean (a) in respect of principal of Floating Rate
Loans, a rate per annum that is equal to the sum of two percent (2%) per annum
plus the Floating Rate, (b) in respect of principal of Eurocurrency Rate Loans
or Swing Line Loans, a rate per annum that is equal to the sum of two percent
(2%) per annum plus the per annum rate in effect thereon until the end of the
then current Interest Period for such Loan and, thereafter, a rate per annum
that is equal to the sum of two percent (2%) per annum plus, with respect to
Loans denominated in Dollars, the Floating Rate and, with respect to Loans
denominated in any other Permitted Currency, the relevant market rate for such
Permitted Currency plus the Applicable Rate for Eurocurrency Rate Loans, and
(c) in respect of other amounts payable by any Borrower hereunder (other than
interest), a per annum rate that is equal to the sum of two percent (2%) per
annum plus the Floating Rate.

         "PBGC" shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and any
entity succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERIS.

         "Permitted Currency" shall mean Dollars and any currency which is
freely transferable and convertible into Dollars and is either (a) issued by an
OECD country (as such designation shall change from time to time) and is
approved by all the Banks or (b) any other currency approved by all the Banks.
A list of all OECD countries as of the Effective Date is set forth in Schedule
l.l(b), which Schedule shall be updated, if necessary, by the Agent on each
anniversary of the Effective Date.

         "Permitted Liens" shall mean Liens permitted by Section 5.2(f) hereof.

         "Person" or "person" shall include an individual, a corporation, a
limited liability company, an association, a partnership, a trust or estate, a
joint stock company, an unincorporated organization, a joint venture, a trade
or business (whether or not incorporated), a government (foreign or domestic)
and any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity.

         "Plan" shall mean, with respect to any person, any pension plan (other
than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to Title IV of ERISA or to the minimum
funding standards of Section 412 of the Code which has been established or
maintained by such person, any Subsidiary of such person or any ERISA
Affiliate, or by any other person if such person, any Subsidiary of such person
or any ERISA Affiliate could have liability with respect to such pension plan.

         "Pledge Agreement" shall mean the Pledge Agreement entered into by the
Company in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Banks and the
Note Purchasers pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement in substantially the
form of Exhibit B hereto, as amended or modified from time to time.

         "Private Placement Debt" shall mean the Indebtedness evidenced by the
Senior Notes.

         "Private Placement Documents" shall mean the Note Purchase Agreement,
the Senior Notes, together with any and all other documents, instruments and
certificates executed and delivered pursuant thereto, as amended or modified
from time to time and any other documents executed in exchange or replacement
therefor.

         "Prohibited Transaction" shall mean any non-exempt transaction
involving any Plan which is proscribed by Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975
of the Code.

                                      -10-



<PAGE>   16


         "Reportable Event" shall mean a reportable event as described in
Section 4043(b) of ERISA including those events as to which the thirty (30) day
notice period is waived under Part 2615 of the regulations promulgated by the
PBGC under ERISA.

         "Required Banks" shall mean Banks holding not less than sixty-six
percent (66%) of the aggregate principal amount of the Advances then
outstanding (or sixty-six percent (66%) of the Commitments if no Advances are
then outstanding).

         "Requirement of Law" shall mean as to any person, the certificate of
incorporation and bylaws or other organizational or governing documents of such
person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an
arbitrator or a court or other governmental authority, in each case applicable
to or binding upon such person or any of its property or to which such person
or any of its property is subject.

         "Revolving Credit Advance" shall mean any Revolving Credit Loan and
any Letter of Credit Advance.

         "Revolving Credit Note" shall mean any promissory note of any Borrower
evidencing the Revolving Credit Advances in substantially the form annexed
hereto as Exhibit C, as amended or modified from time to time and together with
any promissory note or notes issued in exchange or replacement therefor.

         "Revolving Credit Loan" shall mean any Borrowing under Section 2.4
evidenced by the Revolving Credit Notes and made pursuant to Section 2.1(a).

         "Security Documents" shall mean, collectively, the Pledge Agreement,
the Guaranties, the Intercreditor Agreement and all other related agreements
and documents, including financing statements and similar documents delivered
pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise entered into by any person to secure
the Advances.

         "Senior Notes" shall mean the 6.89% Senior Notes due May 30, 2004
issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement.

         "S/L/C" shall mean any standby letter of credit issued by the Issuing
Bank hereunder.

         "Subordinated Debt" of any person shall mean, as of any date, that
Indebtedness of such person for borrowed money which is expressly subordinate
and junior in right and priority of payment to the Advances and other
Indebtedness of such person to the Banks in manner and by agreement
satisfactory in form and substance to the Required Banks.

         "Subsidiary" of any person shall mean any other person (whether now
existing or hereafter organized or acquired) in which (other than directors'
qualifying shares required by law) at least a majority of the securities or
other ownership interests of each class having ordinary voting power or
analogous right (other than securities or other ownership interests which have
such power or right only by reason of the happening of a contingency), at the
time as of which any determination is being made, are owned, beneficially and
of record, by such person or by one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such
person or by any combination thereof. Unless otherwise specified, reference to
"Subsidiary" shall mean a Subsidiary of the Company.

                                     -11-



<PAGE>   17


         "Swing Line Bank" shall mean First Chicago, together with its
successors and assigns, and any other Bank hereafter designated as a "Swing
Line Bank" upon the prior written agreement of the Company, the Agent and such
Bank.

         "Swing Line Facility" shall have the meaning specified in Section
2.1(b).

         "Swing Line Interest Period" shall mean, with respect to any Swing
Line Loan, the period commencing on the day such Swing Line Loan is made and
ending on the date agreed upon between the Borrower requesting such Loan and
the Swing Line Bank at the time such Swing Line Loan is made, provided no Swing
Line Interest Period which would end after the Termination Date shall be
permitted.

         "Swing Line Loan" shall mean any borrowing under Section 2.4 evidenced
by a Swing Line Note and made pursuant to Section 2.1 (b).

         "Swing Line Note" means any promissory note of any Borrower payable to
the order of the Swing Line Bank, in substantially the form annexed hereto as
Exhibit D, as amended or modified from time to time and together with any
promissory note or notes issued in exchange or replacement therefor.

         "Swing Line Rate" shall mean, with respect to any Swing Line Rate
Loan, the rate per annum agreed upon between the Borrower requesting such Loan
and the Swing Line Bank at the time such Swing Line Rate Loan is made.

         "Tangible Net Worth" of any person shall mean, as of any date, (a) the
amount of any capital stock, paid in capital and similar equity accounts plus
(or minus in the case of a deficit) the capital surplus and retained earnings of
such person and the amount of any foreign currency translation adjustment
account shown as a capital account of such person, less (b) the net book value
of all items of the following character which are included in the assets of such
person: (i) goodwill, including, without limitation, the excess of cost over
book value of any asset, (ii) organization or experimental expenses, (iii)
unamortized debt discount and expense, (iv) patents, trademarks, trade names and
copyrights, (v) treasury stock, (vi) franchises, licenses and permits, and (vii)
other assets which are deemed intangible assets under Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles.

         "Termination Date" shall mean the earlier to occur of (a) August 6,
2000 and (b) the date on which the Commitments shall be terminated pursuant to
Section 2.2 or 6.2.

         "Total Capitalization" of any person shall mean the sum of (a) Tangible
Net Worth plus (b) Funded Indebtedness plus (c) deferred income taxes of such
person.

         "Total Indebtedness" of any person shall mean, as of any date, all
Indebtedness of such person for borrowed money, including without limitation,
all obligations under any Capital Lease and Subordinated Debt.

         "Unfunded Benefit Liabilities" shall mean, with respect to any Plan as
of any date, the amount of the unfunded benefit liabilities determined in
accordance with Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA.

         1.2  Other Definitions; Rules of Construction. As used herein, the
terms "Agent", "Banks", "Company", "Borrower", "Borrowers", "Borrowing
Subsidiary", "Borrowing Subsidiaries",

                                     -12-




<PAGE>   18


"Original Credit Facility", "Original Loan Agreement" and "this Agreement" shall
have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the introductory paragraphs of
this Agreement. Such terms, together with the other terms defined in Section
1.1, shall include both the singular and the plural forms thereof and shall be
construed accordingly. All computations required hereunder and all financial
terms used herein shall be made or construed in accordance with Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles unless such principles are inconsistent with the
express requirements of this Agreement provided that, if the Company notifies
the Agent that the Company wishes to amend any covenant in Article V to
eliminate the effect of any change in Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
in the operation of such covenant (or if the Agent notifies the Company that the
Required Banks wish to amend Article V for such purpose), then the Borrowers'
compliance with such covenant shall be determined on the basis of Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles in effect immediately before the relevant change
in Generally Accepted Accounting Principles became effective, until either such
notice is withdrawn or such covenant is amended in a manner satisfactory to the
Borrowers and the Required Banks. Use of the terms "herein", "hereof", and
"hereunder" shall be deemed references to this Agreement in its entirety and not
to the Section or clause in which such term appears. References to "Sections"
and "subsections" shall be to Sections and subsections, respectively, of this
Agreement unless otherwise specifically provided.

                                  ARTICLE II.
                        THE COMMITMENTS AND THE ADVANCES

          2.1   Commitments of the Banks.

               (a) Revolving Credit Advances. Each Bank agrees, for itself
only, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to make Revolving
Credit Loans to the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.4 and to participate in
Letter of Credit Advances to the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.4, from time
to time from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the Termination
Date, not to exceed in aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding the
amount determined pursuant to Section 2.1(c). On the date of each Advance, the
Dollar Equivalent on such date of all Advances, including the Advances to be
made or requested on such date, shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitment.

               (b) Swing Line Loan. (i) Any Borrower may request the Swing Line
Bank to make, and the Swing Line Bank may, in its sole discretion provided that
the requirements of Section 2.6 are complied with by the Borrowers at the time
of such request, make, Swing Line Loans to any Borrower from time to time on
any Business Day during the period from the Effective Date until the
Termination Date in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed at any date the
lesser of (A) $10,000,000 (or the Dollar Equivalent thereof in any other
Permitted Currency) (the "Swing Line Facility") and (B) the aggregate of the
unused portions of the Commitments of the Banks as of such date. Each Bank's
Commitment shall be deemed utilized by an amount equal to such Bank's pro rata
share (based on such Bank's Commitment) of each Swing Line Loan for purposes of
determining the amount of Revolving Credit Advances required to be made by such
Bank, but no Bank's Commitment, other than the Swing Line Bank, shall be deemed
utilized for purposes of determining commitment fees under Section 2.3(a)(i).
Swing Line Loans shall bear interest at the Floating Rate or at the Swing Line
Rate, as elected by the Borrower requesting such Loan pursuant to Section 2.4.
Within the limits of the Swing Line Facility, so long as the Swing Line Bank,
in its sole discretion, elects to make Swing Line Loans, the Borrowers may
borrow and reborrow under this Section 2.1(b)(i)

                                      -13-



<PAGE>   19



                  (ii)     The Swing Line Bank may at any time in its sole and
absolute discretion require that any Swing Line Loan be refunded by a Revolving
Credit Loan which is, in the case of any Swing Line Loan denominated in
Dollars, a Floating Rate Loan, and in the case of any Swing Line Loan in any
other Permitted Currency, a Eurocurrency Rate Loan in the same Permitted
Currency in which such Swing Line Loan is denominated, and upon written notice
thereof by the Swing Line Bank to the Agent, the Banks and the Borrower for any
such Swing Line Loan, such Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a
Revolving Credit Loan for the account of such Borrower for any such Swing Line
Loan bearing interest at the Floating Rate or Eurocurrency Rate with an
Interest Period of one month, as provided above, in an amount equal to the
amount of any such Swing Line Loan in the same Permitted Currency in which such
Swing Line Loan is denominated (unless a Default or Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing at which time all Swing Line Loans being refunded
under this Section 2.1(b)(ii) or Section 2.1(b)(iii) may, at the option of the
Required Banks, be converted to Dollars), and such Revolving Credit Loan shall
be made to refund such Swing Line Loan. Each Bank shall be absolutely and
unconditionally obligated (except as set forth in Section 2.1(b)(i)) to fund its
pro rata share (based on such Bank's Commitment) of such Revolving Credit Loan
or, if applicable, purchase a participating interest in the Swing Line Loans
pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(iii) and such obligation shall not be affected by
any circumstance, including, without limitation, (A) any set-off, counterclaim,
recoupment, defense or other right which such Bank or any Borrower or any of
their respective Subsidiaries may have against the Agent, any Borrower or any
of their respective Subsidiaries or anyone else for any reason whatsoever; (B)
the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of Default, subject to
Section 2.1(b)(iii); (C) any adverse change in the condition (financial or
otherwise) of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; (D) any breach of this
Agreement by any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any other
Bank; or (E) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or
not similar to any of the foregoing (including any Borrower's failure to
satisfy any conditions contained in Article II or any other provision of this
Agreement).

                  (iii)    If, for any reason (including without limitation as
a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to any Borrower
pursuant to Section 6.1(i)), Revolving Credit Loans may not be made by the
Banks as described in Section 2.1(b)(ii), then (A) each Borrower agrees that
each Swing Line Loan not paid pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(ii) shall bear
interest, payable on demand by the Agent, at the Overdue Rate then applicable
to Floating Rate Loans with respect to Swing Line Loans denominated in Dollars
and at the Overdue Rate then applicable to Eurocurrency Rate Loans in the
Permitted Currency in which such Swing Line Loan is denominated in all other
cases, and (B) effective on the date each such Revolving Credit Loan would
otherwise have been made, each Bank severally agrees that it shall
unconditionally and irrevocably, without regard to the occurrence of any
Default or Event of Default, in lieu of deemed disbursement of loans, to the
extent of such Bank's Commitment, purchase a participating interest in the
Swing Line Loans by paying its participation percentage thereof. Each Bank will
immediately transfer to the Agent, in same day funds, the amount of its
participation. Each Bank shall share on a pro rata basis (calculated by
reference to its Commitment) in any interest which accrues thereon and in all
repayments thereof. If and to the extent that any Bank shall not have so made
the amount of such participating interest available to the Agent, such Bank and
the Borrower of such Swing Line Loan severally agree to pay to the Agent
forthwith on demand such amount together with interest thereon, for each day
from the date of demand by the Agent until the date such amount is paid to the
Agent, at (x) in the case of any Borrower, at the interest rate specified above
and (y) in the case of such Bank, the Federal Funds Rate.

                  (c)      Limitation on Amount of Advances. Notwithstanding
anything in this Agreement to the contrary, (i) the Dollar Equivalent of the
aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Credit Advances made by any Bank at
any time outstanding shall not exceed the amount of its respective 

                                     -14-



<PAGE>   20


Commitment as of the date any such Advance is made, (ii) the Dollar Equivalent
of the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Advances at any time
outstanding to any Borrower shall not exceed the amount set forth next to the
name of such Borrower set forth on Schedule l.l(a), and (iii) the Dollar
Equivalent of the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Credit Advances and
Swing Line Loans outstanding to the Borrowers shall not exceed the Aggregate
Commitment, provided, however, that the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate
principal amount of Letter of Credit Advances outstanding at any time shall not
exceed $10,000,000.

                  2.2      Termination and Reduction of Commitments. (a) (i)
The Company shall have the right to terminate or reduce the Aggregate
Commitment at any time and from time to time at its option, provided that (A)
the Company shall give five days' prior written notice of such termination or
reduction to the Agent (with sufficient executed copies for each Bank)
specifying the amount and effective date thereof, (B) each partial reduction of
the Aggregate Commitment shall be in a minimum amount of $5,000,000 and in
integral multiples of $1,000,000 and shall reduce the Commitments of all of the
Banks proportionately in accordance with the respective commitment amounts for
each such Bank set forth in the signature pages hereof next to the name of each
such Bank, (C) no such termination or reduction shall be permitted with respect
to any portion of the Aggregate Commitment as to which a request for a
Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.4 is then pending and (D) the Aggregate
Commitment may not be terminated if any Advances are then outstanding and may
not be reduced below the principal amount of Advances then outstanding.

The Commitments or any portion thereof terminated or reduced pursuant to this
Section 2.2(a), whether optional or mandatory, may not be reinstated. The
Borrowers shall immediately prepay the Loans to the extent they exceed the
reduced Aggregate Commitment pursuant hereto, and any reduction hereunder shall
reduce the Commitment amount of each Bank proportionately in accordance with
the respective Commitment amounts for each such Bank set forth on the signature
pages hereof next to the name of each such Bank.

                           (b)      For purposes of this Agreement, a Letter of
Credit Advance (i) shall be deemed outstanding in an amount equal to the sum of
the maximum amount available to be drawn under the related Letter of Credit on
or after the date of determination and on or before the stated expiry date
thereof plus the amount of any draws under such Letter of Credit that have not
been reimbursed by a Revolving Credit Loan as provided in Section 3.3 and (ii)
shall be deemed outstanding at all times on and before such stated expiry date
or such earlier date on which all amounts available to be drawn under such
Letter of Credit have been fully drawn, and thereafter until all related
reimbursement obligations have been paid. Upon each payment made by the Agent
in respect of any draft or other demand for payment under any Letter of Credit,
the amount of any Letter of Credit Advance outstanding immediately prior to
such payment shall be automatically reduced by the amount of each Revolving
Credit Loan deemed advanced in respect of the related reimbursement obligation
of the Borrower.

                  2.3      Fees. (a)(i) The Company agrees to pay to the Banks
a commitment fee on the daily average unused amount of the Aggregate
Commitment, for the period from the Effective Date to but excluding the
Termination Date, at a rate equal to the Applicable Rate. 

                  (ii)     During any calendar quarter during the period from
the Effective Date to but excluding the Termination Date when the aggregate
amount of outstanding Advances exceeded 50% of the Aggregate Commitment at any
time during such quarter, the Company agrees to pay to the Banks a usage 

                                     -15-



<PAGE>   21


fee on the daily average amount of outstanding Advances during such quarter at
a rate equal to the Applicable Rate.

                  (iii)    Accrued commitment and usage fees shall be payable
quarterly in arrears in Dollars on the last Business Day of each August,
November, February and May, commencing on the first such Business Day occurring
after the date of this Agreement, and on the Termination Date. For the purpose
of calculating the fees under this Section 2.3(a) only, the aggregate amount of
S/L/Cs and Bank Guarantees outstanding shall constitute usage of the Commitment
while the aggregate amount of C/L/Cs outstanding shall not constitute usage of
the Commitment. For the purpose of calculating the fees under this Section
2.3(a) only, but not for the purpose of calculating the available Commitment of
each Bank, Swing Line Loans shall not constitute usage of the Commitment for
any Bank other than the Swing Line Bank for the purpose of calculating the
commitment fee and will count as usage of the Aggregate Commitment for the
purpose of calculating the usage fee.

                           (b)      The Borrowers agree to pay (i) with respect
to S/L/Cs, (A) a fee to Agent for the benefit of the Banks computed at the
Applicable Rate on the maximum amount available to be drawn from time to time
under such S/L/C for the period from and including the date of issuance of such
S/L/C to and including the stated expiry date of such S/L/C and (B) to pay an
additional fee to the Issuing Bank for its own account computed at the rate of
one-eighth of one percent (1/8 of 1%) per annum of such maximum amount for such
period, which fee shall be paid annually in advance at the time such S/UC is
issued or amended, (ii) with respect to C/L /Cs, a fee to the Agent for the
ratable benefit of the Banks computed at the rate of three-eighths of one
percent (1/8 of 1%) per annum, which fees shall be paid at each time as any
C/L/C is presented or drawn upon, in whole or in part on the amount of such
C/L/C which is presented or drawn upon, in whole or in part, and (iii) with
respect to Bank Guarantees, a fee to the Agent for the ratable benefit of the
Banks computed at the rate of seven-eighths of one percent (7/8 of 1%) per
annum on the maximum amount available to be drawn from time to time under such
Bank Guarantee for the period from and including the date of issuance of such
Bank Guarantee to and including the stated expiry date of such Bank Guarantee,
which fee shall be paid by the Borrower in advance at three month intervals
from issuance of the Bank Guarantee. Such fees are nonrefundable and the
Borrowers shall not be entitled to any rebate of any portion thereof if such
Letter of Credit does not remain outstanding through its stated expiry date or
for any other reason. The Borrowers further agree to pay to the Issuing Bank,
on demand, such other customary and reasonable administrative fees, charges and
expenses of the Issuing Bank in respect of the issuance, negotiation,
acceptance, amendment, transfer and payment of such Letter of Credit or
otherwise payable pursuant to the application and related documentation under
which such Letter of Credit is issued in accordance with a schedule of fees
provided by the Issuing Bank to the Company.

                           (c)      The Company also agrees to pay to each Bank
on the Effective Date an upfront fee in an amount equal to five: one-hundredths
of one percent (.05%) of the amount of such Bank's Commitment. 

                           (d)      The Company agrees to pay to the Agent and
First Chicago Capital Markets, Inc. (the "Arranger") an arrangement fee and an
agency fee for their services as Agent and Arranger, respectively, under this
Agreement in such amounts as may from time to time be agreed upon by the
Company, the Agent and the Arranger.

                  2.4      Disbursement of Advances. (a) Except with respect to
Swing Line Loans, a Borrower shall give the Agent notice of its request for
each Advance in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto at the principal
office of the Agent and at the Applicable Administrative Office with respect to
such

                                      -16-


<PAGE>   22


Advance not later than 11:00 a.m. local time of the Applicable Administrative
Office (i) three Eurocurrency Business Days prior to the date such Advance is
requested to be made if such Borrowing is to be made as a Eurocurrency Rate
Borrowing, and (ii) three Business Days prior to the date any Letter of Credit
Advance is requested to be made and (iii) on the date such Advance is requested
to be made if such Advance is to be made as a Floating Rate Borrowing. Such
notice shall specify whether a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, Floating Rate Loan or a
Letter of Credit Advance is requested and, in the case of each requested
Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the Interest Period to be initially applicable to such
Loan and the Permitted Currency in which such Loan is to be denominated. With
respect to Swing Line Loans, a Borrower shall give the Swing Line Bank notice of
its request for each Swing Line Loan in substantially the form of Exhibit E
hereto at the Applicable Administrative Office with respect to such Advance not
later than 1:00 p.m. local time of the Applicable Administrative Office on the
same Business Day any Swing Line Loan is requested to be made which notice shall
specify the Permitted Currency in which such Loan is to be denominated and
whether such Borrower elects the Swing Line Rate or the Floating Rate with
respect to such Swing Line Loan. The Agent, on the same day any such notice is
given, shall provide notice of such requested Loan, other than any Swing Line
Loan, to each Bank (which notice shall be provided by 1:00 p.m. local time of
the Applicable Administrative Office with respect to Floating Rate Loans).
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the proceeds of each such
requested Loan shall be made available to the Borrower requesting such Loan by
depositing the proceeds thereof, in immediately available, freely transferable
cleared funds, in the case of any Loan denominated in Dollars in an account
maintained and designated by such Borrower, and, in all other cases, in an
account maintained and designated by such Borrower at a bank acceptable to the
Agent in the principal financial center of the country issuing the Permitted
Currency in which such Loan is denominated or in such other place specified by
the Agent. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Issuing
Bank shall, on the date any Letter of Credit Advance is requested to be made,
issue the related Letter of Credit on behalf of the Banks for the account of the
Borrower requesting such Letter of Credit. Notwithstanding anything herein to
the contrary, the Issuing Bank may decline to issue any requested Letter of
Credit on the basis that the beneficiary, the purpose of issuance or the terms
or the conditions of drawing are unacceptable to it in its reasonable
discretion.

                           (b)      Each Bank, on the date any Loan is
requested to be made, shall make its pro rata share of such Loan available in
immediately available, freely transferable cleared funds for disbursement to
the Borrower requesting such Loan pursuant to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement, in the case of any Loan denominated in Dollars, at the principal
office of the Agent and, in all other cases, to the account of the Agent at its
designated branch or correspondent bank in the country issuing such Permitted
Currency in which such Loan is denominated or at such other place specified by
the Agent. Unless the Agent shall have received prior notice from any Bank that
such Bank will not make available to the Agent such Bank's pro rata portion of
such Loan, the Agent may assume that such Bank has made such portion available
to the Agent on the date such Loan is requested to be made in accordance with
this Section 2.4. If, after receiving notice of a Loan from the Agent in
accordance with this Section 2.4, and to the extent such Bank shall not have so
made such pro rata portion available to the Agent, the Agent may (but shall not
be obligated to) make such amount available to such Borrower, and such Bank
agrees to pay to the Agent forthwith on demand such amount together with
interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to
such Borrower by the Agent until the date such amount is repaid to the Agent,
at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate or the relevant market
interbank compensation rate with respect to Permitted Currencies other than
Dollars then in effect. If such Bank shall pay such amount to the Agent
together with interest, such amount so paid shall constitute a Loan by such
Bank as part of the related Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement and
interest shall accrue from the date of the related Borrowing. The failure of
any Bank to make its pro rata portion of any such Borrowing available to the
Agent shall not relieve any other Bank of its obligation to make available its
pro rata portion of such Loan on the date such

                                      -17-



<PAGE>   23


Loan is requested to be made, but no Bank shall be responsible for failure of
any other Bank to make such pro rata portion available to the Agent on the date
of any such Loan.

                           (c)      All Revolving Credit Loans made under this
Section 2.4 shall be evidenced by the Revolving Credit Notes and all Swing Line
Loans made under this Section 2.4 shall be evidenced by the Swing Line Notes,
and all such Loans shall be due and payable and bear interest as provided in
Article III. Each Bank is hereby authorized by the Borrowers to record on its
books and records, the date, amount and type of each Loan and the duration of
the related Interest Period (if applicable), the amount of each payment or
prepayment of principal thereon, and the other information provided for in such
books and records, which books and records shall constitute prima facie
evidence of the information so recorded, provided, however, that failure of any
Bank to record, or any error in recording, any such information shall not
relieve the Borrowers of their obligation to repay the outstanding principal
amount of the Loans, all accrued interest thereon and other amounts payable
with respect thereto in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this
Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Borrower
may borrow Revolving Credit Loans under this Section 2.4, prepay Revolving
Credit Loans pursuant to Section 3.1 and reborrow Revolving Credit Loans.

                           (d)      Nothing in this Agreement shall be
construed to require or authorize any Bank to issue any Letter Credit, it being
that the Issuing Bank has the sole obligation under this Agreement to
issue Letters of Credit on behalf of the Banks, and the Commitment of each Bank
with respect to Letter of Credit Advances is expressly conditioned upon the
Issuing Bank's performance of such obligations. Upon such issuance by the
Issuing Bank, each Bank shall automatically acquire a pro rata participation
interest in such Letter of Credit Advance based on the amount of its respective
Commitment. If the Issuing Bank shall honor a draft or other demand for payment
presented or made under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank shall provide
notice thereof to each Bank on the date such draft or demand is honored unless
a Borrower shall have satisfied its reimbursement obligation by payment to the
Issuing Bank on such date. Each Bank, on such date, shall make its pro rata
share of the amount paid by the Issuing Bank available in immediately available
funds at the principal office of the Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank,
subject to Section 9.5(b). If and to the extent such Bank shall not have made
such pro rata portion available to the Agent, such Bank and the Borrower
severally agree to pay to the Agent forthwith on demand such amount together
with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount was paid by the
Issuing Bank until such amount is so made available to the Agent at a per annum
rate equal to, in the case of the Borrower at the Floating Rate or the relevant
interbank compensation market rate plus the Applicable Rate with respect to
Permitted Currencies other than Dollars and, in the case of any Bank, the
Federal Funds Rate or the relevant interbank compensation market rate with
respect to Permitted Currencies other than Dollars. If such Bank shall pay such
amount to the Agent together with such interest, such amount so paid shall,
subject to Section 3.3(a)(ii), constitute a Revolving Credit Loan by such Bank
as part of the Revolving Credit Borrowing disbursed in respect of the
reimbursement obligation of the Borrower for purposes of this Agreement. The
failure of any Bank to make its pro rata portion of any such amount paid by the
Issuing Bank available to the Agent shall not relieve any other Bank of its
obligation to make available its pro rata portion of such amount, but no Bank
shall be responsible for failure of any other Bank to make such pro rata
portion available to the Agent.

                  2.5      Conditions for First Disbursement. The obligation of
each Bank to make its first Advance hereunder is subject to receipt by each
Bank and the Agent of the following documents and completion of the following
makers, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent: 

                                     -18-



<PAGE>   24


                           (a)      Charter Documents. Certificates of recent
date of the appropriate authority or official and each Borrower's and each
Guarantor's state of incorporation listing all charter documents of such
Borrower or such Guarantor, on file in that office and certifying as to the good
standing and corporate existence of such Borrower or such Guarantor, together
with copies of such charter documents of such Borrower or such Guarantor,
certified as of a recent date by such authority or official and certified as
true and correct as of the Effective Date by a duly authorized officer of such
Borrower or such Guarantor;

                           (b)      By-Laws and Corporate Authorizations.
Copies of the by-laws of each Borrower and each Guarantor together with all
authorizing resolutions and evidence of other corporate action taken by such
Borrower or such Guarantor to authorize the execution, delivery and performance
by such Borrower or such Guarantor of the Loan Documents to which it is a party
and the consummation by such Borrower or such Guarantor of the transactions
contemplated hereby, certified as true and correct as of the Effective Date by
a duly authorized officer of such Borrower or such Guarantor;

                           (c)      Incumbency Certificate. Certificates of
incumbency of each Borrower and each Guarantor containing, and attesting to the
genuineness of, the signatures of those officers authorized to act on behalf of
such Borrower or such Guarantor in connection with the Loan Documents and the
consummation by such Borrower or such Guarantor of the transactions
contemplated hereby, certified as true and correct as of the Effective Date by
a duly authorized officer of such Borrower or such Guarantor; Bank;

                           (d)      Notes. The Notes, duly executed on behalf of
each Borrower, for each Bank;

                           (e)      Security Documents. The Security Documents
duly executed on behalf of each Borrower and each Guarantor granting to the
Banks and the Agent the collateral and security intended to be provided
pursuant to Section 2.10.

                           (f)      Legal Opinion. The favorable written
opinion of Linda Moore, General Counsel of the Company, and the favorable
written opinion of counsel of Jabil Circuit Ltd. each in substantially the form
of Exhibit F attached hereto; and

                           (g)      Consents, Approvals, Etc. Copies of all
governmental and nongovernmental consents, approvals, authorizations,
declarations, registrations or filings, if any, required on the part of each
Borrower and each Guarantor in connection with the execution, delivery and
performance of the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or as
a condition to the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement and
the Notes, certified as true and correct and in full force and effect as of the
Effective Date by a duly authorized officer of such Borrower or such Guarantor,
or, if none are required, a certificate of such officer to that effect.

                  2.6      Further Conditions for Disbursement. The obligation
of each Bank to make any Advance (including its first Advance), or any
continuation or conversion under Section 2.7, is further subject to the
satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

                           (a)      The representations and warranties
contained in Article IV hereof and in any other Loan Document shall be true and
correct in all material respects on and as of the date such Advance is made,
continued or converted (both before and after such Advance is made, continued
or converted) as if such representations and warranties were made on and as of
such date; and 

                                     -19-




<PAGE>   25



                           (b)      of Default and no Default shall exist or
shall have occurred and be continuing on the date such Advance is made,
continued or converted (whether before or after such Advance is made, continued
or converted); and

                           (c)      In the case of any Letter of Credit
Advance, the Borrower requesting such Letter of Credit Advance shall have
delivered to the Agent an application for the related Letter of Credit and
other related documentation requested by and acceptable to the Agent
appropriately completed and duly executed on behalf of such Borrower.

Each Borrower shall be deemed to have made a representation and warranty to the
Banks at the time of the requesting of, the making of, and the continuation or
conversion of, each Advance to the effects set forth in clauses (a) and (b) of
this Section 2.6. For purposes of this Section 2.6, the representations and
warranties contained in Section 4.6 hereof shall be deemed made with respect to
the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5. I(d)(ii)
and (iii).

                  2.7      Subsequent Elections as to Borrowings. A Borrower
may elect (a) to continue a Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing, or a portion thereof,
as a Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing, or (b) may elect to convert a Eurocurrency
Rate Borrowing, or a portion thereof, to a Floating Rate Borrowing or (c) elect
to convert a Floating Rate Borrowing, or a portion thereof, to a Eurocurrency
Rate Borrowing, or (d) elect to convert a Loan denominated in a Permitted
Currency to a Loan denominated in another Permitted Currency, in each case by
giving notice thereof to the Agent in substantially the form of Exhibit G
hereto at the principal office of the Agent and at the Applicable
Administrative Office with respect to such Loan not later than 11:00 a.m. local
time of the Applicable Administrative Office (i) three Eurocurrency Business
Days prior to the date any such continuation of or conversion to a Eurocurrency
Rate Borrowing is to be effective and (ii) the date such continuation or
conversion is to be effective in all other cases, provided that an outstanding
Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing may only be converted on the last day of the then
current Interest Period with respect to such Borrowing, and provided, further,
if a continuation of a Borrowing as, or a conversion of a Borrowing to, a
Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing is requested, such notice shall also specify the
Interest Period to be applicable thereto upon such continuation or conversion.
The Agent, on the day any such notice is given, shall promptly provide notice
of such election to the Banks. If a Borrower shall not timely deliver such a
notice with respect to any outstanding Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing, the
Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to convert such Eurocurrency Rate
Borrowing to a Floating Rate Borrowing on the last day of the then current
Interest Period with respect to such Borrowing.

                  2.8      Limitation of Requests and Elections.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if, upon
receiving a request for a Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.4,
or a request for a continuation of a Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing as a
Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing, or a request for a conversion of a Floating Rate
Borrowing to a Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.7, (a) in the
case of any Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing, deposits in the relevant Permitted
Currency for periods comparable to the Interest Period elected by the Borrower
are not available to any Bank in the relevant interbank or secondary market and
such Bank has provided to the Agent and the Borrowers a certificate prepared in
good faith to that effect, or (b) any Bank reasonably determines that the
Eurocurrency Rate will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Bank
of making, funding or maintaining the related Eurocurrency Rate Loan and such
Bank has provided to the Agent and the Borrowers a certificate prepared in good
faith to that effect, or (c) by reason of national or international financial,
political or economic conditions or by reason of any applicable law, treaty,
rule or regulation (whether domestic or foreign) now or hereafter in effect, or
the interpretation or administration thereof by 

                                     -20-



<PAGE>   26



any governmental authority charged with the interpretation or administration
thereof, or compliance by any Bank with any directive of such authority
(whether or not having the force of law), including without limitation exchange
controls, it is impracticable, unlawful or impossible for any Bank (i) to make
or fund the relevant Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing or (ii) to continue such
Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing as a Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing or (iii) to
convert a Loan to such a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, and such Bank has provided to
the Agent and the Borrowers a certificate prepared in good faith to that
effect, then the Borrowers shall not be entitled, so long as such circumstances
continue, to request a Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing of the affected type
pursuant to Section 2.4 or a continuation of or conversion to a Eurocurrency
Rate Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.7. In the event that such circumstances no
longer exist, the Banks shall again honor requests, subject to this Agreement,
for Eurocurrency Rate Borrowings of the affected type pursuant to Section 2.4,
and requests for continuations of and conversions to Eurocurrency Rate
Borrowings of the affected type pursuant to Section 2.7.

                  2.9      Minimum Amounts: Limitation on Number of Borrowings.
Except for (a) Borrowings and conversions thereof which exhaust the entire
remaining amount of the Commitments, (b) conversions or payments required
pursuant to Section 3.1(c) or Section 3.7, (c) Revolving Credit Loans requested
as a result of the refusal of the Agent to make a Swing Line Loan, in which
case the minimum amount of the Loan shall be $100,000, and (d) Revolving Credit
Loans disbursed to satisfy reimbursement obligations under Letters of Credit
pursuant to Section 3.3(a), each Revolving Credit Loan and each continuation or
conversion pursuant to Section 2.7 and each prepayment thereof shall be in a
minimum amount of, with respect to Floating Rate Loans, $1,000,000 and in
integral multiples of $100,000 and, with respect to Eurocurrency Rate Loans,
$3,000,000 and in integral multiples of $500,000. Notwithstanding anything
herein to the contrary, (a) all Loans must be denominated in a Permitted
Currency and (b) Floating Rate Loans must be denominated in Dollars. 

                  2.10     Security and Collateral. To secure the payment when
due of the Notes and all other obligations of the Borrowers under this
Agreement to the Banks and the Agent, each Borrower shall execute and deliver,
or cause to be executed and delivered, to the Banks and the Agent Security
Documents granting the following:

                           (a)      Pledges of 65% of all capital stock of all
Foreign Subsidiaries (other than Jabil Malaysia) and any future Foreign
Subsidiary. 

                           (b)      Guaranties of all Domestic Borrowers and
present and future Domestic Subsidiaries.

                                  ARTICLE III.
                            PAYMENTS AND PREPAYMENTS

                  3.1      Principal Payments. (a) Unless earlier payment is
required under this Agreement, the Borrowers shall pay to the Banks on the
Termination Date the entire outstanding principal amount of the Loans.

                           (b)      The Borrowers may at any time and from time
to time prepay all or a portion of the Loans without premium or penalty,
provided that (i) a Borrower may not prepay any portion of any Loan as to which
an election for continuation of or conversion to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan is
pending pursuant to Section 2.7, and (ii) unless earlier payment is required
under this Agreement or unless

                                     -21-



<PAGE>   27




Borrower pays all amounts required pursuant to Section 3.9, any Eurocurrency
Rate Loan may only be prepaid on the last day of the then current Interest
Period with respect to such Loan and (iii) such prepayment shall only be
permitted if a Borrower shall have given notice thereof on the Business Day of
such prepayment with respect to prepayment of Floating Rate Loans, not less
than three Eurocurrency Business Days' notice thereof with respect to
prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, such notice specifying the Loan or
portion thereof to be so prepaid and shall have paid to the Banks, together
with such prepayment of principal, all accrued interest to the date of payment
on such Loan or portion thereof so prepaid and all amounts owing to the Banks
under Section 3.9 in connection with such prepayment. Upon the giving of such
notice, the aggregate principal amount of such Loan or portion thereof so
specified in such notice, together with such accrued interest and other
amounts, shall become due and payable on the specified date.

                           (c)      If at any time (i) the Dollar Equivalent of
the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Credit Advances and
Swing Line Loans shall exceed the Aggregate Commitments or (ii) the Dollar
Equivalent of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving
Credit Advances to any Borrower shall exceed the sublimit specified for such
Borrower on Schedule l.l(a), the Borrowers, in the case of clause (i) above, or
the relevant Borrower, in the case of clause (ii) above, shall forthwith pay to
the Banks, without demand, an amount not less than the amount of such excess
for application to the outstanding principal amount of the Loans, provided that
if any such prepayment would be in excess of the outstanding amount of the
Loans, the Borrowers or the relevant Borrower, as the case may be, shall
deliver cash collateral to the Agent to secure the outstanding Letters of
Credit in the amount of such excess which is greater than the outstanding Loans
and the Company hereby grants to the Agent, for the benefit of the Banks, a
first priority lien and security interest in such collateral, and all such cash
collateral shall be under the sole and exclusive control of the Agent.

                           (d)      If, pursuant to Section 2.7, a Borrowing,
or portion thereof, is continued or converted, such Borrowing or portion
thereof shall be repaid on the last day of the related Interest Period in the
Permitted Currency in which such Borrowing is then denominated and (i) in the
case of any conversion, the Agent shall readvance to the Borrower making such
request the Equivalent of the Original Dollar Amount of the Borrowing or
portion thereof as has been so repaid by the Borrower in the Permitted Currency
requested pursuant to Section 2.7, and (ii) in the case of any continuation
when the aggregate outstanding amount of Advances exceeds 90% of the Aggregate
Commitment, the Agent shall readvance to the Borrower the same amount of such
Permitted Currency as has been so repaid. The Agent shall provide prompt notice
to the Company and the Banks of the activation of clause (ii) above. For
purposes of effecting the repayment required by this Section 3.1(d), the Agent
shall apply the proceeds of such readvance toward the repayment of such 
Borrowing or portion thereof on the last day of the related Interest Period. In
the case of any conversion, the Agent shall be deemed to have applied the
proceeds of such Advance toward the purchase of the Permitted Currency to be
repaid and to have applied the proceeds of such purchase toward such repayment.
If after any such application there shall remain owing an amount of the
Permitted Currency due to the Agent, for the benefit of the Banks, or if an
excess of such Permitted Currency shall result, such Borrower shall pay to the
Banks, or, if no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, the Banks shall return to such Borrower the amount of such
deficiency or such excess. In the case of any continuation described in clause
(ii) above, on the last day of such Interest Period, the Original Dollar Amount
of such Borrowing or portion thereof shall be adjusted to equal the amount in
Dollars resulting from the conversion of the amount of such Permitted Currency
so readvanced to Dollars determined as of the second Business Day preceding
such day. On the date of each such conversion or continuation, if the Dollar
Equivalent on such date of all outstanding Advances, including the Advances
being continued or converted, exceed, the Aggregate Commitment, the Borrower
shall take the following

                                      -22-





<PAGE>   28


actions in the following order until such excess of the Dollar Equivalent of
all Advances over the aggregate Commitments of the Banks is eliminated: (a) on
such date, first, reduce or withdraw any pending request for a new Advance in
Dollars to be made on such date, second, repay in Dollars any Floating Rate
Loan denominated in Dollars then outstanding, and third, reduce the amount of,
or repay, in the Permitted Currency in which such Borrowing is denominated, any
Advance which the Borrower has requested to be converted or continued on such
date, and (b) on the last day of each Eurocurrency Interest Period ending
thereafter, reduce the amount of, or repay in the Permitted Currency in which
such Borrowing is denominated, any Advance which the Borrower has requested to
be converted or continued on such last day.

                  3.2      Interest Payments. The Borrowers shall pay interest
to the Banks on the unpaid principal amount of each Loan, for the period
commencing on the date such Loan is made until such Loan is paid in full, on
each Interest Payment Date and at maturity (whether at stated maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise), and thereafter on demand, at the following rates
per annum:

                           (a)      With respect to Revolving Credit Loans:

                                    (i)      During such periods that such Loan
is a Floating Rate Loan, the Floating Rate.

                                    (ii)     During such periods that such Loan
is an Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the Eurocurrency Rate applicable to such Loan for
each related Eurocurrency Interest Period.

                           (b)      With respect to Swing Line Loans, the Swing
Line Rate or Floating Rate applicable to such Loan.

Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraphs (a) through (b), the Borrowers shall
pay interest on demand at the Overdue Rate on the outstanding principal amount
of any Loan and any other amount payable by the Borrowers hereunder (other than
interest) on and after an Event of Default.

                  3.3      Letter of Credit Reimbursement Payments. (a)(i) Each
Borrower agrees to pay to the Banks, on the day on which the Issuing Bank shall
honor a draft or other demand for payment presented or made under any Letter of
Credit, an amount equal to the amount paid by the Issuing Bank in respect of
such draft or other demand under such Letter of Credit and all expenses paid or
incurred by the Issuing Bank relative thereto. Unless a Borrower shall have
made such payment to the Agent on such day, upon each such payment by the
Issuing Bank, subject to Section 3.3(a)(ii), the Issuing Bank shall be deemed
to have disbursed to such Borrower, and such Borrower shall be deemed to have
elected to satisfy its reimbursement obligation by, a Revolving Credit Loan
bearing interest at the Floating Rate for the account of the Banks in an amount
equal to the amount so paid by the Issuing Bank in respect of such draft or
other demand under such Letter of Credit. Such Revolving Credit Loan shall,
subject to Section 3.3(a)(ii), be disbursed notwithstanding any failure to
satisfy any conditions for disbursement of any Loan set forth in Article II
hereof and, to the extent of the Revolving Credit Loan so disbursed, the
reimbursement obligation of the Borrower under this Section 3.3 shall be deemed
satisfied; provided. however, that nothing in this Section 3.3 shall be deemed
to constitute a waiver of any Default or Event of Default caused by the failure
to the conditions for disbursement or otherwise.

                           (ii)     If, for any reason (including without
limitation as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to
any Borrower pursuant to Section 6.1(i)), Floating Rate 

                                     -23-



<PAGE>   29


Loans may not be made by the Banks as described in Section 3.3(a)(i), then (A)
each Borrower agrees that each reimbursement amount not paid pursuant to the
first sentence of Section 3.3(a)(i) shall bear interest, payable on demand by
the Agent, at the interest rate then applicable to Floating Rate Loans, and (B)
effective on the date each such Floating Rate Loan would otherwise have been
made, each Bank severally agrees that it shall unconditionally and irrevocably,
without regard to the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, in lieu of
deemed disbursement of loans, to the extent of such Bank's Commitment, purchase
a participating interest in each reimbursement amount. Each Bank will
immediately transfer to the Agent, in same day funds, the amount of its
participation. Each Bank shall share on a pro rata basis (calculated by
reference to its Commitment) in any interest which accrues thereon and in all
repayments thereof. If and to the extent that any Bank shall not have so made
the amount of such participating interest available to the Agent, such Bank and
the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Agent forthwith on demand such
amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date of demand by
the Agent until the date such amount is paid to the Agent, at (x) in the case
of any Borrower, the interest rate then applicable to Floating Rate Loans and
(y) in the case of such Bank, the Federal Funds Rate.

                           (b)      The reimbursement obligation of each
Borrower under this Section 3.3 shall be absolute, unconditional and
irrevocable and shall remain in full force and effect until all obligations of
the Borrowers to the Banks hereunder shall have been satisfied, and such
obligations of the Borrowers shall not be affected, modified or impaired upon
the happening of any event, including without limitation, any of the following,
whether or not with notice to, or the consent of, any Borrower:

                                    (i)      Any lack of validity or
enforceability of any Letter of Credit or any documentation relating to any
Letter of Credit or to any transaction related in any way to such Letter of
Credit (the "Letter of Credit Documents"); 

                                    (ii)     Any amendment, modification,
waiver, consent, or any substitution, exchange or release of or failure to
perfect any interest in collateral or security, with respect to any of the
Letter of Credit Documents;

                                    (iii)    The existence of any claim,
setoff, defense or other right which any Borrower may have at any time against
any beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any persons or
entities for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting),
the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Bank or any other person or entity, whether
in connection with any of the Letter of Credit Documents, the transactions
contemplated herein or therein or any unrelated transactions;


                                    (iv)     Any draft or other statement or
document presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent,
invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or
inaccurate in any respect;

                                    (v)      Payment by the Issuing Bank to the
beneficiary under any Letter of Credit against presentation of documents which
do not comply with the terms of the Letter of Credit, including failure of any
documents to bear any reference or adequate reference to such Letter of Credit;

                                    (vi)     Any failure, omission, delay or
lack on the part of the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Bank or any party to any
of the Letter of Credit Documents to enforce, assert or exercise any right,
power or remedy conferred upon the Agent, the Issuing Bank, any Bank or any
such party under this Agreement or any of the Letter of Credit Documents, or
any other acts or omissions on the part of the Agent, the Issuing Bank, any
Bank or any such party;

                                     -24-



<PAGE>   30



                                    (vii)    Any other event or circumstance
that would, in the absence of this clause, result in the release or discharge
by operation of law or otherwise of any Borrower from the performance or
observance of any obligation, covenant or agreement contained in this Section
3.3.

No setoff, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any obligation or any
defense of any kind or nature which any Borrower has or may have against the
beneficiary of any Letter of Credit shall be available hereunder to such
Borrower against the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Bank. Nothing in this
Section 3.3 shall limit the liability, if any, of the Agent or the Issuing Bank
to any Borrower pursuant to Section 9.5.

                  3.4      Payment Method. (a) All payments to be made by the
Borrower hereunder shall be made to the Agent for the account of the Banks in
the specified or relevant currency in freely transferable, cleared, same-day
funds, not later than 12:00 p.m. local time in the place specified for payment
on the date on which such payment is due. Payments of principal and interest on
any Loan denominated, and of any other amounts due, in a Permitted Currency
other than Dollars shall be made by the Borrowers by credit to the account of
the Agent at its designated branch or correspondent bank in the country issuing
the relevant Permitted Currency or in such other place specified by the Agent
with respect to such Loan or amount under Section 2.4(b). Payments of any other
amounts due under this Agreement shall be made to the Applicable Administrative
Office of the Agent. Payments received after 12:00 p.m. at the place for
payment shall be deemed to be payments made prior to 12:00 p.m. at the place
for payment on the next succeeding Business Day. Each Borrower hereby
authorizes the Agent to charge its account with the Agent in order to cause
timely payment of amounts due hereunder to be made (subject to sufficient funds
being available in such account for that purpose). 

                           (b)      At the time of making each such payment, a
Borrower shall, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement,
specify to the Agent that Borrowing or other obligation of the Borrowers
hereunder to which such payment is to be applied. In the event that a Borrower
fails to so specify the relevant obligation or if an Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing, the Agent may apply such payments as it may
determine in its sole discretion to obligations of the Borrowers to the Banks
arising under this Agreement.

                           (c)      On the day such payments are deemed
received, the Agent shall promptly remit to the Banks their pro rata shares of
such payments in immediately available funds, (i) in the case of payments of
principal and interest on any Borrowing denominated in a Permitted Currency
other than Dollars, at an account maintained and designated by each Bank at a
bank in the principal financial center of the country issuing the Permitted
Currency in which such Borrowing is denominated or in such other place
specified by the Agent and agreed to by the Banks and (ii) in all other cases,
to the Banks at their respective address in the United States specified for
notices pursuant to Section 9.2. Such pro rata shares shall be determined with
respect to each such Bank, (i) in the case of payments of principal and
interest on any Borrowing, by the ratio which the outstanding principal balance
of its Loan included in such Borrowing bears to the outstanding principal
balance of the Loans of all of the Banks included in such Borrowing and (ii) in
the case of fees paid pursuant to Section 2.3 and other amounts payable
hereunder (other than the Agent's fees payable pursuant to Section 2.3(d) and
amounts payable to any Bank under Section 2.4 or 3.6) by the ratio which the
Commitment of such Bank bears to the Aggregate Commitment.

                           (d)      This Agreement arises in the context of an
international transaction, and the specification of payment in a specific
currency at a specific place pursuant to this Agreement is of the essence. Such
specified currency shall be the currency of account and payment under this
Agreement. The

                                      -25-


<PAGE>   31
obligations of the Borrowers hereunder shall not be discharged by an amount paid
in any other currency or at another place, whether pursuant to a judgment or
otherwise, to the extent that the amount so paid, on prompt conversion into the
applicable currency and transfer to the Banks under normal banking procedure,
does not yield the amount of such currency due under this Agreement. In the
event that any payment, whether pursuant to a judgment or otherwise, upon
conversion and transfer, does not result in payment of the amount of such
currency due under this Agreement, the Banks shall have an independent cause of
action against the Borrowers for the currency deficit. 

              (e)  If for purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it becomes
necessary to convert any currency due hereunder into any other currency, the
Borrowers will pay such additional amount, if any, as may be necessary to ensure
that the amount paid in respect of such judgment is the amount in such other
currency which, when converted at the Agent's spot rate of exchange prevailing
on the date of payment, would yield the same amount of the currency due
hereunder.  Any amount due from the Borrowers under this Section 3.4(e) will be
due as a separate debt and shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for
any other sum due under or in respect of this Agreement. 

         3.5  No Setoff or Deduction. (a) All such payments shall be made 
free and clear of any present or future taxes or withholdings and without any
set-off or counter claim or any restriction or condition or deduction
whatsoever. The Borrowers shall indemnify the Agent and each Bank against any
taxes or charges (other than on net overall income) which may be claimed from it
in respect of the Advances or any of them or any sum payable by the Borrowers or
any of them hereunder and against any costs, charges and expenses or liabilities
in respect of such claim and such indemnity shall survive the termination of the
Commitments.  

              (b)  If at any time any Borrower is required by law or by any
directive or order of any court of competent jurisdiction to make any deduction
or withholding of whatsoever nature from any payment due under this Agreement or
any of the Loan Documents, such Borrower will ensure that the same does not
exceed the minimum liability therefor and will (a) pay to any Bank on request
such additional amount as such Bank certifies will result in the net amount
received by it after all deductions being equal to the full amount which would
have been receivable had there been no deduction or withholding and (b) pay
forthwith to the relevant authorities the full amount of the deduction or
withholding and deliver to the Agent such an official receipt, certificate or
other proof evidencing the amount paid in respect of such deduction or
withholding. Any additional amount paid under this sub-clause shall not be
treated as interest but as agreed compensation. 


              (c)  If any payment by any Borrower is made to or for the account 
of any Bank after deduction for or on account of tax, and additional payments
are made by the Borrower then, if any Bank shall receive or be granted a credit
against or remission for such tax, such Bank shall, to the extent that it can do
so without prejudice to the retention of the amount of such credit or remission,
reimburse to such Borrower such amount as such Bank shall, in its absolute
opinion, have concluded to be attributable to the relevant tax or deduction or
withholding. Nothing herein contained shall interfere with the right of any Bank
to arrange its affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit and, in particular, the
Banks shall not be under any obligation to claim relief from its corporation
profits or similar tax liability in respect of such tax in priority to any other
claims, reliefs, credits or deductions available to it nor oblige any Bank to
disclose any information relating to its tax affairs. Such reimbursement shall
be made as soon as reasonably practical upon such Bank certifying that the
amount of such credit or remission has been received by it. 



                                      -26



<PAGE>   32



         3.6  Payment on Non-Business Day; Payment Computations. Except as
otherwise provided in this Agreement to the contrary, whenever any installment
of principal of, or interest on, any Loan or any other amount due hereunder
becomes due and payable on a day which is not a Business Day, the maturity
thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, in the case
of any installment of principal, interest shall be payable thereon at the rate
per annum determined in accordance with this Agreement during such extension.
Computations of interest and other amounts due under this Agreement shall be
made on the basis of a year of 360 days or as determined by custom and practice
in the relevant market with respect to any Loan denominated in a Permitted
Currency other than Dollars, for the actual number of days elapsed, including
the first day but excluding the last day of the relevant period. 

         3.7  Additional Costs. (a) In the event that any applicable law, 
treaty, rule or regulation (whether domestic or foreign) now or hereafter in
effect and whether or not presently applicable to any Bank or the Agent, or any
interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority charged
with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Bank or
the Agent with any directive of any such authority (whether or not having the
force of law), shall (i) affect the basis of taxation of payments to any Bank or
the Agent of any amounts payable by any Borrower under this Agreement (other
than taxes imposed on the overall net income of the Bank or the Agent, by the
jurisdiction, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such
jurisdiction, in which any Bank or the Agent, as the case may be, has its
principal office), or (ii) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve,
special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for
the account of, or credit extended by any Bank or the Agent, as the case may be,
or (iii) shall impose any other condition with respect to this Agreement, the
Commitments, the Notes or the Advances, and the result of any of the foregoing
is to increase the cost to any Bank or the Agent, as the case may be, of making,
funding or maintaining any Loan or to reduce the amount of any sum receivable by
any Bank or the Agent, thereon, then the Borrowers shall pay to such Bank or the
Agent, as the case may be, from time to time, upon request by such Bank (with a
copy of such request to be provided to the Agent) or the Agent, additional
amounts sufficient to compensate such Bank or the Agent, as the case may be, for
such increased cost or reduced sum receivable to the extent, in the case of any
Eurocurrency Rate Loan, such Bank or the Agent, as the case may be, is not
compensated therefor in the computation of the interest rate applicable to such
Eurocurrency Rate Loan. Each Bank or the Agent, as the case may be, seeking
compensation hereunder shall deliver to the Borrowers a statement setting forth
(i) such increased cost or reduced sum receivable as such Bank or the Agent, as
the case may be, has calculated in good faith, (ii) a description of the event
giving rise thereto, and (iii) a calculation in reasonable detail of the amounts
requested. Such statement as to the amount of such increased cost or reduced sum
receivable, prepared in good faith and in reasonable detail by such Bank or the
Agent, as the case may be, and submitted by such Bank or the Agent, as the case
may be, to the Borrowers, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes
absent manifest error in computation. 

         (b)  In the event that any applicable law, treaty, rule or regulation
(whether domestic or foreign) now or hereafter in effect and whether or not
presently applicable to any Bank or the Agent, but applicable to banks or
financial institutions generally, or any interpretation or administration
thereof by any governmental authority charged with the interpretation or
administration thereof, or compliance by any Bank or the Agent with any
directive of any such authority (whether or not having the force of law),
including any risk-based capital guidelines, affects the amount of capital
required or expected to be maintained by such Bank or the Agent (or any
corporation controlling such Bank or the Agent) and such Bank or the Agent, as
the case may be, determines that the amount of such capital is increased by or
based upon the existence of such Bank's or the Agent's obligations hereunder and
such increase has the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Bank's or
the Agent's (or such controlling corporation's) capital as a consequence of such
obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Bank or the Agent (or
such



                                      -27-



<PAGE>   33


controlling corporation) could have achieved but for such circumstances (taking
into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount
deemed by such Bank or the Agent to be material, then the Borrowers shall pay to
such Bank or the Agent, as the case may be, from time to time, upon request by
such Bank (with a copy of such request to be provided to the Agent) or the
Agent, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Bank or the Agent (or
such controlling corporation) for any reduced rate of return which such Bank or
the Agent reasonably determines to be allocable to the existence of such Bank's
or the Agent's obligations hereunder. Each Bank or the Agent, as the case may
be, seeking compensation hereunder shall deliver to the Borrowers a statement
setting forth (i) such increased cost or reduced sum receivable as such Bank or
the Agent, as the case may be, has calculated in good faith, (ii) a description
of the event giving rise thereto, and (iii) a calculation in reasonable detail
of the amounts requested. Such statement as to the amount of such compensation,
prepared in good faith and in reasonable detail by such Bank or the Agent, as
the case may be, and submitted by such Bank or the Agent to the Borrowers, shall
be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error in computation.


         3.8  Illegality and Impossibility. In the event that any applicable
law, treaty, rule or regulation (whether domestic or foreign) now or hereafter
in effect and whether or not presently applicable to any Bank, or any
interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority charged
with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Bank
with any directive of such authority (whether or not having the force of law),
including without limitation exchange controls, shall make it unlawful or
impossible for any Bank to maintain any Advance under this Agreement or shall
make it impracticable, unlawful or impossible for, or shall in any way limit or
impair the ability of, any Borrower to make or any Bank to receive any payment
under this Agreement at the place specified for payment hereunder, or to freely
convert any amount paid into Dollars at market rates of exchange or to transfer
any amount paid or so converted to the address of its principal office specified
in Section 9.2, the Borrowers shall upon receipt of notice thereof from such
Bank, repay in full the then outstanding principal amount of each Loan so
affected, together with all accrued interest thereon to the date of payment and
all amounts owing to such Bank under Section 3.9, (a) on the last day of the
then current Interest Period applicable to such Loan if such Bank may lawfully
continue to maintain such Loan to such day, or (b) immediately if such Bank may
not continue to maintain such Loan to such day.

         3.9  Indemnification. If any Borrower makes any payment of principal 
with respect to any Loan on any other date than the last day of an Interest
Period applicable thereto, (whether pursuant to Section 3.8 or Section 6.2 or
otherwise), or if any Borrower fails to borrow or convert any Loan after notice
has been given to the Banks in accordance with Section 2.4 or Section 2.7, the
Borrowers shall reimburse each Bank on demand for any resulting net loss or
expense incurred by each such Bank after giving credit for any earnings or other
quantifiable financial benefit to such Bank from such Bank's investment or other
amounts prepaid or not reborrowed, including without limitation any loss
incurred in obtaining, liquidating or employing deposits from third parties,
whether or not such Bank shall have funded or committed to fund such Loan. A
statement as to the amount of such loss or expense, prepared in good faith and
in reasonable detail by such Bank and submitted by such Bank to the Borrowers,
shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error in
computation, provided that before delivery of such statement, each Bank shall
use reasonable efforts in accordance with its normal practices and procedures to
reduce amounts payable under this Section. Calculation of all amounts payable to
such Bank under this Section 3.9 shall be made as though such Bank shall have
actually funded or committed to fund the relevant Loan through the purchase of
an underlying deposit in an amount equal to the amount of such Loan and having a
maturity comparable to the related Interest Period; provided, however, that such
Bank may fund any Loan in any manner it sees fit and the foregoing assumption
shall be utilized only for the purpose of calculation of amounts payable under
this Section 3.9.


                                      -28-



<PAGE>   34



         3.10 Right of Banks to Fund Through Other Offices. Each Bank may
perform its Commitment to fund its pro rata share of any Eurocurrency Rate Loan
or, with respect to the Swing Line Bank, any Swing Line Loan to the Borrowers by
causing an affiliate of such Bank to provide such funds in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement. For all purposes of this Agreement, any amounts so
advanced shall be deemed to have been advanced by such Bank, and the obligation
of the Borrowers to repay such amounts shall be as provided in this Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE IV.
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         Each Borrower and each Guarantor represents and warrants to the Agent 
and the Banks that: 

         4.1  Corporate Existence and Power. Each Borrower and each Guarantor is
a Person duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of
the state or other political subdivision of its jurisdiction of incorporation or
organization, as the case may be, and is duly qualified to do business, and is
in good standing, in all additional jurisdictions where such qualification is
necessary under applicable law, except where the failure to be so qualified
would not have a material adverse effect on the business and financial condition
of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Each Borrower and each
Guarantor have all requisite corporate power to own or lease the properties used
in its business and to carry on its business as now being conducted and as
proposed to be conducted, and to execute and deliver the Loan Documents to which
it is a party and to engage in the transactions contemplated by the Loan
Documents.  

         4.2  Corporate Authority. The execution, delivery and performance by
each Borrower and each Guarantor of the Loan Documents to which it is a party
have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and are not in
contravention of any material law, rule or regulation, or any judgment, decree,
writ, injunction, order or award of any arbitrator, court or governmental
authority, or of the terms of such Borrower's or such Guarantor's charter or
by-laws, or of any material contract or undertaking to which such Borrower or
such Guarantor is a party or by which such Borrower or such Guarantor or any of
their property is bound and do not result in the imposition of any Lien except
for Permitted Liens. 

         4.3  Binding Effect. The Loan Documents when delivered hereunder will
be, legal, valid and binding obligations of each Borrower and each Guarantor
party thereto enforceable against each Borrower and each Guarantor party thereto
in accordance with their respective terms; except as such enforceability may be
limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar
laws relating to creditors' rights and except that the remedy of specific
performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief are subject to
equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any
proceedings may be brought. 

         4.4  Subsidiaries. Schedule 4.4 hereto correctly sets forth the 
corporate name, jurisdiction of incorporation and ownership of each Subsidiary
of each Borrower. Each Subsidiary and each corporation becoming a Subsidiary of
any Borrower after the date hereof is and will be a corporation duly organized,
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of
incorporation and is and will be duly qualified to do business in each
additional jurisdiction where such qualification is or may 


                                      -29-



<PAGE>   35



be necessary under applicable law, except where the failure to be so qualified
would not have a Material Adverse Effect. 

         4.5  Litigation. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.5 hereto, there is
no action, suit or proceeding pending or, to the best of each Borrower's and
each Guarantor's knowledge, threatened against or affecting any Borrower or any
of their respective Subsidiaries before or by any court, governmental authority
or arbitrator, which if adversely decided would result, either individually or
collectively, in any material adverse change in the business, properties,
operations or financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a
whole or in any Material Adverse Effect. 

         4.6  Financial Condition. The consolidated balance sheet of the 
Company and its Subsidiaries and the related consolidated statements of income,
shareholders equity and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the
fiscal year ended August 31, 1996 and reported on by KPMG Peat Marwick,
independent certified public accountants, and the interim consolidated balance
sheet, statements of income, and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries
as of and for the six-month period ended February 28, 1996, copies of which have
been furnished to the Banks, fairly present, and the financial statements of the
Company and its Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(d) will fairly
present the consolidated financial position of the Company and its Subsidiaries
as at the respective dates thereof, and the consolidated results of operations
of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the respective periods indicated, all in
accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles consistently applied
(subject, in the case of said interim statements, to normal year-end
adjustments). There has been no material adverse change in the financial
condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole since August 31,
1996. There is no material Contingent Liability of the Company that is not
reflected in such financial statements or in the notes thereto.

         4.7  Use of Loans. Each Borrower will use the proceeds of the Loans for
its general corporate purposes, including repayment of certain existing
revolving credits. No Borrower nor any of their respective Subsidiaries extends
or maintains, in the ordinary course of business, credit for the purpose,
whether immediate, incidental, or ultimate, of buying or carrying margin stock
(within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System), and no part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used for the
purpose, whether immediate, incidental, or ultimate, of buying or carrying any
such margin stock or maintaining or extending credit to others for such purpose.
After applying the proceeds of each Loan, such margin stock will not constitute
more than 25% of the value of the assets (either of any Borrower alone or of the
Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis) that are
subject to any provisions of this Agreement that may cause the Loans to be
deemed secured, directly or indirectly, by margin stock. 

         4.8  Consents, Etc. Except for such consents, approvals, 
authorizations, declarations, registrations or filings delivered by the
Borrowers or the Guarantors pursuant to Section 2.5(g), if any, each of which is
in full force and effect, no consent, approval or authorization of or
declaration, registration or filing with any governmental authority or any
nongovernmental person, including without limitation any creditor, lessor or
stockholder of any Borrower or any Guarantor, is required on the part of any
Borrower or any Guarantor in connection with the execution, delivery and
performance of the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or as
a condition to the legality, validity or enforceability of the Loan Documents.

         4.9  Taxes. Each Borrower and each of their respective Subsidiaries 
has filed all material tax returns (federal, state and local applicable in the
United States or any foreign jurisdiction) 


                                      -30-



<PAGE>   36


required to be filed and have paid all taxes shown thereon to be due, including
interest and penalties, or have established adequate financial reserves on their
respective books and records for payment thereof except where the failure to
file such returns, pay such taxes or establish such reserves would not have a
Material Adverse Effect. 

         4.10 Title to Properties. Except as otherwise disclosed in the latest
balance sheet delivered pursuant to this Agreement, a Borrower or one or more of
its Subsidiaries have good and marketable fee simple title to all of the real
property to the best of such Borrower's knowledge absent manifest error, and a
valid and indefeasible ownership interest in all of the other properties and
assets reflected in said balance sheet or subsequently acquired by a Borrower or
any such Subsidiary material to the business or financial condition of
Borrower's and their respective Subsidiaries taken as a whole, except for title
defects that do not have a Material Adverse Effect. All of such properties and
assets are free and clear of any Lien, except for Permitted Liens. 

         4.11 ERISA. The Borrowers, their respective Subsidiaries, their ERISA 
Affiliates and their respective Plans are in substantial compliance in all
material respects with those provisions of ERISA and of the Code which are
applicable with respect to any Plan. No Prohibited Transaction and no Reportable
Event has occurred with respect to any such Plan which would cause an Event of
Default. No Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries nor any of their
ERISA Affiliates is an employer with respect to any Multiemployer Plan. The
Borrowers, their respective Subsidiaries and their ERISA Affiliates have met the
minimum funding requirements under ERISA and the Code with respect to each of
their respective Plans, if any, and have not incurred any liability to the PBGC,
other than premiums which are not yet due and payable. The execution, delivery
and performance of the Loan Documents does not constitute a Prohibited
Transaction. There is no material unfunded benefit liability, determined in
accordance with Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA, with respect to any Plan of any
Borrower, their respective Subsidiaries or their ERISA Affiliates. 

         4.12 Disclosure. No report or other information furnished in writing 
or on behalf of any Borrower or any Guarantor to any Bank or the Agent in
connection with the negotiation or administration of this Agreement contains any
material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact or any fact
necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of
the circumstances in which they were made. Neither this Agreement, the Notes,
the Security Documents nor any other document, certificate, or report or
statement or other information furnished to any Bank or the Agent by or on
behalf of any Borrower or any Guarantor in connection with the transactions
contemplated hereby contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to
state a material fact in order to make the statements contained herein and
therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made.
There is no fact known to any Borrower or any Guarantor which has or which in
the future may have (so far as any Borrower or any Guarantor reasonably can now
foresee based on information currently available to such Borrower or any
Guarantor) a Material Adverse Effect, which has not been set forth in this
Agreement or in the other documents, certificates, statements, reports and other
information furnished in writing to the Banks by or on behalf of any Borrower in
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby. 

         4.13 Environmental and Safety Matters. The Borrowers and each of their
respective Subsidiaries is in compliance with all Environmental Laws in
jurisdictions in which such Borrower or any such Subsidiary owns or operates, or
has owned or operated, a facility or site, or arranges or has arranged for
disposal or treatment of hazardous substances, solid waste, or other wastes,
accepts or has accepted for transport any hazardous substances, solid wastes or
other wastes or holds or has held any interest in real property or otherwise. No
demand, claim, notice, action, administrative proceeding, 


                                      -31-



<PAGE>   37



investigation or inquiry whether brought by any governmental authority, private
person or entity or otherwise, arising under, relating to or in connection with
any Environmental Laws is pending or threatened against any Borrower or any of
their respective Subsidiaries, any real property in which any Borrower or any
such Subsidiary holds or has held an interest or any past or present operation
of any Borrower or any such Subsidiary. Neither any Borrower nor any of their
respective Subsidiaries (a) is the subject of any federal or state investigation
evaluating whether any remedial action is needed to respond to a release of any
toxic substances, radioactive materials, hazardous wastes or related materials
into the environment, (b) has received any notice of any toxic substances,
radioactive materials, hazardous waste or related materials in, or upon any of
its properties in violation of any Environmental Laws, (c) knows of any basis
for any such investigation, notice or violation, or (d) owns or operates, or has
owned or operated, property which appears on the United States National Priority
List or any other governmental listing which identifies sites for remedial
clean-up or investigatory actions, except as disclosed on Schedule 4.13 hereto,
and as to such matters disclosed on such Schedule, none will have a Material
Adverse Effect. No release, threatened release or disposal of hazardous waste,
solid waste or other wastes is occurring or has occurred on, under or to any
real property in which any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries
holds any interest or performs any of its operations, in violation of any
Environmental Law. 

         4.14 No Material Adverse Change. Neither any Borrower nor any of its
Subsidiaries has received any notice, citation or communication of the nature
referred to in Section 5.1(d)(i), except in respect of such matters as have been
or are being remediated in all material respects or are being contested or
remediated in good faith, and, in the case of any such matter being so contested
or remediated, and as of the date of this Agreement, adequate provision for all
material costs of any remediation is reflected in the financial statements
referred to in Section 4.6 of this Agreement, and in respect of any such notice,
citation or communication received after the date of this Agreement, will be
reflected in the subsequent financial statements furnished to the Agent and the
Banks pursuant to Sections 5.1(d)(ii), 5.1(d)(iii) and 5.1(d)(iv). 

         4.15 No Default. Neither any Borrower nor any Subsidiary is in default 
or has received any written notice of default under or with respect to any of
its Contractual Obligations in any respect which could have a Material Adverse
Effect. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. 

         4.16 No Burdensome Restrictions. No Requirement of Law or Contractual 
Obligation applicable to any Borrower or any Subsidiary could have a Material
Adverse Effect. 

                                   ARTICLE V.
                                   COVENANTS
         
         5.1  Affirmative Covenants. Each Borrower covenants and agrees that, 
until the Termination Date and thereafter until irrevocable payment in full of
the principal of and accrued interest on the Notes and the performance of all
other obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement, unless the Required
Banks shall otherwise consent in writing, it shall, and shall cause each of its
Subsidiaries to: 

              (a)  Preservation of Corporate Existence, Etc. Do or cause to be
done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect
its legal existence, except to the extent permitted by Section 5.2(g), and its
qualification as a foreign corporation in good standing in each jurisdiction in
which such qualification is necessary under applicable law.



                                      -32-



<PAGE>   38



              (b)  Compliance with Laws, Etc. Comply in all material respects 
with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental
authority, whether federal, state, local or foreign (including without
limitation ERISA, the Code and Environmental Laws), in effect from time to time;
and pay and discharge promptly when due all taxes, assessments and governmental
charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income, revenues or property,
before the same shall become delinquent or in default, as well as all lawful
claims for labor, materials and supplies or otherwise, which, if unpaid, would
give rise to Liens upon such properties or any portion thereof, except to the
extent that payment of any of the foregoing is then being contested in good
faith by appropriate legal proceedings and with respect to which adequate
financial reserves have been established on the books and records of any such
Borrower. 

              (c)  Maintenance of Properties; Insurance. Maintain, preserve and
protect all property that is material to the conduct of the business of any
Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries and keep such property in good
repair, working order and condition and from time to time make, or cause to be
made all needful and proper repairs, renewals, additions, improvements and
replacements thereto necessary in order that the business carried on in
connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times in accordance with
customary and prudent business practices for similar businesses; and, maintain
in full force and effect insurance with responsible and reputable insurance
companies or associations in such amounts, on such terms and covering such
risks, as is usually carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and
owning similar properties similarly situated and maintain in full force and
effect public liability insurance, insurance against claims for personal injury
or death or property damage occurring in connection with any of its activities
or any properties owned, occupied or controlled by it, in such amount as it
shall reasonably deem necessary.

              (d)  Reporting Requirements. Furnish to the Banks and the Agent 
the following:

                   (i)   Promptly and in any event within seven calendar days 
after becoming aware of the occurrence of (A) any Event of Default or Default,
or (B) the commencement of any material litigation against, by or affecting any
Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or (C) entering into any
material contract or undertaking that is not entered into in the ordinary course
of business or (D) any development in the business or affairs of any Borrower or
any of their respective Subsidiaries which has resulted in or which is likely in
the reasonable judgment of such Borrower, to result in a Material Adverse
Effect, a statement of the chief financial officer of such Borrower setting
forth details of each such Default or Event of Default or such litigation,
material contract or undertaking or development and the action which such
Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, has taken and proposes to take
with respect thereto; 

                   (ii)  As soon as available and in any event within 45 days
after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of
the Company, the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries
as of the end of such quarter, and the related consolidated statements of income
and cash flow for the period commencing at the end of the previous fiscal year
and ending with the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in
comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding date or period
of the preceding fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and duly certified
(subject to normal year-end adjustments) by the treasurer of the Company as
having been prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles, together with a certificate of the treasurer of the Company stating
(A) that no Event of Default or Default has occurred and is continuing or, if an
Event of Default or Default has occurred and is continuing, a statement setting
forth the details thereof and the action which the Company has taken and
proposes to take with respect thereto, and (B) that a computation (which


                                      -33-



<PAGE>   39


computation shall accompany such certificate and shall be in reasonable detail)
showing compliance with Section 5.2(a), (b), (c) and (d) hereof is in conformity
with the terms of this Agreement; 

                   (iii) As soon as available and in any event within 90 days 
after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a copy of the consolidated
balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal
year and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders equity and
cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, with a
customary audit report of KPMG Peat Marwick, or other independent certified
public accountants selected by the Company and acceptable to the Required Banks,
without qualifications unacceptable to the Required Banks, together with (A)
either (I) a written statement of the accountants that in making the examination
necessary for their report or opinion they obtained no knowledge of the
occurrence of any Default or Event of Default under this Agreement or (II) if
they know of any Default or Event of Default, their written disclosure of its
nature and status, provided that, the accountants shall not be liable directly
or indirectly to anyone for any failure to obtain knowledge of any Default or
Event of Default under this Agreement, and (B) a certificate of the treasurer of
the Company stating (I) that no Event of Default or Default has occurred and is
continuing or, if an Event of Default or Default has occurred and is continuing,
a statement setting forth the details thereof and the action which the Company
has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto, and (II) that a computation
(which computation shall accompany such certificate and shall be in reasonable
detail) showing compliance with Section 5.2(a), (b), (c) and (d) hereof is in
conformity with the terms of this Agreement; 


                   (iv)  Promptly after the sending or filing thereof, copies of
all reports, proxy statements and financial statements which any Borrower sends
to or files with any of their respective security holders or any securities
exchange or the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency
thereof; 

                   (v)   Promptly and in any event within 10 calendar days 
after receiving or becoming aware thereof (A) a copy of any notice of intent to
terminate any Plan of any Borrower, their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA
Affiliate filed with the PBGC, (B) a statement of the chief financial officer or
any other officer of such Borrower setting forth the details of the occurrence
of any Reportable Event with respect to any such Plan, (C) a copy of any notice
that any Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate
may receive from the PBGC relating to the intention of the PBGC to terminate any
such Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any such Plan, or (D) a copy of
any notice of failure to make a required installment or other payment within the
meaning of Section 412(n) of the Code or Section 302(f) of ERISA with respect to
any such Plan; and

                   (vi)  Promptly, such other information respecting the 
business, properties, operations or condition, financial or otherwise, of any
Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries as any Bank or the Agent may
from time to time reasonably request. 

              (e)  Accounting; Access to Records, Books, Etc. Maintain a system 
of accounting established and administered in accordance with sound business
practices to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and to comply with the requirements of
this Agreement and, at any reasonable time during normal business hours and from
time to time, (i) permit any Bank or the Agent or any agents or representatives
thereof to examine and make copies of and abstracts from the records and books
of account of, and visit the properties of, the Borrowers and their respective
Subsidiaries, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Borrowers
and their respective Subsidiaries with their respective directors, officers,
employees and independent auditors,


                                      -34-




<PAGE>   40



provided that representatives of the Company selected by the Company are present
during any such visit or discussion, and by this provision the Company does
hereby authorize such persons to discuss such affairs, finances and accounts
with any Bank or the Agent subject to the above terms and conditions and (ii)
permit the Agent and any of its agents or representative to conduct a
comprehensive field audit of its books, records, property and assets, which
audits shall be performed once per year (unless an Event of Default has occurred
in which case audits may be performed more frequently) and which audits shall be
at the expense of the Borrowers. In connection with any activities of the Agent
or any Bank pursuant to this Section 5.1(e), prior to any Default or Event of
Default hereunder, the Agent and each of the Banks: (i) shall endeavor to give
the Company three Business Days notice of any audit or visit, and (ii) shall
follow the Company's standard security procedures. 

              (f)  Stamp Taxes. The Borrowers will pay all stamp taxes and 
similar taxes, if any, including interest and penalties, if any, payable in
respect of the Notes. The efficacy of this subsection shall survive the payment
in full of the Notes. 

              (g)  Additional Security and Collateral. Promptly cause each 
person becoming a Domestic Subsidiary of any Borrower from time to time to
execute and deliver to the Banks and the Agent, within 30 days after such person
becomes a Domestic Subsidiary, a Guaranty, together with other related documents
described in Section 2.5, and, the Company shall pledge 65% of the stock of each
person becoming a Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower if such Foreign Subsidiary
is not financed outside of this Agreement, within 30 days after such person
becomes a Foreign Subsidiary, in each case sufficient to pledge such stock to
the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Banks and the Note Purchasers
pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement. Each Borrower shall notify the Banks
and the Agent, within 10 days after the occurrence thereof, any person's
becoming a Subsidiary.

              (h)  Further Assurances. Will execute and deliver within 30 days 
after request therefor by the Required Banks or the Agent, all further
instruments and documents and take all further action that may be necessary, in
order to give effect to, and to aid in the exercise and enforcement of the
rights and remedies of the Banks and the Agent under, this Agreement and the
Notes. In addition, the Company agrees to promptly deliver to the Agent and the
Banks supplements to Schedule 4.4 listing any Subsidiary not listed in Schedule
4.4 hereto. 

         5.2  Negative Covenants. Until the Tenmination Date and thereafter 
until irrevocable payment in full of the principal of and accrued interest on
the Notes and the performance of all other obligations of each Bonrower under
this Agreement, each Borrower agrees that, unless the Required Banks shall
otherwise consent in writing it shall not: 

              (a)  Cunrent Ratio. Permit or suffer the Consolidated Current
 Ratio to be less than 1.40 to 1.00 at any time.

              (b)  Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. Permit or suffer the 
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio to be less than, at any time, 3.0 to
1.0; calculated as of the end of each fiscal quarter for the four immediately
preceding fiscal quarters. 

              (c)  Tangible Net Worth. Permit or suffer Consolidated Tangible 
Net Worth at any time to be less than the sum of (i) $110,000,000 plus (ii) 75%
of the Net Cash Proceeds of Capital Stock of the Company offered or otherwise
sold after the Effective Date, plus (iii) an aggregate amount equal to 60% of
Consolidated Net Income (but, in each case, only if a positive number) for each
completed fiscal 



                                      -35-



<PAGE>   41



year of the Company commencing with the fiscal year ending August 31, 1997;
provided, that, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 1997, Consolidated Net
Income shall be calculated for the six-month period ending August 31, 1997. 

              (d)  Funded Indebtedness to Total Capitalization. Permit or 
suffer the ratio of Consolidated Funded Indebtedness to Consolidated Total
Capitalization at any time to exceed 0.60 to 1.0. 

              (e)  Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume or in any manner become 
liable in respect of, or suffer to exist, any Indebtedness other than: 

                   (i)   The Advances; 

                   (ii)  The Indebtedness described in Schedule 5.2(e) hereto, 
having the same terms as those existing on the date of this Agreement, but no
extension or renewal thereof shall be permitted; 

                   (iii) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of a Borrower owing to a
Borrower or to any other Subsidiary of a Borrower; 

                   (iv)  Interest rate or currency swaps, rate caps or other 
similar transactions with any Bank (valued in an amount equal to the highest
termination payment, if any, that would be payable by such person upon
termination for any reason on the date of determination) not exceeding the
aggregate amount of the Commitments; 

                   (v)   The Private Placement Debt in an aggregate principal 
amount not exceeding $50,000,000, together with guaranties of such Indebtedness
by Domestic Subsidiaries; 

                   (vi)  Unsecured Indebtedness of Jabil Malaysia in an 
aggregate amount not exceeding $30,000,000 and a guaranty by the Company of such
Indebtedness; provided, however, the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of Jabil
Malaysia shall not exceed the book value of its accounts receivable, inventory
and fixed assets as reported in the books of Jabil Malaysia and the terms and
conditions of such Indebtedness, including the form of guaranty to be executed
by the Company, shall be satisfactory to the Banks. 

              (f)  Liens. Create, incur or suffer to exist any Lien on any of 
the assets, rights, revenues or property, real, personal or mixed, tangible or
intangible, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, of any Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries, other than: 

                   (i)   Liens for taxes not delinquent or for taxes being 
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and as to which adequate
financial reserves have been established on its books and records; 

                   (ii)  Liens (other than any Lien imposed by ERISA) created 
and maintained in the ordinary course of business which are not material in the
aggregate and which constitute (A) pledges or deposits under worker's
compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, (B) good
faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts or leases to which a
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party for a purpose other than
borrowing money or obtaining credit, including rent security deposits, (C) liens
imposed by law, such as those of carriers, warehousemen and mechanics, if 


                                      -36-



<PAGE>   42



payment of the obligation secured thereby is not yet due, (D) Liens securing
taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet subject to
penalties for nonpayment, and (E) pledges or deposits to secure public or
statutory obligations of a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or surety,
customs or appeal bonds to which a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a
party; 

                   (iii) Liens affecting real property which constitute minor 
survey exceptions or defects or irregularities in title, minor encumbrances,
easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, rights of way, sewers,
electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or
zoning or other restrictions as to the use of such real property, provided that
all of the foregoing, in the aggregate, do not at any time materially detract
from the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the
operation of the businesses of a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; 

                   (iv)  Liens existing on the date hereof upon the same terms 
as the date hereof, but no extensions, renewals and replacements thereof shall
be permitted, with each existing Lien described in Schedule 5.2(f) hereto; 

                   (v)   Liens granted by any Subsidiary in favor of a Borrower 
or any other Subsidiary which are subordinated to the Liens of the Agent and the
Banks under the Security Documents on terms and pursuant to agreements
satisfactory to the Banks; 

                   (vi)  The interest or title of a lessor under any lease 
otherwise permitted under this Agreement with respect to the property subject to
such lease to the extent performance of the obligations of a Borrower or its
Subsidiary thereunder is not delinquent; and 

                   (vii) Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit 
of the Banks and the Note Purchasers contemplated by the Intercreditor
Agreement. 

              (g)   Merger; Acquisitions; Etc. Subject to Section 5.2(j), 
purchase or otherwise acquire, whether in one or a series of transactions, all
or a substantial portion of the business assets, rights, revenues or property,
real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible, of any person, or all or a
substantial portion of the capital stock of or other ownership interest in any
other person; nor merge or consolidate or amalgamate with any other person or
take any other action having a similar effect, nor enter into any joint venture
or similar arrangement with any other person, provided, however, that this
Section 5.2(g) shall not prohibit any merger, acquisition or joint venture if
(i) a Borrower shall be the surviving or continuing corporation thereof, (ii)
immediately before and after such merger or acquisition, no Default or Event of
Default shall exist or shall have occurred and be continuing and the
representations and warranties contained in Article IV shall be true and correct
on and as of the date thereof (both before and after such merger or acquisition
is consummated) as if made on the date such merger or acquisition is
consummated, (iii) the aggregate amount paid or payable in cash for (A) any
single merger, acquisition or joint venture by any Borrower does not exceed
$25,000,000 and (B) all such mergers, acquisitions or joint ventures by the
Borrowers after the Effective Date does not exceed $50,000,000, and (iv) prior
to the consummation of such merger or acquisition, the Company shall have
provided to the Banks an opinion of counsel and a certificate of the chief
financial officer of the Company (attaching computations and pro forma financial
statements to demonstrate compliance with all financial covenants hereunder both
before and after such merger, acquisition or joint venture has been completed),
each stating that such merger or acquisition complies with this Section 5.2(g)
and that any other conditions under this Agreement relating to such transaction
have been satisfied. 



                                      -37-



<PAGE>   43


              (h)  Disposition of Assets; Etc. Sell, lease, license, transfer, 
assign or otherwise dispose of all or a substantial portion of its business,
assets, rights, revenues or property, real, personal or mixed, tangible or
intangible, whether in one or a series of transactions, other than inventory
sold in the ordinary course of business upon customary credit terms and sales of
scrap or obsolete material or equipment, provided, however, that this Section
5.2(h) shall not prohibit any such sale, lease, license, transfer, assignment or
other disposition if the aggregate book value (disregarding any write-downs of
such book value other than ordinary depreciation and amortization) of all of the
business, assets, rights, revenues and property disposed of after the date of
this Agreement shall be less than $5,000,000 in the aggregate and if,
immediately before and after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default
shall exist or shall have occurred and be continuing. 

              (i)  Nature of Business. Make any substantial change in the 
nature of its business from that engaged in on the date of this Agreement or 
engage in any other businesses other than the design, development and 
manufacturing of computer-grade electronic products. 

              (j)  Investments, Loans and Advances. Subject to Section 5.2(g),
purchase or otherwise acquire any capital stock of or other ownership interest
in, or debt securities of or other evidences of Indebtedness of, any other
person; nor make any loan or advance of any of its funds or property or make any
other extension of credit to, or make any investment or acquire any interest
whatsoever in, any other person; nor incur any Contingent Liability; other than
(i) extensions of trade credit made in the ordinary course of business on
customary credit terms and commission, travel and similar advances made to
officers and employees in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) commercial
paper of any United States issuer having the highest rating then given by
Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or Standard & Poor's Corporation, direct
obligations of and obligations fully guaranteed by the United States of America
or any agency or instrumentality thereof, or certificates of deposit of any
commercial bank which is a member of the Federal Reserve System and which has
capital, surplus and undivided profit (as shown on its most recently published
statement of condition) aggregating not less than $100,000,000, provided,
however, that each of the foregoing investments has a maturity date not later
than 365 days after the acquisition thereof by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries, (iii) those investments, loans, advances and other transactions
described in Schedule 5.2(j) hereto, having the same terms as existing on the
date of this Agreement, but no extension or renewal thereof shall be permitted
and (iv) investments, loans and advances to any Subsidiary; provided, the
aggregate amount of such investments, loans and advances outstanding at any time
to Subsidiaries who are not a Guarantor shall not exceed $60,000,000. 

              (k)  Transactions with Affiliates. Enter into, become a party to,
or become liable in respect of, any contract or undertaking with any Affiliate
except in the ordinary course of business and on terms not less favorable to a
Borrower or any Subsidiary than those which could be obtained if such contract
or undertaking were an arms length transaction with a person other than an
Affiliate. 

              (l)  Sale and Leaseback Transactions. Become or remain liable in
any way, whether directly or by assignment or as a guarantor or other contingent
obligor, for the obligations of the lessee or user under any lease or contract
for the use of any real or personal property if such property is owned on the
date of this Agreement or thereafter acquired by a Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries and has been or is to be sold or transferred to any other person
and was, is or will be used by a Borrower or any such Subsidiary for
substantially the same purpose as such property was used by a Borrower or such
Subsidiary prior to such sale or transfer. 



                                      -38-



<PAGE>   44


              (m)  Negative Pledge Limitation. Enter into any Agreement, with 
any person, other than the Banks pursuant hereto or the Note Purchasers pursuant
to the Note Purchase Agreement, which prohibits or limits the ability of any
Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than Jabil Malaysia) to create, incur, assume
or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its assets, rights, revenues or
property, real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible, whether now owned or
hereafter acquired. 

              (n)  Inconsistent Agreements. Enter into any agreement containing
any provision which would be violated or breached by this Agreement or any of
the transactions contemplated hereby or by performance by any Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries of its obligations in connection therewith. 

              (o)  Accounting Changes. A Borrower shall not change its fiscal
year or make any significant changes (i) in accounting treatment and reporting
practices except as permitted by Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and
disclosed to the Banks, or (ii) in tax reporting treatment except as permitted
by law and disclosed to the Banks. 

              (p)  Additional Covenants. If at any time any Borrower shall enter
into or be a party to any instrument or agreement, including all such
instruments or agreements in existence as of the date hereof and all such
instruments or agreements entered into after the date hereof, relating to or
amending any terms or conditions applicable to any of its Indebtedness which
includes covenants, terms, conditions or defaults not substantially provided for
in this Agreement or more favorable to the lender or lenders thereunder than
those provided for in this Agreement, then the Borrowers shall promptly so
advise the Agent and the Banks. Thereupon, if the Agent shall request, upon
notice to the Borrowers, the Agent and the Banks shall enter into an amendment
to this Agreement or an additional agreement (as the Agent may request),
providing for substantially the same covenants, terms, conditions and defaults
as those provided for in such instrument or agreement to the extent required and
as may be selected by the Agent. In addition to the foregoing, any covenants,
terms, conditions or defaults in the Private Placement Documents not
substantially provided for in this Agreement or more favorable to the holders of
the Private Placement Debt issued in connection therewith, are hereby
incorporated by reference into this Agreement to the same extent as if set forth
fully herein, and no subsequent amendment, waiver or modification thereof shall
effect any such covenants, terms, conditions or defaults as incorporated herein.


                                  ARTICLE VI.
                                    DEFAULT

         6.1  Events of Default. The occurrence of any one of the following 
events or conditions shall be deemed an "Event of Default" hereunder unless
waived by the Required Banks pursuant to Section 9.1: 

              (a)  Nonpayment of Principal. Any Borrower shall fail to pay when 
due any principal of the Notes; or

              (b)  Nonpayment of Interest. Any Borrower shall fail to pay when 
due any interest or any fees or any other amount payable hereunder and such
failure shall remain unremedied for five days; or 



                                      -39-



<PAGE>   45


              (c)  Misrepresentation. Any representation or warranty made by 
any Borrower or any Guarantor in Article IV hereof, any other Loan Document or
any other certificate, report, financial statement or other document furnished
by or on behalf of any Borrower or any Guarantor in connection with this 
Agreement shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made
or deemed made; or 

              (d)  Certain Covenants. Any Borrower shall fail to perform or 
observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 5.2 hereof; or

              (e)  Other Defaults. Any Borrower or any Guarantor shall fail to 
perform or observe any other term, covenant or agreement contained in this
Agreement or any other Loan Document, and any such failure shall remain
unremedied for 15 calendar days (or such longer or shorter period of time as may
be specified in any Security Document); or 

              (f)  Cross Default. Any Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their 
respective Subsidiaries shall fail to pay any part of the principal of, the
premium, if any, or the interest on, or any other payment of money due under any
of its Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness hereunder), beyond any period of
grace provided with respect thereto, which individually or together with other
such Indebtedness as to which any such failure exists has an aggregate
outstanding principal amount in excess of $500,000; or any Borrower, any
Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall fail to perform or
observe any other term, covenant or agreement contained in any agreement,
document or instrument evidencing or securing any such Indebtedness having such
aggregate outstanding principal amount, or under which any such Indebtedness was
issued or created, beyond any period of grace, if any, provided with respect
thereto and such Borrower, such Guarantor or such Subsidiary has been notified
by the creditor of such default; and the effect of any such failure is either
(i) to cause, or permit the holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee on behalf
of such holders) to cause, any payment of such Indebtedness to become due prior
to its due date or (ii) to permit the holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee
on behalf of such holders) to elect a majority of the board of directors of such
Borrower, such Guarantor or such Subsidiary; or 

              (g)  Judgments. One or more judgments or orders for the payment of
money in an aggregate amount of $10,000,000 shall be rendered against or shall
affect any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or any other
judgment or order (whether or not for the payment of money) shall be rendered
against or shall affect any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries
which causes or could cause a Material Adverse Effect, and either (i) such
judgment or order shall have remained unsatisfied or uninsured for a period of
21 days and such Borrower or such Subsidiary shall not have taken action
necessary to stay enforcement thereof by reason of pending appeal or otherwise,
prior to the expiration of the applicable period of limitations for taking such
action or, if such action shall have been taken, a final order denying such stay
shall have been rendered, or (ii) enforcement proceedings shall have been
commenced by any creditor upon any such judgment or order; or 

              (h)  ERISA. The occurrence of a Reportable Event that results in 
or could result in material liability of any Borrower, any Subsidiary of any
Borrower or their ERISA Affiliates to the PBGC or to any Plan and such
Reportable Event is not corrected within thirty (30) days after the occurrence
thereof; or the occurrence of any Reportable Event which could constitute
grounds for termination of any Plan of any Borrower, their respective
Subsidiaries or their ERISA Affiliates by the PBGC or for the appointment by the
appropriate United States District Court of a trustee to administer any such
Plan and such Reportable Event is not corrected within thirty (30) days after
the occurrence thereof; or the filing by any Borrower, any Subsidiary of any
Borrower or any of their ERISA Affiliates of a notice of intent to


                                      -40-



<PAGE>   46


terminate a Plan or the institution of other proceedings to terminate a Plan; or
any Borrower, any Subsidiary of any Borrower or any of their ERISA Affiliates
shall fail to pay when due any material liability to the PBGC or to a Plan; or
the PBGC shall have instituted proceedings to terminate, or to cause a trustee
to be appointed to administer, any Plan of any Borrower, their respective
Subsidiaries or their ERISA Affiliates; or any person engages in a Prohibited
Transaction with respect to any Plan which results in or could result in
material liability of the any Borrower, any Subsidiary of any Borrower, any of
their ERISA Affiliates, any Plan of any Borrower, their respective Subsidiaries
or their ERISA Affiliates or fiduciary of any such Plan; or failure by any
Borrower, any Subsidiary of any Borrower or any of their ERISA Affiliates to
make a required installment or other payment to any Plan within the meaning of
Section 302(f) of ERISA or Section 412(n) of the Code that results in or could
result in liability of any Borrower, any Subsidiary of any Borrower or any of
their ERISA Affiliates to the PBGC or any Plan; or the withdrawal of any
Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their ERISA Affiliates
from a Plan during a plan year in which it was a "substantial employer" as
defined in Section 4001(9a)(2) of ERISA; or any Borrower, any of their
respective Subsidiaries or any of their ERISA Affiliates becomes an employer
with respect to any Multiemployer Plan without the prior written consent of the
Required Banks; or 

              (i)  Insolvency, Etc. Any Borrower or any Guarantor shall be
dissolved or liquidated (or any judgment, order or decree therefor shall be
entered), or shall generally not pay its debts as they become due, or shall
admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a
general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall institute, or there
shall be instituted against any Borrower or any Guarantor, any proceeding or
case seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent or seeking liquidation,
winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief or
composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency
or reorganization or relief or protection of debtors or seeking the entry of an
order for relief, or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other
similar official for it or for any substantial part of its assets, rights,
revenues or property, and, if such proceeding is instituted against any Borrower
or any Guarantor and is being contested by such Borrower in good faith by
appropriate proceedings, such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed
for a period of 60 days; or any Borrower or such Guarantor shall take any action
(corporate or other) to authorize or further any of the actions described above
in this subsection; or 

              (j)  Loan Documents. Any event of default described in any Loan
Document shall have occurred and be continuing, or any provision of Article VIII
hereof or of any Loan Document shall at any time for any reason cease to be
valid and binding and enforceable against any obligor thereunder, or the
validity, binding effect or enforceability thereof shall be contested by any
person, or any obligor, shall deny that it has any or further liability or
obligation thereunder, or any Loan Document shall be terminated, invalidated or
set aside, or be declared ineffective or inoperative or in any way cease to give
or provide to the Banks and the Agent the benefits purported to be created
thereby. 

              (k)  Chance of Control. The Company shall experience a Change of
Control. For purposes of this Section 6.1(k), a "Change of Control" shall occur
if during any twelve-month period (i) any person or group of persons (within the
meaning of Section 13 or 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended)
shall have acquired beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13D-3
promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under said Act) of 50% or
more in voting power of the voting shares of the Company that were outstanding
as of the date of this Agreement and (ii) a majority of the board of directors
of the Company shall cease for any reason to consist of individuals who as of a
date twelve months prior to any date compliance herewith is determined were
directors of the Company.


                                      -41-





<PAGE>   47
         6.2  Remedies. (a) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of
any Event of Default, the Agent may, with the consent of the Required Banks,
and, upon being directed to do so by the Required Banks, shall by notice to the
Borrowers (i) terminate the Commitments or (ii) declare the outstanding
principal of, and accrued interest on, the Notes and all other amounts owing
under this Agreement to be immediately due and payable, or (iii) demand
immediate delivery of cash collateral, and the Borrowers agree to deliver such
cash collateral upon demand, in an amount equal to the maximum amount that may
be available to be drawn at any time prior to the stated expiry of all
outstanding Letters of Credit, or any one or more of the foregoing, whereupon
the Commitments shall terminate forthwith and all such amounts, including cash
collateral, shall become immediately due and payable, provided that in the case
of any event or condition described in Section 6.1(i) with respect to any
Borrower, the Commitments shall automatically terminate forthwith and all such
amounts, including cash collateral, shall automatically become immediately due
and payable without notice; in all cases without demand, presentment, protest,
diligence, notice of dishonor or other formality, all of which are hereby
expressly waived. Such cash collateral delivered in respect of outstanding
Letters of Credit shall be deposited in a special cash collateral account to be
held by the Agent as collateral security for the payment and performance of the
Borrowers' obligations under this Agreement to the Banks and the Agent. 

              (b)  The Agent may, with the consent of the Required Banks, and, 
upon being directed to do so by the Required Banks, shall, in addition to the
remedies provided in Section 6.2(a), exercise and enforce any and all other
rights and remedies available to it or the Banks, whether arising under this
Agreement, the Notes, any other Loan Document or under applicable law, in any
manner deemed appropriate by the Agent, including suit in equity, action at law,
or other appropriate proceedings, whether for the specific performance (to the
extent permitted by law) of any covenant or agreement contained in this
Agreement or any other Loan Document or in aid of the exercise of any power
granted in this Agreement or any other Loan Document.  

              (c)  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event
of Default, each Bank may at any time and from time to time, without notice to
any Borrower (any requirement for such notice being expressly waived by each
Borrower) set off and apply against any and all of the obligations of each
Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement, whether owing to such
Bank or any other Bank or the Agent, any and all deposits (general or special,
time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at
any time owing by such Bank to or for the credit or the account of any Borrower
and any property of any Borrower from time to time in possession of such Bank,
irrespective of whether or not such Bank shall have made any demand hereunder
and although such obligations may be contingent and unmatured. Each of the
Borrowers hereby grants to the Banks and the Agent a lien on and security
interest in all such deposits, indebtedness and property as collateral security
for the payment and performance of the obligations of each Borrower under this
Agreement. The rights of such Bank under this Section 6.2(c) are in addition to
other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of
setoff) which such Bank may have. 

         6.3  Distribution of Proceeds of Collateral. All proceeds received by
the Agent pursuant to the Security Documents for application to the Bank
Obligations or any payments on any of the liabilities secured by the Security
Documents received by the Agent or any Bank upon and during the continuance of
any Event of Default shall be allocated and distributed as follows: 

              (a)  First, to the payment of all costs and expenses, including 
without limitation all attorneys' fees, of the Agent in connection with the
enforcement of the Security Documents and otherwise administering this
Agreement; 


                                      -42-



<PAGE>   48



              (b)  Second, to the payment of all costs, expenses and fees, 
including without limitation, commitment fees and attorneys fees, owing to the
Banks pursuant to the Bank Obligations on a pro rata basis in accordance with
the Bank Obligations consisting of fees, costs and expenses owing to the Banks
under the Bank Obligations, for application to payment of such liabilities; 

              (c)  Third, to the Banks on a pro rata basis in accordance with 
the Bank Obligations consisting of interest owing to the Banks under the Bank
Obligations, for application to payment of such liabilities; 

              (d)  Fourth, to the Banks on a pro rata basis in accordance with 
the Bank Obligations consisting of principal (including without limitation any 
cash collateral for any outstanding Letters of Credit) owing to the Banks under 
the Bank Obligations, for application to payment of such liabilities; 

              (e)  Fifth, to the payment of any and all other amounts owing to 
the Banks on a pro rata basis in accordance with the total amount of such
Indebtedness owing to each of the Banks, for application to payment of such
liabilities; and 

              (f)  Sixth, to the Borrowers or such other person as may be 
legally entitled thereto.

         6.4  Letter of Credit Liabilities. For the purposes of payments and 
distributions under Section 6.3, the full amount of Bank Obligations on account
of any Letter of Credit then outstanding but not drawn upon shall be deemed to
be then due and owing. Amounts distributable to the Banks on account of such
Bank Obligations under such Letter of Credit shall be deposited in a separate
interest bearing collateral account in the name of and under the control of the
Agent and held by the Agent first as security for such Letter of Credit Bank
Obligations and then as security for all other Bank Obligations and the amount
so deposited shall be applied to the Letter of Credit Bank Obligations at such
times and to the extent that such Letter of Credit Bank Obligations become
absolute liabilities and if and to the extent that the Letter of Credit Bank
Obligations fail to become absolute Bank Obligations because of the expiration
or termination of the underlying letters of credit without being drawn upon then
such amounts shall be applied to the remaining Bank Obligations in the order
provided in Section 6.3. Each Borrower hereby grants to the Agent, for the
benefit of the Banks, a lien and security interest in all such funds deposited
in such separate interest bearing collateral account, as security for all the
Bank Obligations as set forth above. 

                                  ARTICLE VII.
                             THE AGENT AND THE BANKS

         7.1  Appointment and Authorization. Each Bank hereby irrevocably 
appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and
to exercise such powers under this Agreement and the Loan Documents as are
delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with all such
powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article VII
are solely for the benefit of the Agent and the Banks, and the Borrowers shall
not have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions
hereof. In performing its functions and duties under this Agreement, the Agent
shall act solely as agent of the Banks and does not assume and shall not be
deemed to have assumed any obligation towards or relationship of agency or trust
with or for the Borrowers.


                                      -43-



<PAGE>   49

         7.2  Agent and Affiliates. First Chicago in its capacity as a Bank 
hereunder shall have the same rights and powers hereunder as any other Bank and
may exercise or refrain from exercising the same as though it were not the
Agent. First Chicago and its affiliates may (without having to account therefor
to any Bank) accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any
kind of banking, trust, financial advisory or other business with any Borrower
or any Subsidiary of any Borrower as if it were not acting as Agent hereunder,
and may accept fees and other consideration therefor without having to account
for the same to the Banks. 

         7.3  Scope of Agent's Duties. The Agent shall have no duties or
responsibilities except those expressly set forth herein, and shall not, by
reason of this Agreement, have a fiduciary relationship with any Bank, and no
implied covenants, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be
read into this Agreement or shall otherwise exist against the Agent. As to any
matters not expressly provided for by this Agreement (including, without
limitation, collection and enforcement actions under the Notes), the Agent shall
not be required to exercise any discretion or take any action, but the Agent
shall take such action or omit to take any action pursuant to the written
instructions of the Required Banks and may request instructions from the
Required Banks. The Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in
refraining from acting, pursuant to the written instructions of the Required
Banks, which instructions and any action or omission pursuant thereto shall be
binding upon all of the Banks; provided, however, that the Agent shall not be
required to act or omit to act if, in the judgment of the Agent, such action or
omission may expose the Agent to personal liability or is contrary to this
Agreement, the Notes or applicable law. 

         7.4  Reliance by Agent. The Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any
certificate, notice, document or other communication (including any cable,
telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or oral communication) believed by it to
be genuine and correct and to have been sent or given by or on behalf of a
proper person. The Agent may treat the payee of any Note as the holder thereof
unless and until the Agent receives written notice of the assignment thereof
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement signed by such payee and the Agent
receives the written agreement of the assignee that such assignee is bound
hereby to the same extent as if it had been an original party hereto. The Agent
may employ agents (including without limitation collateral agents) and may
consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrowers), independent
public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable to
the Banks, except as to money or property received by it or its authorized
agents, for the negligence or misconduct of any such agent selected by it with
reasonable care or for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good
faith in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts. 

         7.5  Default. The Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of the
occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, unless the Agent has received
written notice from a Bank or a Borrower specifying such Default or Event of
Default and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default". In the event that
the Agent receives such a notice, the Agent shall give prompt written notice
thereof to the Banks. 

         7.6  Liability of Agent. Neither the Agent nor any of its directors,
officers, agents, or employees shall be liable to the Banks for any action taken
or not taken by it or them in connection herewith with the consent or at the
request of the Required Banks or in the absence of its or their own gross
negligence or willful misconduct. Neither the Agent nor any of its directors,
officers, agents or employees shall be responsible for or have any duty to
ascertain, inquire into or verify (i) any recital, statement, warranty or
representation contained in this Agreement or any Note or any Guaranty, or in
any certificate, report, financial statement or other document furnished in
connection with this Agreement, (ii) the performance or


                                       -44-



<PAGE>   50


observance of any of the covenants or agreements of any Borrower or any
Guarantor, (iii) the satisfaction of any condition specified in Article II
hereof, or (iv) the validity, effectiveness, legal enforceability, value or
genuineness of this Agreement or the Notes or any collateral subject thereto or
any other instrument or document furnished in connection herewith. 

         7.7  Nonreliance on Agent and Other Banks. Each Bank acknowledges and
agrees that it has, independently and without reliance on the Agent or any other
Bank, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate,
made its own credit analysis of the Borrowers and decision to enter into this
Agreement and that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or
any other Bank, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem
appropriate at the time, continue to make its own analysis and decision in
taking or not taking action under this Agreement. The Agent shall not be
required to keep itself informed as to the performance or observance by any
Borrower or any Guarantor of this Agreement, the Notes or any other documents
referred to or provided for herein or to inspect the properties or books of any
Borrower or any Guarantor and, except for notices, reports and other documents
and information expressly required to be furnished to the Banks by the Agent
hereunder, the Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any
Bank with any information concerning the affairs, financial condition or
business of the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries which may come
into the possession of the Agent or any of its affiliates. 

         7.8  Indemnification. The Banks agree to indemnify the Agent (to the
extent not reimbursed by the Borrowers, but without limiting any obligation of
the Borrowers to make such reimbursement), ratably according to the respective
principal amounts of the Advances then outstanding made by each of them (or if
no Advances are at the time outstanding, ratably according to the respective
amounts of their Commitments), from and against any and all claims, damages,
losses, liabilities, costs or expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever
(including, without limitation, fees and disbursements of counsel) which may be
imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Agent in any way relating to or
arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or any
action taken or omitted by the Agent under this Agreement, provided, however,
that no Bank shall be liable for any portion of such claims, damages, losses,
liabilities, costs or expenses resulting from the Agent's gross negligence or
willful misconduct. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Bank agrees to
reimburse the Agent promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any
out-of-pocket expenses (including without limitation reasonable fees and
expenses of counsel) incurred by the Agent in connection with the preparation,
execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement
(whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal
advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, to the
extent that the Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by the Borrowers, but
without limiting the obligation of the Borrowers to make such reimbursement.
Each Bank agrees to reimburse the Agent promptly upon demand for its ratable
share of any amounts owing to the Agent by the Banks pursuant to this Section.
If the indemnity furnished to the Agent under this Section shall, in the
judgment of the Agent, be insufficient or become impaired, the Agent may call
for additional indemnity from the Banks and cease, or not commence, to take any
action until such additional indemnity is furnished. 

         7.9  Resignation of Agent. The Agent may resign as such at any time 
upon thirty days' prior written notice to the Borrowers and the Banks. In the
event of any such resignation, the Company and the Required Banks shall, by an
instrument in writing delivered to the Banks and the Agent, appoint a successor,
which shall be a Bank or any other commercial bank organized under the laws of
the United States or any State thereof and having a combined capital and surplus
of at least $500,000,000. If a successor is not so appointed or does not accept
such appointment before the Agent's resignation becomes effective, the resigning
Agent may appoint a temporary successor to act until such appointment by the



                                     -45- 



<PAGE>   51


Company and the Required Banks is made and accepted, which temporary successor
must also meet the standards set forth in the preceding sentence. Any successor
to the Agent shall execute and deliver to the Borrowers and the Banks an
instrument accepting such appointment and thereupon such successor Agent,
without further act, deed, conveyance or transfer shall become vested with all
of the properties, rights, interests, powers, authorities and obligations of its
predecessor hereunder with like effect as if originally named as Agent
hereunder. Upon request of such successor Agent, the Borrowers and the resigning
Agent shall execute and deliver such instruments of conveyance, assignment and
further assurance and do such other things as may reasonably be required for
more fully and certainly vesting and confirming in such successor Agent all such
properties, rights, interests, powers, authorities and obligations. The
provisions of this Article VII shall thereafter remain effective for such
resigning Agent with respect to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by such
Agent while acting as the Agent hereunder. 

         7.10 Sharing of Payments. The Banks agree among themselves that, in the
event that any Bank shall obtain payment in respect of any Advance or any other
obligation owing to the Banks under this Agreement through the exercise of a
right of set-off, banker's lien, counterclaim or otherwise in excess of its
ratable share of payments received by all of the Banks on account of the
Advances and other obligations (or if no Advances are outstanding, ratably
according to the respective amounts of the Commitments), such Bank shall
promptly notify the Agent and purchase from the other Banks participations in
such Advances and other obligations in such amounts, and make such other
adjustments from time to time, as shall be equitable to the end that all of the
Banks share such payment in accordance with such ratable shares. The Banks
further agree among themselves that if payment to a Bank obtained by such Bank
through the exercise of a right of set-off, banker's lien, counterclaim or
otherwise as aforesaid shall be rescinded or must otherwise be restored, each
Bank which shall have shared the benefit of such payment shall, by repurchase of
participations theretofore sold, return its share of that benefit to each Bank
whose payment shall have been rescinded or otherwise restored. The Borrowers
agree that any Bank so purchasing such a participation may, to the fullest
extent permitted by law, exercise all rights of payment, including set-off,
banker's lien or counterclaim, with respect to such participation as fully as if
such Bank were a holder of such Advance or other obligation in the amount of
such participation. The Banks further agree among themselves that, in the event
that amounts received by the Banks and the Agent hereunder are insufficient to
pay all such obligations or insufficient to pay all such obligations when due,
the fees and other amounts owing to the Agent in such capacity shall be paid
therefrom before payment of obligations owing to the Banks under this Agreement,
other than agency fees and arrangement fees payable pursuant to Section 2.3(d)
of this Agreement which shall be paid on a pro rata basis with amounts owing to
the Banks. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, if any Bank
or the Agent shall fail to remit to the Agent or any other Bank an amount
payable by such Bank or the Agent to the Agent or such other Bank pursuant to
this Agreement on the date when such amount is due, such payments shall be made
together with interest thereon for each date from the date such amount is due
until the date such amount is paid to the Agent or such other Bank at a rate per
annum equal to the rate at which borrowings are available to the payee in its
overnight federal funds market. It is further understood and agreed among the
Banks and the Agent that if the Agent or any Bank shall engage in any other
transactions with any Borrower and shall have the benefit of any collateral or
security therefor which does not expressly secure the obligations arising under
this Agreement except by virtue of a so-called dragnet clause or comparable
provision, the Agent or such Bank shall be entitled to apply any proceeds of
such collateral or security first in respect of the obligations arising in
connection with such other transaction before application to the obligations
arising under this Agreement. 

         7.11 Local Custom. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if
requested by the Required Banks, all Loans made hereunder shall be made in
compliance with applicable local market


                                      -46-



<PAGE>   52


custom and legal practice as determined solely by the Required Banks, whether or
not such custom and legal practices have the force of law; provided, that, the
Agent shall consult with the Company regarding compliance with local custom and
legal practice if such custom or legal practice does not have the force of law.

                                  ARTICLE VIII.
                                    GUARANTY

         As an inducement to the Banks and the Agent to enter into the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each Guarantor agrees with the
Banks and the Agent as follows: 

         8.1  Guarantee of Obligations. (a) Each Guarantor hereby (i)
guarantees, as principal obligor and not as surety only, to the Banks the prompt
payment of the principal of and any and all accrued and unpaid interest
(including interest which otherwise may cease to accrue by operation of any
insolvency law, rule, regulation or interpretation thereof) on the Advances and
all other obligations of each Borrower to the Banks and the Agent under this
Agreement when due, whether by scheduled maturity, acceleration or otherwise,
all in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Notes, including,
without limitation, default interest, indemnification payments and all
reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Banks and the Agent in connection
with enforcing any obligations of the Borrowers hereunder, including without
limitation the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel, (ii) guarantees the
prompt and punctual performance and observance of each and every term, covenant
or agreement contained in this Agreement and the Notes to be performed or
observed on the part of each Borrower, (iii) guarantees the prompt and complete
payment of all obligations and performance of all covenants of any Borrower
under any interest rate or currency swap agreements or similar transactions with
any Bank, and (iv) agrees to make prompt payment, on demand, of any and all
reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Banks or the Agent in connection
with enforcing the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder, including, without
limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel (all of the
foregoing being collectively referred to as the "Guaranteed Obligations").

              (b)  If for any reason any duty, agreement or obligation of any
Borrower contained in this Agreement shall not be performed or observed by any
Borrower as provided therein, or if any amount payable under or in connection
with this Agreement shall not be paid in full when the same becomes due and
payable, each Guarantor undertakes to perform or cause to be performed promptly
each of such duties, agreements and obligations and to pay forthwith each such
amount to the Agent for the account of the Banks regardless of any defense or
setoff or counterclaim which any Borrower may have or assert, and regardless of
any other condition or contingency. 

         8.2  Waivers and Other Agreements. Each Guarantor hereby 
unconditionally (a) waives any requirement that the Banks or the Agent, upon the
occurrence of an Event of Default first make demand upon, or seek to enforce
remedies against any Borrower before demanding payment under or seeking to
enforce the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder, (b) covenants that the
obligations of each Guarantor hereunder will not be discharged except by
complete performance of all obligations of the Borrowers contained in this
Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents, (c) agrees that the
obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect
without regard to, and shall not be affected or impaired, without limitation, by
any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability in whole or in part of this
Agreement, the Notes or any other Loan Document, or any limitation on the
liability of any Guarantor thereunder, or any limitation on the method or terms
of payment thereunder which may or 



                                      -47-



<PAGE>   53


hereafter be caused or imposed in any manner whatsoever (including, without
limitation, usury laws), (d) waives diligence, presentment and protest with
respect to, and any notice of default or dishonor in the payment of any amount
at any time payable by any Borrower under or in connection with this Agreement,
the Notes or any other Loan Document, and further waives any requirement of
notice of acceptance of, or other formality relating to, the obligations of any
Guarantor hereunder and (e) agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations shall include
any amounts paid by any Borrower to the Banks or the Agent which may be required
to be returned to any Borrower or to its representative or to a trustee,
custodian or receiver for any Borrower. 

         8.3  Nature of Guaranty. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder
constitute an absolute and unconditional and irrevocable guaranty of payment and
not a guaranty of collection and are wholly independent of and in addition to
other rights and remedies of the Banks and the Agent and are not contingent upon
the pursuit by the Banks and the Agent of any such rights and remedies, such
pursuit being hereby waived by each Guarantor. 

         8.4  Obligations Absolute. The obligations, covenants, agreements and
duties of each Guarantor under this Agreement shall not be released, affected or
impaired by any of the following whether or not undertaken with notice to or
consent of such Guarantor: (a) an assignment or transfer, in whole or in part,
of the Advances made to any Borrower or of this Agreement or any Note although
made without notice to or consent of such Guarantor, or (b) any waiver by any
Bank or the Agent or by any other person, of the performance or observance by
any Borrower of any of the agreements, covenants, terms or conditions contained
in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents, or (c) any indulgence in or
the extension of the time for payment by any Borrower of any amounts payable
under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or of the
time for performance by any Borrower of any other obligations under or arising
out of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the extension or renewal
thereof, or (d) the modification, amendment or waiver (whether material or
otherwise) of any duty, agreement or obligation of any Borrower set forth in
this Agreement or any other Loan Document (the modification, amendment or waiver
from time to time of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents being expressly
authorized without further notice to or consent of any Guarantor), or (e) the
voluntary or involuntary liquidation, sale or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of any Borrower or any receivership, insolvency,
bankruptcy, reorganization, or other similar proceedings, affecting any Borrower
or any of its assets, or (f) the merger or consolidation of any Borrower or the
Guarantors with any other person, or (g) the release of discharge of any
Borrower or any Guarantor from the performance or observance of any agreement,
covenant, term or condition contained in this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, by operation of law, or (h) any other cause whether similar or
dissimilar to the foregoing which would release, affect or impair the
obligations, covenants, agreements or duties of any Guarantor hereunder.

         8.5  No Investigation by Banks or Agent. Each Guarantor hereby waives
unconditionally any obligation which, in the absence of such provision, the
Banks or the Agent might otherwise have to investigate or to assure that there
has been compliance with the law of any jurisdiction with respect to the
Guaranteed Obligations recognizing that, to save both time and expense, each
Guarantor has requested that the Banks and the Agent not undertake such
investigation. Each Guarantor hereby expressly confirms that the obligations of
such Guarantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect without regard to
compliance or noncompliance with any such law and irrespective of any
investigation or knowledge of any Bank or the Agent of any such law. 

         8.6  Indemnity. As a separate, additional and continuing obligation,
each Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes and agrees with the
Banks and the Agent that, should the 


                                      -48-



<PAGE>   54


Guaranteed Obligations not be recoverable from such Guarantor under Section 8.1
for any reason whatsoever (including, without limitation, by reason of any
provision of this Agreement or the Notes or any other agreement or instrument
executed in connection herewith being or becoming void, unenforceable, or
otherwise invalid under any applicable law) then, not withstanding any knowledge
thereof by any Bank or the Agent at any time, each Guarantor as sole, original
and independent obligor, upon demand by the Agent, will make payment to the
Agent for the account of the Banks and the Agent of the Guaranteed Obligations
by way of a full indemnity in such currency and otherwise in such manner as is
provided in this Agreement and the Notes. 

         8.7  Subordination. Subrogation, Etc. Each Guarantor agrees that any
present or future indebtedness, obligations or liabilities of any Borrower to
such Guarantor shall be fully subordinate and junior in right and priority of
payment to any present or future indebtedness, obligations or liabilities of the
Borrower to the Banks and the Agent. Each Guarantor waives any right of
subrogation to the rights of any Bank or the Agent against any Borrower or any
other person obligated for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations and any right
of reimbursement or indemnity whatsoever arising or accruing out of any payment
which the Guarantor may make pursuant to this Agreement and the Notes, and any
right of recourse to security for the debts and obligations of any Borrower,
unless and until the entire principal balance of and interest on the Guaranteed
Obligations shall have been paid in full. 

         8.8  Waiver. To the extent that it lawfully may, each Guarantor agrees
that it will not at any time insist upon or plead, or in any manner whatsoever
claim or take any benefit or advantage of any applicable present or future stay,
extension or moratorium law, which may affect observance or performance of the
provisions of this Agreement or the Notes; nor will it claim, take or insist
upon any benefit or advantage of any present or future law providing for the
evaluation or appraisal of any security for its obligations hereunder or any
Borrower under this Agreement and under the Notes prior to any sale or sales
thereof which may be made under or by virtue of any instrument governing the
same; nor will it, after any such sale or sales claim or exercise any right,
under any applicable law, to redeem any portion of such security so sold. 


         8.9  Joint and Several Obligations; Contribution Rights. (a)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein or in any Note or in
any other Loan Document, the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder are joint
and several.

         (b) If any Guarantor makes a payment in respect of the Guaranteed
Obligations it shall have the rights of contribution set forth below against the
other Guarantors; provided that such Guarantor shall not exercise its right of
contribution until all the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been finally paid
in full in cash. If any Guarantor makes a payment in respect of the Guaranteed
Obligations that is smaller in proportion to its Payment Share (as hereinafter
defined) than such payments made by the other Guarantors are in proportion to
the amounts of their respective Payment Shares, the Guarantor making such
proportionately smaller payment shall, when permitted by the preceding sentence,
pay to the other Guarantors an amount such that the net payments made by the
Guarantor in respect of the Bank Obligations shall be shared among the
Guarantors pro rata in proportion to their respective Payment Shares. If any
Guarantor receives any payment that is greater in proportion to the amount of
its Payment Shares than the payments received by the other Guarantors are in
proportion to the amounts of their respective Payment Shares, the Guarantor
receiving such proportionately greater payment shall, when permitted by the
second preceding sentence, pay to the other Guarantors an amount such that the
payments received by the Guarantors shall be shared among the Guarantors pro
rata in proportion to their respective Payment Shares. Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary contained in this paragraph or in this



                                      -49-



<PAGE>   55

Agreement, no liability or obligation of any Guarantor that shall accrue
pursuant to this paragraph shall be paid nor shall it be deemed owed pursuant to
this paragraph until all of the Bank Obligations shall be finally paid in full
in cash. 

         For purposes hereof; the "Payment Share" of each Guarantor shall be the
sum of (a) the aggregate proceeds of the Guaranteed Obligations received by such
Guarantor plus (b) the product of (i) the aggregate Guaranteed Obligations
remaining unpaid on the date such Guaranteed Obligations become due and payable
in full, whether by stated maturity, acceleration, or otherwise (the
"Determination Date") reduced by the amount of such Guaranteed Obligations
attributed to such Guarantors pursuant to clause (a) above, times (ii) a
fraction, the numerator of which is such Guarantor's net worth on the effective
date of this Agreement (determined as of the end of the immediately preceding
fiscal reporting period of such Guarantor), and the denominator of which is the
aggregate net worth of all Guarantors on such effective date. 

              (c)  It is the intent of each Guarantor, the Agent and the Banks 
that each Guarantor's maximum Guaranteed Obligations shall be in, but not in
excess of: 

              (i)   in a case or proceeding commenced by or against such 
Guarantor under the Bankruptcy Code on or within one year from the date on which
any of the Guaranteed Obligations are incurred, the maximum amount that would
not otherwise cause the Guaranteed Obligations (or any other obligations of such
Guarantor to the Agent and the Banks) to be avoidable or unenforceable against
such Guarantor under (A) Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or (B) any state
fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance act or statute applied in such case
or proceeding by virtue of Section 544 of the Bankruptcy Code; or  

              (ii)  in a case or proceeding commenced by or against such 
Guarantor under the Bankruptcy Code subsequent to one year from the date on
which any of the Guaranteed Obligations are incurred, the maximum amount that
would not otherwise cause the Guaranteed Obligations (or any other obligations
of such Guarantor to the Agent and the Banks) to be avoidable or unenforceable
against such Guarantor under any state fraudulent transfer or fraudulent
conveyance act or statute applied in any such case or proceeding by virtue of
Section 544 of the Bankruptcy Code; 

              (iii) in a case or proceeding commenced by or against such 
Guarantor under any law, statute or regulation other than the Bankruptcy Code
(including, without limitation, any other bankruptcy, reorganization,
arrangement, moratorium, readjustment of debt, dissolution, liquidation or
similar debtor relief laws), the maximum amount that would not otherwise cause
the Guaranteed Obligations (or any other obligations of such Guarantor to the
Agent and the Banks) to be avoidable or unenforceable against such Guarantor
under such law, statute or regulation including, without limitation, any state
fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance act or statute applied in any such
case or proceeding. 


              (d)  The Guarantors acknowledge and agree that they have requested
that the Banks make credit available to the Borrowers with each Guarantor
expecting to derive benefit, directly and indirectly, from the loans and other 
credit extended by the Banks to the Borrowers. 



                                      -50-



<PAGE>   56


                                  ARTICLE IX.
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

         9.1  Amendments, Etc. (a) No amendment, modification, termination or 
waiver of any provision of this Agreement nor any consent to any departure
therefrom shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by
the Borrowers and the Required Banks and, to the extent any rights or duties of
the Agent may be affected thereby, the Agent, provided, however, that no such
amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent shall, without the
consent of the Agent and all of the Banks, (i) authorize permit the extension of
time for, or any reduction of the amount of, any payment of the principal of, or
interest on or the rate at which interest accrues on, the Notes or any
installment thereof or any Letter of Credit reimbursement obligation, or any
fees or other amount payable hereunder, (ii) amend or terminate the respective
Commitment of any Bank set forth on the signature pages hereof or modify the
provisions of this Section regarding the taking of any action under this Section
or the provisions of Section 7.10 or the definition of Required Banks, (iii)
amend or modify the Guaranty (other than any amendment solely for the purpose of
adding or deleting a Borrowing Subsidiary) or provide for the release or
discharge of any Guarantor's obligations under the Guaranty, (iv) provide for
the release of any material portion of the collateral subject to any Security
Document, (v) amend, modify or waive any other provision hereof requiring
consent of all of the Banks or (vi) increase the principal amount of the Swing
Line Facility. 

              (b)  Any such amendment, waiver or consent shall be effective only
in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. 

              (c)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Bank 
that is in default of any of its obligations, covenants or agreements under this
Agreement shall be entitled to vote (whether to consent or to withhold its
consent) with respect to any amendment, modification, termination or waiver of
any provision of this Agreement or any departure therefrom or any direction from
the Banks to the Agent, and, for purposes of determining the Required Banks at
any time when any Bank is in default under this Agreement, the Commitments and
Advances of such defaulting Banks shall be disregarded. 

         9.2  Notices. (a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 9.2(c) 
hereof, all notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and
shall be delivered or sent to the Borrowers in care of the Company at 10800
Roosevelt Blvd., St. Petersburg, Florida 33716, Attention: Chief Financial
Officer, Facsimile No. (813) 579-8529, and to the Agent and the Banks at the
respective addresses and numbers for notices set forth on the signatures pages
hereof, or to such other address as may be designated by any Borrower, the Agent
or any Bank by notice to the other parties hereto. All notices and other
communications shall be deemed to 'have been given at the time of actual
delivery thereof to such address, or if sent by certified or registered mail,
postage prepaid, to such address, on the third day after the date of mailing, or
if deposited prepaid with Federal Express or other nationally recognized
overnight delivery service prior to the deadline for next day delivery, on the
Business Day next following such deposit, provided, however, that notices to the
Agent shall not be effective until received. 

              (b)  Notices by a Borrower to the Agent with respect to 
terminations or reductions of the Commitments pursuant to Section2.2, requests 
for Advances pursuant to Section 2.4, requests for continuations or conversions
of Loans pursuant to Section 2.7 and notices of prepayment pursuant to Section
3.1 shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrowers. 

              (c)  Any notice to be given by a Borrower to the Agent pursuant to
Sections 2.4 or 2.7 and any notice to be given by the Agent or any Bank
hereunder, may be given by 


                                      -51-



<PAGE>   57

              (c)  Any notice to be given by a Borrower to the Agent pursuant to
Sections 2.4 or 2.7 and any notice to be given by the Agent or any Bank
hereunder, may be given by telephone, and all such notices given by a Borrower
must be immediately confirmed in writing in the manner provided in Section
9.2(a). Any such notice given by telephone shall be deemed effective upon
receipt thereof by the party to whom such notice is to be given. 

         9.3  No Waiver By Conduct; Remedies Cumulative. No course of dealing on
the part of the Agent or any Bank, nor any delay or failure on the part of the
Agent or any Bank in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall
operate as a waiver of such right, power or privilege or otherwise prejudice the
Agent's or such Bank's rights and remedies hereunder, nor shall any single or
partial exercise thereof preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise
of any other right, power or privilege. No right or remedy conferred upon or
reserved to the Agent or any Bank under this Agreement or any other Loan
Document is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every
right and remedy shall be cumulative, except as limited by this Agreement, and
in addition to every other right or remedy granted thereunder or now or
hereafter existing under any applicable law. Every right and remedy granted by
this Agreement or the Notes or any Guaranty or by applicable law to the Agent or
any Bank may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed
expedient by the Agent or any Bank and, unless contrary to the express
provisions of this Agreement or the Notes or such Guaranty, irrespective of the
occurrence or continuance of any Default or Event of Default. 

         9.4  Reliance on and Survival of Various Provisions. All terms,
covenants, agreements, representations and warranties of any Borrower or any
Guarantor made herein, in any Guaranty or in any certificate, report, financial
statement or other document furnished by or on behalf of any Borrower or any
Guarantor in connection with this Agreement shall be deemed to be material and
to have been relied upon by the Banks, notwithstanding any investigation
heretofore or hereafter made by any Bank or on such Bank's behalf, and those
covenants and agreements of the Borrowers set forth in Sections 3.7, 3.9 and 9.5
hereof shall survive the repayment in full of the Advances and the termination
of the Commitments for a period of one year from such repayment or termination.


         9.5  Expenses. (a) Each of the Borrowers agrees to pay, or reimburse 
the Agent for the payment of, on demand, (i) the reasonable fees, without
premium, and expenses of counsel to the Agent, including without limitation the
reasonable fees and expenses of Dickinson, Wright, Moon, Van Dusen & Freeman in
connection with the preparation, execution, delivery and administration of the
Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and
in connection with advising the Agent as to its rights and responsibilities with
respect thereto, and in connection with any amendments, waivers or consents in
connection therewith, and (ii) all stamp and other taxes and fees payable or
determined to be payable by the Agent or any Bank in connection with the
execution, delivery, filing or recording of this Agreement, the Notes and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and any and all
liabilities of the Agent and the Banks with respect to or resulting from any
delay in paying or omitting to pay such taxes or fees, and (iii) all reasonable
costs and expenses of the Agent and the Banks (including without limitation
reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, which counsel shall be acceptable to
the Required Banks, including without limitation counsel who are employees of
the Agent or the Banks, and whether incurred through negotiations, legal
proceedings or otherwise) in connection with any Default or Event of Default or
the enforcement of, or the exercise or preservation of any rights under the Loan
Documents or in connection with any refinancing or restructuring of the credit
arrangements provided under this Agreement and (iv) all reasonable costs and
expenses of the Agent and the Banks (including reasonable fees and expenses of
counsel) in connection with any action or proceeding relating to a court order,
injunction or other process or decree restraining or seeking to restrain the
Agent from paying any amount 


                                      -52-



<PAGE>   58


under, or otherwise relating in any way to, any Letter of Credit and any and all
costs and expenses which any of them may incur relative to any payment under any
Letter of Credit. 

              (b)  Each of the Borrowers hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold
harmless the Banks, the Issuing Bank and the Agent, their affiliates and their
respective officers; directors, employees and agents, harmless from and against
any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses of any kind
or nature whatsoever which the Banks, the Issuing Bank or the Agent or any such
person may incur or which may be claimed against any of them by reason of or in
connection with any Letter of Credit, and neither any Bank, the Issuing Bank nor
the Agent, their affiliates or any of their respective officers, directors,
employees or agents shall be liable or responsible for: (i) the use which may be
made of any Letter of Credit or for any acts or omissions of any beneficiary in
connection therewith; (ii) the validity, sufficiency or genuineness of documents
or of any endorsement thereon, even if such documents should in fact prove to be
in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, fraudulent or forged; (iii)
payment by the Issuing Bank to the beneficiary under any Letter of Credit
against presentation of documents which do not comply with the terms of any
Letter of Credit, including failure of any documents to bear any reference or
adequate reference to such Letter of Credit; (iv) any error, omission,
interruption or delay in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or
advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit; or (v) any
other event or circumstance whatsoever arising in connection with any Letter of
Credit; provided, however, that the Borrowers shall not be required to indemnify
the Banks, the Issuing Bank and the Agent and such other persons, and the
Issuing Bank shall be liable to the Borrowers to the extent, but only to the
extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or incidental, damages
suffered by any Borrower which were caused by (A) the Issuing Bank's wrongful
dishonor of any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary
thereunder of a draft or other demand for payment and other documentation
strictly complying with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit, or
(B) payment by the Issuing Bank to the beneficiary under any Letter of Credit
against presentation of documents which do not comply with the terms of the
Letter of Credit to the extent, but only to the extent, that such payment
constitutes gross negligence of wilful misconduct of the Issuing Bank. It is
understood that in making any payment under a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank
will rely on documents presented to it under such Letter of Credit as to any and
all matters set forth therein without further investigation and regardless of
any notice or information to the contrary, and such reliance and payment against
documents presented under a Letter of Credit substantially complying with the
terms thereof shall not be deemed gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the
Issuing Bank in connection with such payment. It is further acknowledged and
agreed that a Borrower may have rights against the beneficiary or others in
connection with any Letter of Credit with respect to which the Issuing Bank is
alleged to be liable and it shall be a precondition of the assertion of any
liability of the Issuing Bank under this Section that such Borrower shall first
have exhausted all remedies in respect of the alleged loss against such
beneficiary and any other parties obligated or liable in connection with such
Letter of Credit and any related transactions. 

              (c)  Each of the Borrowers hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold
harmless the Banks and the Agent, their affiliates and their respective
officers, directors, employees and agents, from and against any and all claims,
damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever
(including reasonable attorneys fees and disbursements incurred in connection
with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding whether or not
such person shall be designated as a party thereto) which the Banks or the Agent
or any such person may incur or which may be claimed against any of them by
reason of or in connection with entering into this Agreement or the transactions
contemplated hereby, including without limitation those arising under
Environmental Laws; provided, however, that the Borrowers shall not be required
to indemnify any such Bank and the Agent or such other person, to the 



                                      -53-



<PAGE>   59


extent, but only to the extent, that such claim, damage, loss, liability, cost
or expense is attributable to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such
Bank or the Agent, as the case may be. 

              (d)  In consideration of the execution and delivery of this 
Agreement by each Bank and the extension of the Commitments, each of the
Borrowers hereby indemnifies, exonerates and holds the Agent, each Bank, their
affiliates and each of their respective officers, directors, employees and
agents (collectively, the "Indemnified Parties") free and harmless from and
against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, losses, costs, liabilities
and damages, and expenses incurred in connection therewith (irrespective of
whether any such Indemnified Party is a party to the action for which
indemnification hereunder is sought), including reasonable attorneys' fees and
disbursements (collectively, the "Indemnified Liabilities"), incurred by the
Indemnified Parties or any of them as a result of, or arising out of, or
relating to: 

                   (i)   any transaction financed or to be financed in whole or 
in part, directly or indirectly, with the proceeds of any Advance;

                   (ii)  the entering into and performance of this Agreement 
and any other agreement or instrument executed in connection herewith by any of 
the Indemnified Parties (including without limitation any action brought by or
on behalf of any Borrower as the result of any determination by the Required 
Banks not to fund any Advance); 

                   (iii) any investigation, litigation or proceeding related to 
any acquisition or proposed acquisition by any Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries of any portion of the stock or assets of any person, whether or not
the Agent or such Bank is party thereto;  

                   (iv)  any investigation, litigation or proceeding related to 
any environmental cleanup, audit, compliance or other matter relating to the
protection of the environment or the release by any Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries of any Hazardous Material; or 

                   (v)   the presence on or under, or the escape, seepage, 
leakage, spillage, discharge, emission, discharging or releasing from, any real
property owned or operated by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any
Hazardous Material (including any losses, liabilities, damages, injuries, costs,
expenses or claims asserted or arising under any Environmental Law), regardless
of whether caused by, or within the control of, such Borrower or such
Subsidiary, except for any such Indemnified Liabilities arising for the account
of a particular Indemnified Party by reason of the activities of the Indemnified
Party on the property of any Borrower conducted subsequent to a foreclosure on
such property solely by reason of the relevant Indemnified Party's gross
negligence or willful misconduct, and if and to the extent that the foregoing
undertaking may be unenforceable for any reason, each of the Borrowers hereby
agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each
of the Indemnified Liabilities which is permissible under applicable law. Each
of the Borrowers shall be obligated to indemnify the Indemnified Parties for all
Indemnified Liabilities subject to and pursuant to the foregoing provisions,
regardless of whether the Company or any of its Subsidiaries had knowledge of
the facts and circumstances giving rise to such Indemnified Liability. 

         9.6  Successors and Assigns. (a) This Agreement shall be binding upon 
and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors
and assigns, provided that no Borrower may, without the prior consent of the
Banks, assign its rights or obligations hereunder or under the Notes and the
Banks shall not be obligated to make any Loan hereunder to any entity other than
the Borrowers. 


                                      -54-





<PAGE>   60
              (b) Any Bank may, without the prior consent of the Company or the
Agent sell to any financial institution or institutions, and such financial
institution or institutions may further sell, a participation interest
(undivided or divided) in, the Advances and such Bank's Commitment and rights
and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to the
extent of that participation interest such participant or participants shall
have the same rights and benefits against the Borrowers under Section 3.7, 3.9
and 6.2(c) as it or they would have had if such participant or participants were
the Bank making the Loans to the Borrowers hereunder, provided, however, that
(i) such Bank's obligations under this Agreement shall remain unmodified and
fully effective and enforceable against such Bank, (ii) such Bank shall remain
solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such
obligations, (iii) such Bank shall remain the holder of its Notes for all
purposes of this Agreement, (iv) the Borrowers, the Agent and the other Banks
shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Bank in connection with
such Bank's rights and obligations under this Agreement, and (v) such Bank shall
not grant to its participant any rights to consent or withhold consent to any
action taken by such Bank or the Agent under this Agreement other than action
requiring the consent of all of the Banks hereunder. 

              (c) The Agent from time to time in its sole discretion may appoint
agents for the purpose of servicing and administering this Agreement and the
transactions contemplated hereby and enforcing or exercising any rights or
remedies of the Agent provided under this Agreement, the Notes or otherwise. In
furtherance of such agency, the Agent may from time to time direct that the
Borrowers provide notices, reports and other documents contemplated by this
Agreement (or duplicates thereof) to such agent. Each Borrower hereby consents
to the appointment of such agent and agrees to provide all such notices, reports
and other documents and to otherwise deal with such agent acting on behalf of
the Agent in the same manner as would be required if dealing with the Agent
itself. 

              (d) Each Bank may, with the prior consent of the Company and the
Agent, (in both cases, which consents shall not be unreasonably withheld) assign
to one or more banks or other entities all or a portion of its rights and
obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all or a
portion of its Commitment, the Advances owing to it and the Note or Notes held
by it); provided, however, that (i) each such assignment shall be of a uniform,
and not a varying, percentage of all rights and obligations, (ii) except in the
case of an assignment of all of a Bank's rights and obligations under this
Agreement, the amount of the Commitment of the assigning Bank being assigned
pursuant to each such assignment (determined as of the date of the Assignment
and Acceptance with respect to such assignment) shall in no event be less than
$10,000,000, and in integral multiples of $1,000,000 thereafter, or such lesser
amount as the Company and the Agent may consent to, (iii) the parties to each
such assignment shall execute and deliver to the Agent, for its acceptance and
recording in the Register, an Assignment an Acceptance in the form of Exhibit H
hereto (an "Assignment and Acceptance"), together with any Note or Notes subject
to such assignment and a processing and recordation fee of $3,500, and (iv) any
Bank may without the consent of the Company or the Agent, and without paying any
fee, assign to any Affiliate of such Bank that is a bank or financial
institution or to another Bank all or a portion of its rights and obligations
under this Agreement. Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording,
from and after the effective date specified in such Assignment and Acceptance,
(x) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent that
rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such
Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Bank hereunder
and (y) the Bank assignor thereunder shall, to the extent that rights and
obligations hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and
Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under
this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of
the remaining portion of an assigning Bank's rights and obligations under this
Agreement, such Bank shall cease to be a party hereto). 

                                      -55-




<PAGE>   61




              (e) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the
Bank assignor thereunder and the assignee thereunder confirm to and agree with
each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) other than as provided
in such Assignment and Acceptance, such assigning Bank makes no representation
or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements,
warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or
the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or
value of this Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant
hereto; (ii) such assigning Bank makes no representation or warranty and assumes
no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of any Borrower or the
perfommance or observance by any Borrower of any of its obligations under this
Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (iii)
such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement, together
with copies of the financial statements referred to in Section 4.6 and such
other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own
credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (iv)
such assignee will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent, such
assigning Bank or any other Bank and based on such documents and information as
it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions
in taking or not taking action under this Agreement; (v) such assignee appoints
and authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to
exercise such powers and discretion under this Agreement as are delegated to the
Agent by the terms hereof, together with such powers and discretion as are
reasonably incidental thereto; and (vi) such assignee agrees that it will
perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms
of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Bank. 

              (f) The Agent shall maintain at its address designated on the
signature pages hereof a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to and
accepted by it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of
the Banks and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Advances owing to,
each Bank from time to time (the "Register"). The entries in the Register shall
be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error, and the
Company, the Borrowing Subsidiaries, the Agent and the Banks may treat each
person whose name is recorded in the Register as a Bank hereunder for all
purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by
the Company or any Bank at any reasonable time and from time to time upon
reasonable prior notice. 

              (g) Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance executed by
an assigning Bank and an assignee, together with any Note or Notes subject to
such assignment, the Agent shall, if such Assignment and Acceptance has been
completed, (i) accept such Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) record the
information contained therein in the Register and (iii) give prompt notice
thereof to the Company. Within five Business Days after its receipt of such
notice, the Borrowers, at their own expense, shall execute and deliver to the
Agent in exchange for the surrendered Note or Notes a new Note to the order of
such assignee in an amount equal to the Commitment assumed by it pursuant to
such Assignment and Acceptance and, if the assigning Bank has retained a
Commitment hereunder, a new Note to the order of the assigning Bank in an amount
equal to the Commitment retained by it hereunder. Such new Note or Notes shall
be in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of
such surrendered Note or Notes, shall be dated the effective date of such
Assignment and Acceptance and shall otherwise be in substantially the form of
Exhibit H hereto. 

              (h) No Borrower shall be liable for any costs or expenses of any
Bank in effectuating any participation or assignment under this Section 9.6.


                                      -56-




<PAGE>   62



              (i) The Banks may, in connection with any assignment or
participation or proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Section
9.6, disclose to the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant
any information relating to the Borrowers. 

              (j) Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this
Agreement, any Bank may at any time create a security interest in, or assign,
all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including, without
limitation, the Loans owing to it and the Note or Notes held by it) in favor of
any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with Regulation A of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System; provided that such creation of a
security interest or assignment shall not release such Bank from its obligations
under this Agreement. 

          9.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
instrument and any of the parties hereto may execute this Agreement by signing
any such counterpart. 

          9.8 Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement is a
contract made under, and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with,
the law of the State of Illinois applicable to contracts made and to be
performed entirely within such State and without giving effect to choice of law
principles of such State. Each Borrower further agrees that any legal action or
proceeding with respect to this Agreement or the Notes or the transactions
contemplated hereby shall be brought in any court of the State of Illinois, or
in any court of the United States of America sitting in Illinois, and each
Borrower hereby irrevocably submits to and accepts generally and
unconditionally the jurisdiction of those courts with respect to its person and
property, and irrevocably appoints Chris Lewis, whose address is set forth in
Section 9.2, as its agent for service of process and irrevocably consents to
the service of process in connection with any such action or proceeding by
personal delivery to such agent or to the Borrowers or by the mailing thereof
by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid to the Borrowers at the
address set forth in Section 9.2. Nothing in this paragraph shall affect the
right of the Banks and the Agent to serve process in any other manner permitted
by law or limit the right of the Banks or the Agent to bring any such action or
proceeding against the Borrowers or property in the courts of any other
jurisdiction. Each Borrower hereby irrevocably waives any objection to the
laying of venue of any such suit or proceeding in the above described courts. 

          9.9 Table of Contents and Headings. The table of contents and the
headings of the various subdivisions hereof are for the convenience of reference
only and shall in no way modify any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

          9.10 Construction of Certain Provisions. If any provision of this
Agreement refers to any action to be taken by any person, or which such person
is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such
action is taken directly or indirectly by such person, whether or not expressly
specified in such provision.

          9.11 Integration and Severability. This Agreement and the Notes embody
the entire agreement and understanding between the Borrowers and the Agent and
the Banks, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, relating to
the subject matter hereof. In case any one or more of the obligations of any
Borrower under this Agreement or the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of
the remaining obligations of such Borrower and the other Borrowers shall not in
any way be affected or impaired thereby, and such invalidity, illegality or


                                      -57-

<PAGE>   63



unenforceability in one jurisdiction shall not affect the validity, legality or
enforceability of the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement or the
Notes in any other jurisdiction. 

          9.12 Independence of Covenants. All covenants hereunder shall be given
independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted
by any such covenant, the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or
would be otherwise within the limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid
the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default if such action is taken or
such condition exists. 

          9.13 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding any provisions of this
Agreement or the Notes, in no event shall the amount of interest paid or agreed
to be paid by any Borrower exceed an amount computed at the highest rate of
interest permissible under applicable law. If, from any circumstances
whatsoever, fulfillment of any provision of this Agreement or the Notes at the
time performance of such provision shall be due, shall involve exceeding the
interest rate limitation validly prescribed by law which a court of competent
jurisdiction may deem applicable hereto, then, ipso facto, the obligations to be
fulfilled shall be reduced to an amount computed at the highest rate of interest
permissible under applicable law, and if for any reason whatsoever any Bank
shall ever receive as interest an amount which would be deemed unlawful under
such applicable law such interest shall be automatically applied to the payment
of principal of such Bank's Advances outstanding hereunder (whether or not then
due and payable) and not to the payment of interest, or shall be refunded to the
Borrowers if such principal and all other obligations of the Borrowers to such
Bank have been paid in full. 

          9.14 Joint and Several Obligations; Contribution Rights; Savings
Clause. (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein or in any
Note or in any other Loan Document, the obligations of the Domestic Borrowers
hereunder and under the Notes and the other Loan Documents are joint and
several.  

              (b) If any Borrower makes a payment in respect of the Bank
Obligations it shall have the rights of contribution set forth below against the
other Borrowers; provided that no Borrower shall exercise its right of
contribution until all the Bank Obligations shall have been finally paid in full
in cash. If any Borrower makes a payment in respect of the Bank Obligations that
is smaller in proportion to its Payment Share (as hereinafter defined) than such
payments made by the other Borrowers are in proportion to the amounts of their
respective Payment Shares, the Borrower making such proportionately smaller
payment shall, when permitted by the preceding sentence, pay to the other
Borrowers an amount such that the net payments made by the Borrower in respect
of the Bank Obligations shall be shared among the Borrowers pro rata in
proportion to their respective Payment Shares. If any Borrower receives any
payment that is greater in proportion to the amount of its Payment Shares than
the payments received by the other Borrowers are in proportion to the amounts of
their respective Payment Shares, the Borrower receiving such proportionately
greater payment shall, when permitted by the second preceding sentence, pay to
the other Borrowers an amount such that the payments received by the Borrowers
shall be shared among the Borrowers pro rata in proportion to their respective
Payment Shares. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
paragraph or in this Agreement, no liability or obligation of any Borrower that
shall accrue pursuant to this paragraph shall be paid nor shall it be deemed
owed pursuant to this paragraph until all of the Bank Obligations shall be
finally paid in full in cash. 

              For purposes hereof, the "Payment Share" of each Borrower shall be
the sum of (a) the aggregate proceeds of the Bank Obligations received by such
Borrower plus (b) the product of (i) the aggregate Bank Obligations remaining
unpaid on the date such Bank Obligations become due and payable in full, whether
by stated maturity, acceleration, or otherwise (the "Determination Date")
reduced by the

                                      -58-




<PAGE>   64



amount of such Bank Obligations attributed to such Borrower pursuant to clause
(a) above, times (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is such Borrower's net
worth on the effective date of this Agreement (determined as of the end of the
immediately preceding fiscal reporting period of such Borrower), and the
denominator of which is the aggregate net worth of all Borrowers on such
effective date. 

              (c) It is the intent of each Borrower, the Agent and the Banks
that each Borrower's maximum Bank Obligations shall be, but not in excess of:

                  (i)   in a case or proceeding commenced by or against such
Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code on or within one year from the date on which
any of the Bank Obligations are incurred, the maximum amount that would not
otherwise cause the Bank Obligations (or any other obligations of such Borrower
to the Agent and the Banks) to be avoidable or unenforceable against such
Borrower under (A) Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or (B) any state
fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance act or statute applied in such case
or proceeding by virtue of Section 544 of the Bankruptcy Code; or 


                  (ii)  in a case or proceeding commenced by or against such
Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code subsequent to one year from the date on which
any of the Bank Obligations are incurred, the maximum amount that would not
otherwise cause the Bank Obligations (or any other obligations of such Borrower
to the Agent and the Banks) to be avoidable or unenforceable against such
Borrower under any state fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance act or
statute applied in any such case or proceeding by virtue of Section 544 of the
Bankruptcy Code; 

                  (iii) in a case or proceeding commenced by or against such
Borrower under any law, statute or regulation other than the Bankruptcy Code
(including, without limitation, any other bankruptcy; reorganization,
arrangement, moratorium, readjustment of debt, dissolution, liquidation or
similar debtor relief laws), the maximum amount that would not otherwise cause
the Bank Obligations (or any other obligations of such Borrower to the Agent and
the Banks) to be avoidable or unenforceable against such Borrower under such
law, statute or regulation including, without limitation, any state fraudulent
transfer or fraudulent conveyance act or statute applied in any such case or
proceeding. 

              (d) The Domestic Borrowers acknowledge and agree that they have
requested that the Banks make credit available to the Borrowers with each
Domestic Borrower expecting to derive benefit, directly and indirectly, from the
loans and other credit extended by the Banks to the Borrowers. 

              (e) The joint and several obligations of the Domestic Borrowers
described in this Section 9.14 shall remain in full force and effect without
regard to and shall not be released, affected or impaired by: (i) any amendment,
assignment, transfer, modification of or addition or supplement to the Bank
Obligations, this Agreement, any Note or any other Loan Document, except to the
extent any such amendment, assignment, transfer or modification specifically
relates to the matters set forth in Section 9.14; (ii) any extension,
indulgence, increase in the Bank Obligations or other action or inaction in
respect of any of the Loan Documents or otherwise with respect to the Bank
Obligations, or any acceptance of security for, or guaranties of, any of the
Bank Obligations or Loan Documents, or any surrender, release, exchange,
impairment or alteration of any such security or guaranties including without
limitation the failing to perfect a security interest in any such security or
abstaining from taking advantage or of realizing upon any guaranties or upon any
security interest in any such security; (iii) any default by any Borrower under,
or any lack of due execution, invalidity or unenforceability of, or any
irregularity or other defect in, any of the Loan Documents; (iv) any waiver by
the Banks or any other person of any required performance or 

                                      -59-




<PAGE>   65



otherwise of any condition precedent or waiver of any requirement imposed by any
of the Loan Documents, any guaranties or otherwise with respect to the Bank
Obligations; (v) any exercise or non-exercise of any right, remedy, power or
privilege in respect of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents; (vi)
any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of the assets of any Borrower or
any consolidation or merger of any Borrower with or into any other person,
corporation, or entity, or any transfer or other disposition by any Borrower or
any other holder of any shares of capital stock of any Borrower; (vii) any
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar proceedings involving or
affecting any Borrower; (viii) the release or discharge of any Borrower from
the performance or observance of any agreement, covenant, term or condition
under any of the Bank Obligations or contained in any of the Loan Documents by
operation of law; or (ix) any other cause whether similar or dissimilar to the
foregoing which, in the absence of this provision, would release, affect or
impair the obligations, covenants, agreements and duties of any Borrower
hereunder, including without limitation any act or omission by the Agent, or the
Bank or any other any person which increases the scope of such Borrower's risk;
and in each case described in this paragraph whether or not any Borrower shall
have notice or knowledge of any of the foregoing, each of which is specifically
waived by each Borrower. Each Borrower warrants to the Banks that it has
adequate means to obtain from each other Borrower on a continuing basis
information concerning the financial condition and other matters with respect to
the Borrowers and that it is not relying on the Agent or the Banks to provide
such information either now or in the future. 


              9.15 Waivers, Etc. Each Borrower unconditionally waives: (a)
notice of any of the matters referred to in Section 9.14(e) above; (b) all
notices which may be required by statute, rule or law or otherwise to preserve
any rights of the Agent, or the Bank, including, without limitation, presentment
to and demand of payment or performance from the other Borrowers and protect for
non-payment or dishonor; (c) any right to the exercise by the Agent, or the Bank
of any right, remedy, power or privilege in connection with any of the Loan
Documents; (d) any requirement that the Agent, or the Bank, in the event of any
default by any Borrower, first make demand upon or seek to enforce remedies
against, such Borrower or any other Borrower before demanding payment under or
seeking to enforce this Agreement against any other Borrower; (e) any right to
notice of the disposition of any security which the Agent, or the Bank may hold
from any Borrower or otherwise and any right to object to the commercial
reasonableness of the disposition of any such security; and (f) all errors
and omissions in connection with the Agent, or the Bank's administration of any
of the Bank Obligations, any of the Loan Documents', or any other act or
omission of the Agent, or the Bank which changes the scope of the Borrower's
risk, except as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the
Agent, or the Bank. The obligations of each Borrower hereunder shall be complete
and binding forthwith upon the execution of this Agreement and subject to no
condition whatsoever, precedent or otherwise, and notice of acceptance hereof or
action in reliance hereon shall not be required. 

              9.16 Relationship of this Agreement to the Original Loan
Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective on the Effective Date. On the
Effective Date, the outstanding Advances shall be considered a part of the
Advances under this Agreement for all purposes, as if made in accordance with
and pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. On and after the Effective Date,
(i) no further fees shall accrue to the Agent or Banks under the Original Loan
Agreement and all fees accrued to (but excluding) the Effective Date under such
agreement shall constitute accrued fees hereunder and be payable in accordance
with the terms hereof and (ii) the rights and obligations of the parties hereto
shall be governed solely by this Agreement, except in respect of any rights or
obligations arising prior to the Effective Date and which shall survive the
Effective Date, and except that each Borrower hereby reaffirms, and is hereby
deemed to make as of the Effective Date under and as defined in the Original
Loan Agreement, all representations and warranties made as of the Effective Date
under and as defined 

                                      -60-




<PAGE>   66



in the Original Loan Agreement, to the extent not otherwise modified by this
Agreement. All of the Advances and other Bank Obligations are a continuation of,
or replace and refund, as the case may be, the "Advances" and "Bank Obligations"
under and as defined in the Original Loan Agreement, and all Advances shall be
entitled to, and are secured by, the same collateral with the same priority, as
the "Advances" and other "Bank Obligations" under and as defined in the Original
Loan Agreement. This Agreement amends and restates in full the terms and
provisions of the Original Loan Agreement and is not intended to constitute a
novation or satisfaction of or a renunciation or cancellation or other discharge
or the indebtedness and other liabilities and obligations created under and
evidenced by the Original Loan Agreement. 

              9.17 Waiver of Jury Trial. The Borrowers, the Banks and the Agent,
after consulting or having had the opportunity to consult with counsel,
knowingly, voluntarily and intentionally waive any right either of them may have
to a trial by jury in any litigation based upon or arising out of this Agreement
or any other Loan Document or any of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement or any course of conduct, dealing, statements (whether oral or
written) or actions of any of them. Neither any Borrower, any Bank nor the Agent
shall seek to consolidate, by counterclaim or otherwise, any such action in
which a jury trial has been waived with any other action in which a jury trial
cannot be or has not been waived. These provisions shall not be deemed to have
been modified in any respect or relinquished by any party hereto except by a
written instrument executed by such party.





                                     -61-

<PAGE>   67



              IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement
to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above, but to be
effective as of on the 6th day of August, 1997, which shall be the Effective
Date of this Agreement, notwithstanding the day and year first above written. 



                                             JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.


                                             By: /s/ Chris Lewis
                                                -------------------------------
Witnessed by: /s/
             ----------------                   Its:     CFO
  Its: General Counsel                              ---------------------------
       ----------------------  


                                             JABIL CIRCUIT LTD.


                                             By: /s/ Chris Lewis
                                                -------------------------------
Witnessed by: /s/                                         
             ----------------                   Its:     CFO
  Its: General Counsel                              ----------------------------
       ----------------------  


                                             JABIL CIRCUIT OF MICHIGAN, INC.


                                             By: /s/ Chris Lewis
                                                --------------------------------
Witnessed by: /s/
             ----------------                   Its:     CFO
  Its: General Counsel                              ----------------------------
       ----------------------  


Address for Notices:                         THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO
                                             as a Bank an Agent


One First National Plaza                     By:         
Mail Suite ___________                          -------------------------------
Chicago, Illinois  60670
Attention: Kurt Price                           Its:   
Facsimile No.:  (312) 732-2991                      ---------------------------
Telephone No.:  (312) 432-1542

Commitment Amount:  $30,000,000

Initial Percentage of
  Total Commitments:  30%



                                      -62-

<PAGE>   68



              IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement
to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above, but to be
effective as of on the 6th day of August, 1997, which shall be the Effective
Date of this Agreement, notwithstanding the day and year first above written.


                                             JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.


                                             By: 
                                                -------------------------------
                                                Its:
                                                    ---------------------------


                                             JABIL CIRCUIT LTD.


                                             By: 
                                                -------------------------------
                                                Its:
                                                    ---------------------------


                                             JABIL CIRCUIT OF MICHIGAN, INC.


                                             By:
                                                -------------------------------
                                                Its:
                                                    ---------------------------


Address for Notices:                         THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO
                                             as a Bank an Agent


One First National Plaza                     By: /s/        
Mail Suite ___________                          -------------------------------
Chicago, Illinois  60670
Attention: _______________________              Its:     As Agent
Facsimile No.:  (312) 732-________                  ---------------------------
Telephone No.:  (312) 432-________

Commitment Amount:  $30,000,000

Initial Percentage of
  Total Commitments:  30%



                                      -62-

<PAGE>   69
Address for Notices:                         SUNTRUST BANK, TAMPA BAY




300 First Avenue South                      By: /s/
St. Petersburg, Florida                        --------------------------------
Attention:  Frank Coe
            Corporate Banking Division         Its: Vice President
                                                   ----------------------------
Facsimile No.:  (813) 892-4810
Telephone No.:  (813) 892-4954

Commitment Amount:  $20,000,000

Initial Percentage of
  Total Commitments:  20% 







                                      -63-


<PAGE>   70


Address for Notices:                           BARNETT BANK, N.A., PINELLAS   



200 Central Avenue, Suite 1800                 By: /s/ Michael S. Crowe
St. Petersburg, Florida                           -----------------------------
Attention: Michael Crowe                                 Michael S. Crowe
                                                  Its:   Senior Vice President 
                                                      -------------------------
Facsimile No.: (813) 892-1545 
Telephone No.: (813) 892-1518


Commitment Amount: $20,000,000

Initial Percentage of Total Commitments: 20%




                                       -64-

<PAGE>   71

Address for Notices:                           THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA



600 Peachtree Street, N.E., Suite 2700         By: /s/ P. Hawes
Atlanta, GA                                       -----------------------------
Attention: Frank Sandler                              P. Hawes
                                                  Its: Compt.
                                                      -------
Facsimile No.: (404) 888-8998 
Telephone No.: (404) 877-1505

Commitment Amount: $10,000,000


Initial Percentage of 
  Total Commitments: 10%



                                      -65-


<PAGE>   72



Address for Notices:                      CREDIT LYONNAIS ATLANTA AGENCY


One Peachtree Center                      By:    /s/ David M. Cawrse     
303 Peachtree Street, NW, Suite 4400         ----------------------------------
Atlanta, Georgia 30308                                DAVID M. CAWRSE
                                            Its: First Vice President & Manager
                                                -------------------------------


Attention: Christina Earnshaw 


Facsimile No.: (404) 584-5249 
Telephone No.: (404) 584-3700


Commitment Amount: $10,000,000

Initial Percentage of 
  Total Commitments: 10%



                                      -66-

<PAGE>   73



Address for Notices:                        MELLON BANK



One Mellon Bank Center                      By: /s/ Crawford A. Smith
Room 151-4400                                  --------------------------------
Pittsburgh Pennsylvania 15258-0001 
Attention: Cliff Smith                         Its: Asst. Vice President
                                                   ----------------------------

Facsimile No.: (412) 234-6375 
Telephone No.: (412) 234-2849


Commitment Amount: $10,000,000

Initial Percentage of 
  Total Commitments: 10%



                                      -67-

<PAGE>   74



                                   EXHIBIT A

                                   AGREEMENT

         Reference is made to the Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated as
of August 6, 1997 (as now or hereafter amended or modified from time to time,
the "Loan Agreement") among JABIL CIRCUIT, INC., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), certain borrowing subsidiaries designated therein from time to time
(the "Borrowing Subsidiaries, and collectively with the Company, the
"Borrowers"), the banks named therein (the "Banks") and THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK
OF CHICAGO, as agent for the Banks (the "Agent"). Terms defined in the Loan
Agreement are used herein with the same meaning.

         1. ________________, a ________________ corporation (the "New Borrowing
Subsidiary") has decided to become a Borrowing Subsidiary under the Loan
Agreement, with its address for notice as described next to its signature below.
The New Borrowing Subsidiary (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the
Loan Agreement, together with copies of documents and information as it has
deemed appropriate to make its own decision to enter into this Agreement; (ii)
agrees that it will perform in accordance with all of the obligations and comply
with all of the covenants that by the terms of the Loan Agreement and the other
Loan Documents are required to be performed by or complied with by it as a
Borrowing Subsidiary; and (iii) confirms that the representations and warranties
contained in Article IV of the Loan Agreement and in any other Loan Agreement
applicable to a Borrowing Subsidiary are true and correct as of the date hereof
as to the New Borrowing Subsidiary. 

         2. Upon execution and delivery of this Agreement to the Agent together
with all other items required pursuant to paragraph 3, the New Borrowing
Subsidiary shall be a party to the Loan Agreement and have the rights and
obligations of a Borrower and a Borrowing Subsidiary thereunder.

         3. This Agreement shall not become effective and the New Borrowing
Subsidiary shall not become a Borrowing Subsidiary under the Loan Agreement
until receipt by the Agent of the following documents and completion of the
following matters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent:

            (a) A certificate of incumbency of the Company and the New Borrowing
Subsidiary containing, and attesting to the genuineness of, the signatures of
those officers authorized to act on behalf of the New Borrowing Subsidiary in
connection with this Agreement, the Loan Agreement and the Notes and on behalf
of the Company in connection with this Agreement and the consummation by the New
Borrowing Subsidiary and the Company of the transactions contemplated herein,
certified as true and correct as of the effective date of this Agreement by a
duly authorized officer of the New Borrowing Subsidiary and the Company,
respectively; and 

            (b) The Notes, duly executed on behalf of the New Borrowing
Subsidiary, for each Bank;

         4. The Company and each Guarantor (a) fully consents to the New
Borrowing Subsidiary becoming a Borrowing Subsidiary; (b) agrees that the
Guaranty with respect to the indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of the
Borrowing Subsidiaries contained in Article VIII of the Loan Agreement in favor
of the Agent and the Banks is ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full
force and effect; and (c) confirms that all indebtedness, obligations and
liabilities of the Borrowing Subsidiaries, including the New Borrowing
Subsidiary, are guaranteed by the Guaranty.




<PAGE>   75



         5. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance
with, the laws of the State of Illinois.

         6. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by
different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so
executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall
constitute one and the same agreement. 

         7. Upon delivery of this executed Agreement to the Agent, the Agent
shall deliver a copy of this Agreement to each Bank, together with the original
Notes payable to each such Bank. 

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their duly authorized of officer thereunto duly authorized as of the
day and year first above written. 


                                             [NEW BORROWING SUBSIDIARY] 
- ---------------------------------

- ---------------------------------

- ---------------------------------
Attention: ______________________

Facsimile No.(__) ____ - ______              By:
                                                -------------------------------
                                                Its:
                                                    ---------------------------


                                             JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. 


                                             By:
                                                -------------------------------

                                                Its:
                                                    ---------------------------



                                      -2-




<PAGE>   76



                                             JABIL CIRCUIT OF MICHIGAN, INC.

                                             By:
                                                ------------------------------- 
                                                Its:
                                                    --------------------------- 


                                             THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,
                                             as Agent


                                             By:
                                                ------------------------------- 
                                                Its:
                                                    --------------------------- 


                                      -3-



<PAGE>   77




                                   EXHIBIT B

                     PLEDGE AGREEMENT AND IRREVOCABLE PROXY

         THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT dated as of May 30, 1996 (this "Pledge
Agreement"), is given by JABIL CIRCUIT, INC., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), in favor of NBD Bank, a Michigan banking corporation, as collateral
agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the "Collateral Agent").

                                    RECITALS

         A. Pursuant to a Loan Agreement, dated as of May 30, 1996, among the
Company, certain Borrowing Subsidiaries named therein, (the Borrowing
Subsidiaries and the Company may be referred to individually as a "Borrower"
and, collectively, as the "Borrowers"), the banks party thereto (the "Banks")
and NBD Bank, as agent for the Banks (the "Agent"), (as amended or modified from
time to time, including any agreement entered into in substitution therefor, the
"Loan Agreement"), the Banks have agreed to make Advances (as therein defined)
to the Borrowers. 

         B. Connecticut General Life Insurance Company, Life Insurance Company
of North America and Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (collectively, the Note
Purchasers" and, collectively with the Banks, the "Lenders") are parties to
separate Note Purchase Agreements with the Company, each dated as of May 30,
1996 (as amended or modified from time to time, including any agreement entered
into in substitution therefor, the "Note Purchase Agreement") pursuant to which
the Note Purchasers agreed, subject to the terms and conditions thereof, to
purchase $50,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Company's 6.89% Senior
Notes due May 30, 2004 (the "Notes"). 

         C. The Lenders and the Collateral Agent are parties to an Intercreditor
Agreement dated as of May 30, 1996 (the "Intercreditor Agreement"). 

         D. The Company has agreed to pledge to the Collateral Agent, for the
benefit of the Lenders, and grant a first-priority security interest to the
Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, in and to the collateral
described herein and to execute this Pledge Agreement.

         For value received and pursuant to the Loan Agreement, the Company
hereby pledges and assigns to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the
Lenders, and grants a first-priority security interest to the Collateral Agent,
for the benefit of the Lenders, in and to all of the outstanding capital stock
of the companies listed on the schedule attached hereto as Schedule l (the
"Pledged Subsidiaries", and said shares of stock, together with any other shares
and securities from time to time receivable or otherwise distributed in respect
of or in exchange for any or all of such shares, being called the "Pledged
Stock"), to secure, (a) the prompt and complete payment of all indebtedness and
other obligations of the Borrowers now or hereafter owing to the Banks or the
Agent under or on account of the Loan Agreement, or any letters of credit, notes
or other instruments issued to the Agent or the Banks pursuant thereto, (b) the
prompt and 

                    PLEDGE AGREEMENT AND IRREVOCABLE PROXY



                                      -1-


<PAGE>   78



complete payment of all indebtedness and other obligations of the Company now or
hereafter owing to the Note Purchasers under the Note Purchase Agreement or the
Notes, (c) the performance of the covenants of the Borrowers or any of their
Subsidiaries under the Loan Agreement, the Note Purchase Agreement, the Notes,
this Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement or any instrument or agreement
relating thereto and (d) the prompt and complete payment of all obligations of
the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries arising out of the Loan Agreement,
the Note Purchase Agreement, the Notes, this Agreement, the Intercreditor
Agreement or any instrument or agreement relating thereto, whether now or
hereafter owing to any of the Lenders or the Collateral Agent, in all cases, of
any kind whether now or hereafter existing, direct or indirect (including
without limitation any participation or assignment interest acquired by any
Lender in any such indebtedness, obligations or liabilities of any Borrower or
any Subsidiary of any Borrower to any other person), absolute or contingent,
joint and/or several, secured or unsecured, arising by operation of law or
otherwise, and whether incurred by any Borrower or any Subsidiary of any
Borrower as principal, surety, endorser, guarantor, accommodation party or
otherwise, including without limitation all principal and all interest
(including any interest accruing subsequent to any petition filed by or against
any Borrower or any Subsidiary of any Borrower under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code),
indemnity and reimbursement obligations, charges, expenses, fees, reasonable
attorneys' fees and disbursements and any other amounts owing thereunder (all of
the aforesaid indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of the Borrowers and
their respective Subsidiaries being herein called the "Secured Obligations", and
all of the documents, agreements and instruments among the Borrowers, the
Collateral Agent, the Lenders, or any of them, evidencing or securing the
repayment of, or otherwise pertaining to, the Secured Obligations being herein
collectively called the "Operative Documents"). The Company is herewith
delivering to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders originals of
all stock certificates of the Pledged Stock and/or taking such other action
acceptable to the Collateral Agent and the Lenders to perfect the security
interest in the Pledged Stock granted hereby. 

         The Company further represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the
Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders as follows: 

         1. Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants
that the Pledged Stock is represented by the stock certificate or certificates
or shares described on Schedule I hereto, and that such stock certificate or
certificates, accompanied by an instrument of assignment or transfer duly
executed in blank by the Company as the owner named in such stock certificate or
certificates, have been delivered to the Collateral Agent by the Company or,
with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary, if stock certificates do not exist, the
Company has noted the Collateral Agent's interest in the Pledged Stock on the
stock ledger or other books and records or taken such other action sufficient to
perfect the Collateral Agent's interest in the Pledged Stock. The Company
further represents and warrants that (a) the Pledged Stock is duly authorized
and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and constitutes 66% of all of
the issued and outstanding shares of the capital stock of each Foreign
Subsidiary set forth on Schedule 1, (b) the Company is the legal and beneficial
owner of the Pledged Stock, free and clear of all Liens other than the Lien of
the Collateral Agent hereunder, with full right and power to deliver, pledge and
assign the Pledged Stock to the Collateral Agent hereunder, and (c) the pledge
of the Pledged Stock pursuant to this Pledge Agreement creates in favor of the
Collateral Agent a valid and perfected first priority security interest in the
Pledged Stock enforceable against the Company and all third parties and securing
the payment of the Secured Obligations. 

                     PLEDGE AGREEMENT AND IRREVOCABLE PROXY


                                      -2-

<PAGE>   79



         2. Title; Stock Rights, Dividends, Etc. The Company will warrant and
defend the Collateral Agent's title to the Pledged Stock, and the security
interest herein created, against all claims of all persons, and will maintain
and preserve such security interest. It is understood and agreed that the
collateral hereunder includes any stock rights, stock dividends, liquidating
dividends, new securities, payments, distributions and proceeds (including cash
dividends and sale proceeds) and other property to which the Company may become
entitled by reason of the ownership of the Pledged Stock during the existence of
this Pledge Agreement, and any such property received by the Company shall be
held in trust and forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent to be held
hereunder in accordance with the terms of this Pledge Agreement. 

         3. Registration Rights. If any Pledged Subsidiary at any time or from
time to time proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities Act
of 1933, the Company will at each such time give notice to the Collateral Agent
of such Pledged Subsidiary's intentions so to do. Upon the request of the
Collateral Agent given 30 days after receipt of such notice, the Company will
cause all Pledged Stock of such Pledged Subsidiary to be included in the
registration statement proposed to be filed, all to the extent requisite to
permit the public sale or other public disposition of such Pledged Stock so
registered by the holders thereof. The costs and expenses of all such
registrations and qualifications under said Act shall be paid by the Company or
such Pledged Subsidiary, except that underwriting discounts and commissions in
respect of any Pledged Stock sold pursuant to any such registration statement
shall be borne by the sellers thereof. As expeditiously as possible after the
effective date of any such registration statement, the Company will deliver in
exchange for any certificates representing shares of Pledged Stock so registered
pursuant to such registration, which bear any restrictive legend, new Pledged
Stock certificates not bearing such legend or any similar legend. In the event
of any such registration, the Company hereby agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless the Collateral Agent and the Lenders as pledgee of the Pledged Stock
against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Collateral Agent
and the Lenders may become subject to the extent that such losses, claims,
damages or liabilities arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any such registration
statement, and any preliminary prospectus or filed prospectus, or in any
amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission
or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will
reimburse the Collateral Agent and the Lenders for any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by the Collateral Agent and the Lenders in connection with
investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage or liability. The
indemnifications contained in this paragraph shall include each person, if any,
who controls the Collateral Agent or any Lender. 

         4. Events of Default. The occurrence of any Event of Default (as
defined in the Loan Agreement) under the Loan Agreement or the occurrence of any
Event of Default (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement) under the Note
Purchase Agreement shall be deemed an "Event of Default" under this Pledge
Agreement. 

         5. Remedies. (a) Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default the
Collateral Agent shall have all of the rights and remedies provided by law
and/or by this Pledge Agreement, including but not 

                     PLEDGE AGREEMENT AND IRREVOCABLE PROXY


                                      -3-

<PAGE>   80



limited to all of the rights and remedies of a secured party under the Michigan
Uniform Commercial Code, and the Company hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent
to sell all or any part of the Pledged Stock at public or private sale and to
apply the proceeds of such sale to the costs and expenses thereof (including the
reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements incurred by the Collateral Agent)
and then to the payment of the other Secured Obligations in accordance with the
terms of the Intercreditor Agreement. Any requirement of reasonable notice shall
be met if the Collateral Agent sends such notice to the Company, by registered
or certified mail, at least 5 days prior to the date of sale, disposition or
other event giving rise to the required notice. The Collateral Agent or any
Lender may be the purchaser at any such sale. The Company expressly authorizes
such sale or sales of the Pledged Stock in advance of and to the exclusion of
any sale or sales of or other realization upon any other collateral securing
indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Lenders. The Collateral Agent
shall be under no obligation to preserve rights against prior parties. 

         (b) The Company hereby waives as to the Collateral Agent and the
Lenders any right of subrogation or marshalling of the Pledged Stock and other
collateral for indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Collateral Agent
and the Lenders. To this end, the Company hereby expressly agrees that any such
other collateral of the Company or any other party which the Collateral Agent or
any Lender may hold, or which may come to any of their possession, may be dealt
with in all respects and particulars as though this Pledge Agreement were not in
existence. The Company agrees and acknowledges that because of applicable
securities laws, the Collateral Agent may not be able to effect a public sale of
the Pledged Stock and sales at a private sale may be on terms less favorable
than if such securities were sold at a public sale and may be at a price less
favorable than a public sale. The Company agrees that all such private sales
made under the foregoing circumstances shall be deemed to have been made in a
commercially reasonable manner. 

         (c) The Company irrevocably designates, makes, constitutes and appoints
the Collateral Agent (and all persons designated by the Collateral Agent) as its
true and lawful attorney (and agent-in-fact) and the Collateral Agent, or the
Collateral Agent's agent, may, upon and after an Event of Default hereunder
which has not been waived, with notice to the Company if the Secured Obligations
have not been accelerated and without notice if the Secured Obligations have
been accelerated, take any action as the Collateral Agent reasonably deems
necessary under the circumstances to enforce or otherwise take action in respect
to the Pledged Stock as required hereby, or to carry out any other obligation or
duty of the Company under this Agreement. The Company shall pay all reasonable
fees and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, incurred
by the Collateral Agent in connection with such action. 

         6. Additional Remedies: Irrevocable Proxy. (a) Upon the occurrence of
any Event of Default, the Collateral Agent shall have also the right to vote the
Pledged Stock on all questions after giving notice to the Company of its
election to exercise such rights. In the absence of any such Event of Default,
the Company shall have the right to vote the Pledged Stock on all questions,
provided that voting by the Company of the Pledged Stock shall be in conformity
with performance of the obligations of the Company under the Operative
Documents.




                     PLEDGE AGREEMENT AND IRREVOCABLE PROXY



                                      -4-

<PAGE>   81



         (b) Whenever an Event of Default has occurred, the Collateral Agent may
transfer into its name, or into the name of its nominee or nominees, any or all
of the Pledged Stock and, as provided above, may vote any or all of the Pledged
Stock (whether or not so transferred) and may otherwise act with respect thereto
as though it were the outright owner thereof, the Company hereby irrevocably
constituting and appointing the Collateral Agent as the proxy and
attorney-in-fact of the Company, with full power of substitution, to do so. 

         (c) In furtherance of the foregoing, it is acknowledged that the
Collateral Agent may vote the Pledged Stock to remove the directors and officers
of any Pledged Subsidiary, and to elect new directors and officers of any
Pledged Subsidiary, who thereafter shall manage the affairs of such Pledged
Subsidiary, operate its properties and carry on its business and otherwise take
any action with respect to the business, properties and affairs of such Pledged
Subsidiary which such new directors shall deem necessary or appropriate,
including, but not limited to, the maintenance, repair, renewal or alteration of
any or all of the properties of such Pledged Subsidiary, the leasing,
subleasing, sale or other disposition of any or all of such properties, the
borrowing of money on the credit of such Pledged Subsidiary, and the employment
of attorneys, agents or other employees deemed by such new directors to be
necessary for the proper operation, conduct, winding up or liquidation of the
business, properties and affairs of such Pledged Subsidiary, and all revenues
from the operation, conduct, winding up or liquidation of the business,
properties and affairs of such Pledged Subsidiary after the payment of expenses
thereof shall be applied to the payment of the Secured Obligations. 

         (d) The Company agrees that the proxy granted in this paragraph 6 is
coupled with an interest and is and shall be both valid and irrevocable so long
as the Pledged Stock is subject to this Pledge Agreement. The Company further
acknowledges that the term of said proxy may exceed three years from the date
hereof. 

    7. Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy conferred upon or reserved to the
Collateral Agent and the Lenders under any Operative Document is intended to be
exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall be
cumulative in addition to every other right or remedy given hereunder or now or
hereafter existing under any applicable law. Every right and remedy of the
Collateral Agent and the Lenders under any Operative Document or under
applicable law may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed
expedient by the Collateral Agent and the Lenders. To the extent that it
lawfully may, the Company agrees that it will not at any time insist upon,
plead, or in any manner whatever claim or take any benefit or advantage of any
applicable present or future stay, extension or moratorium law, which may affect
observance or performance of any provisions of any Operative Document; nor will
it claim, take or insist upon any benefit or advantage of any present or future
law providing for the valuation or appraisal of any security for its obligations
under any Operative Document prior to any sale or sales thereof which may be
made under or by virtue of any instrument governing the same; nor will it, after
any such sale or sales, claim or exercise any right, under any applicable law to
redeem any portion of such security so sold. 

    8. Conduct No Waiver. No waiver of default shall be effective unless in
writing executed by the Collateral Agent and waiver of any default or
forbearance on the part of the Collateral Agent in 

                     PLEDGE AGREEMENT AND IRREVOCABLE PROXY


                                      -5-

<PAGE>   82



enforcing any of its rights under this Pledge Agreement shall not operate as a
waiver of any other default or of the same default on a future occasion or of
such right. 

    9. Governing Laws Definitions. This Pledge Agreement is a contract made
under, and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with, the law of
the State of Michigan applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely
within such State and without giving effect to choice of law principles of such
State. The Company agrees that any legal action or proceeding with respect to
this Pledge Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby may be brought in
any court of the State of Michigan, or in any court of the United States of
America sitting in Michigan, and the Company hereby submits to and accepts
generally and unconditionally the jurisdiction of those courts with respect to
its person and property, and irrevocably appoints the Chief Financial Officer
of the Company, at the Company's address set forth in the Loan Agreement, as
its agent for service of process and irrevocably consents to the service of
process in connection with any such action or proceeding by personal delivery
to such agent or to the Company or by the mailing thereof by registered or
certified mail, postage prepaid to the Company at its address set forth in the
Loan Agreement. Nothing in this paragraph shall affect the right of the
Collateral Agent to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or limit
the right of the Collateral Agent to bring any such action or proceeding
against the Company or its property in the courts of any other jurisdiction.
The Company hereby irrevocably waives any objection to the laying of venue of
any such suit or proceeding in the above described courts. Terms used but not
defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the
Intercreditor Agreement. Unless otherwise defined herein or in the
Intercreditor Agreement, terms used in Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code
in the State of Michigan are used herein as therein defined on the date hereof.
The headings of the various subdivisions hereof are for convenience of
reference only and shall in no way modify any of the terms or provisions
hereof. 

    10. Notices. All notices, demands, requests, consents and other
communications hereunder shall be delivered in the manner described in the Loan
Agreement. 

    11. Rights Not Construed as Duties. The Collateral Agent neither assumes nor
shall it have any duty of performance or other responsibility under any
contracts in which the Collateral Agent has or obtains a security interest
hereunder. If the Company fails to perform any agreement contained herein, the
Collateral Agent may but is in no way obligated to itself perform, or cause
performance of, such agreement, and the reasonable expenses of the Collateral
Agent incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by the Company under
paragraph 14. The powers conferred on the Collateral Agent hereunder are solely
to protect its interests in the Pledged Stock and shall not impose any duty upon
it to exercise any such powers. Except for the safe custody of any Pledged Stock
in its possession and accounting for monies actually received by it hereunder,
the Collateral Agent shall have no duty as to any Pledged Stock or as to the
taking of any necessary steps to preserve rights against prior parties or any
other rights pertaining to any Pledged Stock. 

    12. Amendments. None of the terms and provisions of this Pledge Agreement or
any schedule attached hereto may be modified or amended in any way except by an
instrument in writing executed by each of the parties hereto together with the
written consent of the Required Lenders (as defined in the Intercreditor
Agreement). 

                     PLEDGE AGREEMENT AND IRREVOCABLE PROXY


                                      -6-

<PAGE>   83



    13. Severability. If any one or more provisions of this Pledge Agreement
should be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity,
legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall
not in any way be affected, impaired or prejudiced thereby. 

    14. Expenses. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify the Collateral Agent from
and against any and all claims, losses and liabilities growing out of or
resulting from this Pledge Agreement (including, without limitation, enforcement
of this Pledge Agreement), except claims, losses or liabilities resulting from
the Collateral Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct. 

        (b) The Company will, upon demand, pay to the Collateral Agent an amount
of any and all reasonable expenses, including the reasonable fees and
disbursements of its counsel and of any experts and agents, which the Collateral
Agent may incur in connection with (i) the administration of this Pledge
Agreement, (ii) the custody, preservation, use or operation of, or the sale of,
collection from or other realization upon, any of the Pledged Stock, (iii) the
exercise or enforcement of any of the rights of the Collateral Agent hereunder
or under the Operative Documents, or (iv) the failure of the Company to perform
or observe any of the provisions hereof. 

    15. Successors and Assigns; Termination. This Pledge Agreement shall create
a continuing security interest in the Pledged Stock and shall be binding upon
the Company, its successors and assigns, and inure, together with the rights and
remedies of the Collateral Agent hereunder, to the benefit of the Collateral
Agent and its successors, transferees and assigns. Upon the payment in full in
immediately available funds of all of the Secured Obligations and the
termination of all commitments to lend under the Operative Documents, the
security interest granted hereunder shall terminate and upon such termination
the Collateral Agent shall assign, transfer and deliver without recourse and
without warranty the Pledged Stock to the Company (and any property received in
respect thereof) as has not theretofore been sold or otherwise applied pursuant
to the provisions of this Pledge Agreement. 

    16. Waiver of Jury Trial. The Collateral Agent and the Lenders, in accepting
this Pledge Agreement, and the Company, after consulting or having had the
opportunity to consult with counsel, knowingly, voluntarily and intentionally
waive any right any of them may have to a trial by jury in any litigation based
upon or arising out of this Pledge Agreement or any related instrument or
agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Pledge Agreement or
any course of conduct, dealing, statements (whether oral or written) or actions
of any of them. Neither the Collateral Agent, the Lenders, nor the Company shall
seek to consolidate, by counterclaim or otherwise, any such action in which a
jury trial has been waived with any other action in which a jury trial cannot be
or has not been waived. These provisions shall not be deemed to have been
modified in any respect or relinquished by either the Collateral Agent and the
Lenders or the Company except by a written instrument executed by all of them.


                     PLEDGE AGREEMENT AND IRREVOCABLE PROXY


                                      -7-

<PAGE>   84



    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Pledge Agreement to be duly
executed as of the day and year first above written. 


                                                JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.

                                                By: 
                                                   ----------------------------

                                                   Its:
                                                       ------------------------






Accepted and Agreed: 

NBD BANK, as Collateral Agent 

By: 
   ----------------------------
   Its: 
       ------------------------













                     PLEDGE AGREEMENT AND IRREVOCABLE PROXY



                                      -8-

<PAGE>   85



                                   EXHIBIT C

                             REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

$_____________                                                  August 6, 1997


         FOR VALUE RECEIVIED, _________________, a ____________________
corporation (the "Borrower"), hereby promises to pay to the order of 
________________, a _________________ (the "Bank"), at the principal banking
office of the Agent in lawful money of the United States of America and in
immediately available funds, the principal sum of ___________________ Dollars
($____________), or such lesser amount as is recorded on the schedule attached
hereto, or in the books and records of the Bank, on the Termination Date; and to
pay interest on the unpaid principal balance hereof from time to time
outstanding, in like money and funds, for the period from the date hereof until
the Revolving Credit Loans evidenced hereby shall be paid in full, at the rates
per annum and on the dates provided in the Loan Agreement referred to below. 

         The Bank is hereby authorized by the Borrower to record on the schedule
attached to this Revolving Credit Note, or on its books and records, the date,
amount and type of each Revolving Credit Loan, the duration of the related
Interest Period (if applicable), the amount of each payment or prepayment of
principal thereon and the other information provided for on such schedule, which
schedule or such books and records, as the case may be, shall constitute prima
facie evidence of the information so recorded, provided, however, that any
failure by the Bank to record any such information shall not relieve the
Borrower of its obligation to repay the outstanding principal amount of such
Revolving Credit Loans, all accrued interest thereon and any amount payable with
respect thereto in accordance with the terms of this Revolving Credit Note and
the Loan Agreement. 

         The Borrower and each endorser or guarantor hereof waives demand,
presentment, protest, diligence, notice of dishonor and any other formality in
connection with this Revolving Credit Note. Should the indebtedness evidenced by
this Revolving Credit Note or any part thereof be collected in any proceeding or
be placed in the hands of attorneys for collection, the Borrower agrees to pay,
in addition to the principal, interest and other sums due and payable hereon,
all costs of collecting this Revolving Credit Note, including attorneys' fees
and expenses. 

         This Revolving Credit Note evidences one or more Revolving Credit Loans
made under an Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of August 6, 1997
(as amended or modified from time to time, the "Loan Agreement"), by and among
Jabil Circuit, Inc., the Borrowing Subsidiaries designated therein from time to
time, the banks (including the Bank) named therein and The First National Bank
of Chicago, as Agent for the banks, to which reference is hereby made for a
statement of the circumstances under which this Revolving Credit Note is subject
to prepayment and under which its due date may be accelerated and for a
description of the collateral and security securing this Revolving Credit Note.
Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Revolving Credit Note shall have
the respective meanings assigned to them in the Loan Agreement.




<PAGE>   86



         This Revolving Credit Note is made under, and shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Illinois in the same
manner applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such
State and without giving effect to choice of law principles of such State. By:



                                                   ---------------------------


                                                   By:   
                                                      ------------------------


                                                      Its:
                                                          --------------------
     






                             REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE


                                      -2-

<PAGE>   87



                           Schedule to Revolving Credit Note, dated 
                       August 6, 1997, made by ________________
                            in favor of ____________________________.




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Principal
                                                                         Amount
Trans-     Principal     Type                             Interest     Paid, Pre-       Principal
action     Amount of      of       Interest Period (if     paid or     Balance          Notation
Date         Loan        Loan*       Rate   applicable)  Converted     Outstanding      Made by
- ----         ----        -----       ----  -----------   ---------     -----------      -------
<S>        <C>           <C>       <C>     <C>           <C>           <C>              <C>


</TABLE>












- -------------------------------
* E - Eurocurrency Rate 
  F - Floating Rate





                             REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE
                                     - 3 -




<PAGE>   88



                                   EXHIBIT D

                                SWING LINE NOTE

                                                                  AUGUST 6, 1997


         FOR VALUE RECEIVED, ________________, a ___________________ corpora-
tion  (the "Borrower"), hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the order of
THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO (the "Bank"), at the principal banking
office of the Agent in lawful money of the United States of America and in
immediately available funds, the unpaid principal amount of the Swing Line
Loans as evidenced by the books and records of the Bank, on the Termination
Date or such earlier date as the Bank may require under the Loan Agreement
referred to below, when the entire outstanding principal amount of the Swing
Line Loans evidenced hereby, and all accrued interest thereon, shall be due and
payable; and to pay interest on the unpaid principal balance hereof from time
to time outstanding, in like money and funds, for the period from the date
hereof until the Swing Line Loans evidenced hereby shall be paid in full, at
the rates per annum on and the dates provided in the Loan Agreement referred to
below. 

         The Bank is hereby authorized by the Borrower to record on its books
and records the date and the amount of each Swing Line Loan, the applicable
interest rate, the amount of each payment or prepayment of principal thereon,
and the other information provided for in such books and records, which books
and records shall constitute prime facie evidence of the information so
recorded, provided, however, that any failure by the Bank to record any such
notation shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to repay the
outstanding principal amount of this Swing Line Note, all accrued interest
hereon and any amount payable with respect hereto in accordance with the terms
of this Swing Line Note and the Loan Agreement.

         The Borrower and each endorser or guarantor hereof waive presentment,
protest, notice of dishonor and any other formality in connection with this
Swing Line Note. Should the indebtedness evidenced by this Swing Line Note or
any part thereof be collected in any proceeding or be placed in the hands of
attorneys for collection, the Borrower agrees to pay, in addition to the
principal, interest and other sums due and payable hereon, all costs of
collecting this Swing Line Note, including attorneys' fees and expenses.

         This Swing Line Note evidences Swing Line Loans made under an Amended
and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of August 6, 1997 (as amended or modified
from time to time, the "Loan Agreement"), by and among Jabil Circuit, Inc., the
Borrowing Subsidiaries designated therein from time to time, the banks
(including the Bank) named therein, and The First National Bank of Chicago, as
agent for the Banks, to which reference is hereby made for a statement of the
circumstances under which this Swing Line Note is subject to prepayment and
under which its due date may be accelerated and a description of the collateral
and security securing this Swing Line Note. Capitalized terms used but not
defined in this Swing Line Note shall have the respective meanings assigned to
them in the Loan Agreement. 

         This Swing Line Note is made under, and shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Illinois in the same
manner applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such
State and without giving effect to choice of law principles of such State.


                                             ------------------------------

                                             By:
                                                --------------------------- 

                                                Its:      
                                                    -----------------------  

<PAGE>   89
                                   EXHIBIT E

                              REQUEST FOR ADVANCE

To each Bank party to
the referenced Loan Agreement
c/o The First National Bank of Chicago, as Agent for the Banks
One First National Plaza
Chicago, Illinois 60670

Attention: ____________________


         _______________________ (the "Borrower") hereby requests a [insert
Revolving Credit Loan or Letter of Credit Advance] pursuant to Section 2.4
of______________ the Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of August 6,
1997 (as amended or modified from time to time, the "Loan Agreement"), among
Jabil Circuit, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), the Borrowing
Subsidiaries designated from time to time, the Banks referenced therein and you,
as Agent for the Banks.

         [A Revolving Credit Loan is requested to be made in the amount of
______________ (specify amount of Dollars or the relevant Permitted Currency),
to be made on _______________, 19__ for the account of the Borrower and
evidenced by the Borrower's Revolving Credit Notes. Such Loan shall be a [insert
Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Floating Rate Loan] and the initial Interest Period,
if such requested Loan is a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, shall be [insert permitted
Interest Period].]

         [Such Letter of Credit Advance shall be made by the issuance by the
Agent of its Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower in the maximum
stated amount of $__________ to and for the benefit of____________  with a
stated expiry date of ____________, 199__, and containing the further terms and
conditions set forth in the attached letter of credit application to the Agent.]

         In support of this request, the Borrower hereby represents and
warrants to the Agent and the Banks that:

         1. The representations and warranties contained in Article IV of the
Loan Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the
date hereof, and will be true and correct in all material respects on the date
such Advance is made (both before and after such Advance is made), as if such
representations and warranties were made on and as of such dates.

         2. No Event of Default or Default has occurred and is continuing or
will exist on the date such Advance is made and such Advance shall not cause an
Event of Default or Default.

Acceptance of the proceeds of such Advance by the Borrower shall be deemed to
be a further representation and warranty by the Borrowers that the
representations and warranties made herein are true and correct in all material
respects at the time such proceeds are disbursed. Capitalized terms used but
not defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in the
Loan Agreement.

                                           [SIGNATURE OF REQUESTING BORROWER]


                                           By:                                 
                                              ---------------------------------
                                              Its:
                                                  -----------------------------


Dated:               , 199 
       --------------     --
    


<PAGE>   90

                                   EXHIBIT F



                                 August 6, 1997



Each of the Banks party to the
Loan Agreement referenced below
c/o The First National Bank of Chicago, as Agent for the Banks
One First National Plaza
Chicago, Illinois 60670

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         We refer to the Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of
August 6, 1997 (the "Loan Agreement") by and among Jabil Circuit, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the "Company"), Jabil Circuit of Michigan, Inc., a
Michigan corporation (the "Guarantor"), certain subsidiaries designated as
borrowing subsidiaries therein (the "Borrowing Subsidiaries", and collectively
with the Company, the "Borrowers"), the banks parties thereto the ("Banks")
and The First National Bank of Chicago, a national banking association located
in Chicago, Illinois, as agent for the Banks (in such capacity, the "Agent").
We have been requested by the Company and the Guarantor to give our opinion
pursuant to Section 2.5(f) of the Loan Agreement and, for purposes of this
opinion, the terms used in this opinion which are not defined herein shall have
the respective meanings, set forth in the Loan Agreement.

         We have examined the Loan Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan
Documents (collectively, the "Loan Documents") executed by the Company and the
Guarantor and certified copies of the Company's and the Guarantor's articles of
incorporation, by-laws and board of directors' resolutions authorizing the
Company's and the Guarantor's participation in the transactions contemplated by
the Loan Agreement. We have also examined the closing documents delivered
pursuant to the Loan Agreement and copies of all such documents and records of
the Company and the Guarantor and all such other documents and records, and
have made such investigations of law, as we have deemed necessary and relevant
as a basis for our opinion. With respect to material factual matters not
independently established by us, we have relied upon certificates of officers
of the Company and the Guarantor, which reliance we deem appropriate in the
circumstances.

         Based upon the foregoing, it is our opinion that:

         1. Each of the Company and the Guarantor is a corporation duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of
its incorporation and is duly qualified to do business, and is in good
standing, in all additional jurisdictions where such qualification is necessary
under applicable law. The Company and the Guarantor have all requisite
corporate power to own or lease the properties used in its business and to
carry on its business as now being conducted and as proposed to be conducted,
and to execute and deliver the Loan Documents to which it is a party and to
engage in the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

         2. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company and the
Guarantor of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly
authorized by all necessary corporate action and are not in contravention of
any law, rule or regulation, or any judgment, decree, writ, injunction, order
or award



<PAGE>   91

of any arbitrator, court or governmental authority, or of the terms of the
Company's or the Guarantor's respective charter or by-laws, or of any contract
or undertaking to which the Company or the Guarantor is a party or by which the
Company or the Guarantor or any of their property may be bound or affected and
will not result in the imposition of any Lien on any of their property except
for Permitted Liens.

         3. The Loan Documents to which the Company and the Guarantor is a
party are the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company and the
Guarantor, enforceable against the Company and the Guarantor in accordance with
their respective terms.

         4. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.5 of the Loan Agreement, there is
no action, suit or proceeding pending or, to the best of the Company's
knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Company or any of its respective
Subsidiaries before or by any court, governmental authority or arbitrator,
which if adversely decided might have, either individually or collectively, a
Material Adverse Effect and, to the best of the Company's knowledge, there is
no basis for any such action, suit or proceeding.

         5. Except for such consents, approvals, authorizations, declarations,
registrations or filings delivered by the Company or the Guarantor pursuant to
Section 2.5(g) of the Loan Agreement, if any, each of which is in full force
and effect, no consent, approval or authorization of or declaration,
registration or filing with any governmental authority or any nongovernmental
person or entity, including without limitation any creditor, lessor or
stockholder of the Company or the Guarantor or any of their respective
Subsidiaries, is required on the part of the Company or the Guarantor in
connection with the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents
or the transactions contemplated by the Loan Agreement or as a condition to the
legality, validity or enforceability of the Loan Documents.

         6. The execution and delivery by the Company of the Pledge Agreement,
together with delivery by the Company to the Agent of the stock certificates
listed on Schedule 1 of the Pledge Agreement, create valid and perfected
security interests in the Pledged Stock (as defined in the Pledge Agreement) in
favor of the Agent, for the benefit of the Banks.

         This opinion is subject to the qualifications that the enforcement of
the rights and remedies set forth in the Loan Documents are subject to the
effect of applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and other similar laws affecting
the enforcement of creditors' rights generally, and general principles of
equity, whether applied in a proceeding at law or in equity.

                                        Very truly yours,


                                     -2-

<PAGE>   92

                                   EXHIBIT G

                          REQUEST FOR CONTINUATION OR
                               CONVERSION OF LOAN


                                     [Date]



To each Bank party to
the referenced Loan Agreement
c/o The First National Bank of Chicago,
as Agent for the Banks
One First National Plaza
Chicago, Illinois 60670

Attention:____________________


         
         ___________________ (the "Borrower") hereby requests that ___________
(specify amount of Dollars or relevant Permitted Currency) of the principal
amount of the Loan originally made on ________, 19__, which Loan is currently a
[insert type of Loan], be continued as or converted to, as the case may be, a
[insert type of Loan requested] denominated in_____________ (specify Dollars or
relevant Permitted Currency) on ______________, 19__.  If such Loan is requested
to be converted to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the Designated Borrower hereby
elects an Interest Period for such Loan of [insert permitted Interest Period].

         In support of this request, the Borrower hereby represents and
warrants to the Agent and the Banks that:

         1.      The representations and warranties contained in Article IV of
the Loan Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of
the date hereof, and will be true and correct in all material respects on the
date such Loan is [continued][converted] (both before and after such Loan is
[continued] [converted]), as if such representations and warranties were made
on and as of such dates.

         2.      No Event of Default or Default has occurred and is continuing
or will exist on the date such [Loan][Advance] is [continued][converted]
(whether before or after such Loan is [continued][converted]).  

Acceptance of the proceeds of such [continued][converted] Loan by the Borrower
shall be deemed to be a further representation and warranty that the
representations and warranties made herein are true and correct in all material
respects at the time of such [continuation][conversion].

         Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the
respective meanings assigned to them in the Amended and Restated Loan 
Agreement, dated as of August 6, 1997 among Jabil Circuit, Inc., the Borrowing
Subsidiaries designated therein from time to time, the banks named therein and
you as Agent for the banks.


                                           [SIGNATURE OF REQUESTING BORROWER]


                                           By:
                                              -------------------------------
                                              Its:
                                                  ---------------------------







                         REQUEST FOR CONTINUATION OR
                             CONVERSION OF LOAN

                                      -2-

<PAGE>   93

                                   EXHIBIT H

                           ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

         Reference is made to the Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated as
of August 6, 1997 (the "Loan Agreement") among Jabil Circuit, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), certain Borrowing Subsidiaries named therein (the
Borrowing Subsidiaries and the Company may be referred to individually as a
"Borrower" and, collectively, as the "Borrowers") the banks named therein (the
"Banks") and The First National Bank of Chicago, as agent for the Banks (the
"Agent"). Terms defined in the Loan Agreement are used herein with the same
meaning.

         The "Assignor" and the "Assignee" referred to on Schedule 1 agree as
follows:

         1. The Assignor hereby sells and assigns (without recourse) to the
Assignee, and the Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from the Assignor, an
interest in and to the Assignor's rights and obligations under the Loan
Agreement as of the date hereof equal to the percentage interest specified on
Schedule 1 of all outstanding rights and obligations under the Loan Agreement.
After giving effect to such sale and assignment, the Assignee's Commitments and
the amounts of the Loans owing to the Assignee will be as set forth on Schedule
1.

         2. The Assignor (i) represents and warrants that it is the legal and
beneficial owner of the interest being assigned by it hereunder and that such
interest is free and clear of any adverse claim; (ii) makes no representation
or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements,
warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Loan
Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness,
sufficiency or value of the Loan Agreement or any other instrument or document
furnished pursuant thereto; (iii) makes no representation or warranty and
assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of any
Borrower or the performance or observance by any Borrower of any of its
obligations under the Loan Agreement or any other instrument or document
furnished pursuant thereto; and (iv) attaches the Note or Notes held by the
Assignor and requests that the Agent exchange such Note or Notes for a new Note
or Notes payable to the order of the Assignee in an amount equal to the
Commitments assumed by the Assignee pursuant hereto and the Assignor in an
amount equal to the Commitments retained by the Assignor under the Loan
Agreement, respectively, as specified on Schedule 1.

         3. The Assignee (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Loan
Agreement, together with copies of the financial statements referred to in
Section 4.6 thereof and such other documents and information as it has deemed
appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this
Assignment and Acceptance; (ii) agrees that it will, independently and without
reliance upon the Agent, the Assignor or any other Bank and based on such
documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to
make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan
Agreement; (iii) appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent
on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under the Loan
Agreement as are delegated to the Agent by the terms thereof, together with
such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto; (iv) agrees
that it will perform in accordance with their terms of all of the obligations
that by the terms of the Loan Agreement are required to be performed by it as a
Bank; and (v) if the Assignee is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction
outside the United States, attaches the forms prescribed by the Internal
Revenue Service of the United States certifying as to the Assignee's status for
purposes of determining exemption from United States withholding



<PAGE>   94

taxes with respect to all payments to be made to the Assignee under the Loan
Agreement and the Notes or such other documents as are necessary to indicate
that all such payments are subject to such taxes at a rate reduced by an
applicable tax treaty.

         4. Following the execution of this Assignment and Acceptance, it will
be delivered to the Agent for acceptance and recording by the Agent. The
effective date for this Assignment and Acceptance (the "Effective Date") shall
be the date of acceptance hereof by the Agent, unless otherwise specified on
Schedule 1.

         5. Upon such acceptance and recording by the Agent, as of the
Effective Date, (i) the Assignee shall be a party to the Loan Agreement and, to
the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and
obligations of a Bank thereunder and (ii) the Assignor shall, to the extent
provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be
released from its obligations under the Loan Agreement.

         6. Upon such acceptance and recording by the Agent, from and after the
Effective Date, the Agent shall make all payments under the Loan Agreement and
the Notes in respect of the interest assigned hereby (including, without
limitation, all payments of principal, interest and commitment fees with
respect thereto) to the Assignee. The Assignor and Assignee shall make all
appropriate adjustments in payments under the Loan Agreement and the Notes for
periods prior to the Effective Date directly between themselves.

         7. This Assignment and Acceptance shall be governed by, and construed
in accordance with, the laws of the State of Illinois.

         8. This Assignment and Acceptance may be executed in any number of
counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of
which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken
together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed
counterpart of Schedule 1 to this Assignment and Acceptance by telecopier shall
be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment
and Acceptance.






                          ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

                                     -2-




<PAGE>   95



                                SCHEDULE 1.1(a)

                             BORROWING SUBSIDIARIES



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           Jurisdiction
                                               of
      Borrowing Subsidiary                 Incorporation
      --------------------                 -------------
      <S>                                  <C>
      Jabil Circuit Ltd.                   Scotland
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   96

                                SCHEDULE 1.1(b)

                    MEMBER COUNTRIES OF THE ORGANIZATION FOR
                      ECONOMIC COOPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT
                            AS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE


Austria
Belgium
Canada
Denmark
France
Germany
Greece
Iceland
Italy
Ireland
Luxembourg
Netherlands
Norway
Portugal
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Turkey
United Kingdom
United States
Japan
Finland
Australia
New Zealand 

<PAGE>   97

                                  SCHEDULE 4.4


                                  SUBSIDIARIES



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Jurisdiction
  Name of                                of              Owned       Percentage
Corporation                        Incorporation           By          Owned
- -----------                        -------------         -----       ----------
<S>                                   <C>        <C>                    <C>
Jabil Circuit, Ltd.                   Scotland   Jabil Circuit, Inc.    100%

Jabil Circuit Sbn. Bhd. Malaysia                 Jabil Circuit, Inc.    100%

Jabil Circuit
 of Michigan, Inc.                    Michigan   Jabil Circuit, Inc.    100%

Jail Circuit Foreign                  Barbados   Jabil Circuit, Inc.    100%
 Sales Corporation                  
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   98

                                  SCHEDULE 4.5


                                   LITIGATION

                                      NONE

<PAGE>   99

                   SCHEDULE 5.2(e) and (f) TO LOAN AGREEMENT

                             INDEBTEDNESS AND LIENS

Construction Loan Agreement dated as of December 1, 1992 between Jabil Circuit,
Inc. and NBD Bank, secured by a real estate mortgage on premises located in
Auburn Hills, Michigan.

<PAGE>   100

                                SCHEDULE 5.2(j)

                        INVESTMENTS, LOANS AND ADVANCES



                                      None



<PAGE>   1
                                                               EXHIBIT 10.64


                                     LEASE

                                    Between:

              CHARRINGTON ESTATES, a Michigan Limited Partnership

                                      and

                              JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.

<PAGE>   2

                                     INDEX


<TABLE>      
 <S>         <C> <C>                                                     <C>
                 BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS                                   1
 SECTION 1   -   CONSTRUCTION AND IMPROVEMENTS                            2
 SECTION 2   -   TERM OF LEASE                                            2
 SECTION 3   -   BASIC RENTAL                                             3
 SECTION 4   -   LATE CHARGE/INTEREST                                     3
 SECTION 5   -   TAXES                                                    4
 SECTION 6   -   INSURANCE                                                5
 SECTION 7   -   ASSIGNMENT                                               7
 SECTION 8   -   RIGHT TO MAKE ALTERATIONS                                7
 SECTION 9   -   EMINENT DOMAIN                                           9
 SECTION 10  -   OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF COMMON AREAS                9
             -   USE OF COMMON AREAS                                      9
             -   TENANT'S PRO RATA SHARE OF EXPENSES                     10
 SECTION 11  -   LANDLORD'S OBLIGATIONS FOR MAINTENANCE                  11
             -   TENANT'S OBLIGATIONS FOR MAINTENANCE                    11
 SECTION 12  -   RIGHT TO ERECT SIGNS                                    12
 SECTION 13  -   LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO CURE TENANT'S DEFAULT               12
 SECTION 14  -   DEFAULT                                                 13
 SECTION 15  -   BANKRUPTCY OR INSOLVENCY                                17
             -   TERMINATION                                             17
             -   TENANT'S OBLIGATION TO AVOID CREDITORS PROCEEDINGS      17
             -   RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE BANKRUPTCY CODE        18
 SECTION 16  -   NON-LIABILITY                                           18
 SECTION 17  -   DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION                                  19
 SECTION 18  -   UTILITIES                                               20
 SECTION 19  -   USE                                                     20
 SECTION 20  -   HOLDING OVER                                            20
 SECTION 21  -   LIEN ON PERSONAL PROPERTY                               21
 SECTION 22  -   RIGHT OF ENTRY                                          21
 SECTION 23  -   ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF LANDLORD                           21
 SECTION 24  -   NOTICES                                                 22
 SECTION 25  -   ADDITIONAL RULES                                        22
                                                                           
</TABLE>
                                                                 

<PAGE>   3
                                                                         

<TABLE>
                                                                  
 <S>         <C> <C>                                                     <C>
 SECTION 26  -   ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTS                                    23
 SECTION 27  -   WAIVER OF RIGHTS AND REDEMPTION                         23
 SECTION 28  -   WAIVER                                                  23
 SECTION 29  -   NO PARTNERSHIP                                          23
 SECTION 30  -   PARTIAL INVALIDITY AND SEVERABILITY                     23
 SECTION 31  -   LIENS                                                   24
 SECTION 32  -   ENTIRE AGREEMENT                                        24
 SECTION 33  -   COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS                                    24
 SECTION 34  -   CONSTRUCTION AND INTERPRETATION                         25
 SECTION 35  -   RENT TO BE NET TO LANDLORD                              25
 SECTION 36  -   DELAYS                                                  25
 SECTION 37  -   LIABILITY OF LANDLORD                                   25
 SECTION 38  -   RECORDING                                               26
 SECTION 39  -   SUBORDINATION                                           26
             -   OFF SET STATEMENT                                       26
             -   ATTORNMENT                                              26
 SECTION 40  -   BINDING UPON SUCCESSORS                                 27
 SECTION 41  -   LANDLORD'S COVENANT                                     27
 SECTION 42  -   ACCORD AND SATISFACTION                                 27
 SECTION 43  -   SECURITY PROVISION                                      27
 SECTION 44  -   SURRENDER OF PREMISES ON TERMINATION                    28
 SECTION 45  -   RIGHT TO CANCEL                                         28
                                                                         
                 SIGNATURES                                              29
                 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF LANDLORD                             29
                 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF CORPORATE TENANT                     29
                                                                         
 EXHIBIT 1   -   LEGAL DESCRIPTION - SITE AND SITE PLAN                  
 EXHIBIT 2   -   LEASED PREMISES PARCEL                                  
 EXHIBIT 3   -   BUILDING SPECIFICATIONS                                 
 EXHIBIT 4   -   GUARANTY                                                
                                                                         
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   4


         THIS LEASE made this 1st day of October, 1997, between CHARRINGTON
ESTATES, a Michigan Limited Partnership, whose address is 2301 West Big Beaver
Road, Suite 900, Troy, Michigan, 48084, (hereinafter referred to as "Landlord")
and JABIL CIRCUIT, INC., a Delaware Corporation, whose address is 10800
Roosevelt Blvd., St. Petersburg, Florida 33716 (hereinafter referred to as
"Tenant").


                                   WITNESSETH

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS.


<TABLE>
<S>  <C>
A.   Lease Term:                    60 Months

B.   Commencement Date:             October 1, 1997
     Rental Commencement Date:      December 1, 1997

C.   Expiration Date:               November 30, 2002

D.   Monthly Base Rent:             Twenty-four Thousand Five Hundred Nine and 56/100 Dollars ($24,509.56)

E.   Annual Base Rent:              Two Hundred Ninety-four Thousand One Hundred Fourteen and 70/100 Dollars
                                    ($294,114.70)

F.   Payee of Rent ("Payee"):       Charrington Estates Limited Partnership

G.   Address for Payment of Rent:   2301 West Big Beaver Road
                                    Suite 900
                                    Troy, Michigan 48084

H.   Leased Premises consists of approximately 53,966 square feet

I.   Address of Building Within Which the Leased Premises are Located ("Building"):  
                50 Corporate Drive
                Auburn Hills, Michigan 48326

J.   Security Deposit:           Twenty-four Thousand Five Hundred Nine and 56/100 Dollars ($24,509.56)

K.   Tenant's Share of Applicable Taxes:     40.2 percent

L.   Tenant's Share of Maintenance:          40.2 percent

M.   Broker: Signature Associates

N.   Tenant Floor Plan Due: October 15, 1997

O.   Exhibits to Lease:

     (1)    Legal Description - Site and Site Plan.
     (2)    Leased Premises Parcel.
     (3)    Building Specifications.
     (4)    Guaranty
</TABLE>






                                     Page 1

<PAGE>   5


                               AGREEMENT OF LEASE

                                  THE PREMISES

         IN CONSIDERATION of the rents to be paid and the mutual covenants,
promises and agreements herein set forth, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

         Landlord hereby leases unto Tenant certain premises within a building,
on land situated in Auburn Hills, Michigan, which premises are more
particularly described on Exhibit "1" and Exhibit "2" attached hereto and which
is incorporated herein hereby referred to as the "Leased Premises".

                                   SECTION 1

CONSTRUCTION AND IMPROVEMENTS

         1.01. Landlord agrees, prior to the commencement of the term of this
Lease, at Landlord's sole cost and expense, to complete certain Tenant office
improvements to the Premises in accordance with Plans, which have been approved
by both parties no later than October 15, 1997, and which are by this reference
made a part hereof per specifications described on Exhibit "3". No minor change
from such Plans which may be necessary during the preparation of the Premises
for Tenant shall affect, change or invalidate this Lease. Landlord shall
further provide a paved, striped parking lot and landscaping in accordance with
the plans approved from the City of Auburn Hills. It is understood and agreed
by Tenant that any minor changes from any plans or specifications during
construction of the building shall not relieve Tenant of its obligations under
this lease agreement. Landlord's construction work shall be pursuant to
applicable ordinances, regulations and laws. Exterior items such as
landscaping, sprinkling system, line painting, which as yet are uncompleted,
shall not be a basis to delay possession or the commencement date of this
Lease.

                                   SECTION 2

TERM OF LEASE

         2.01. The term of this Lease shall begin on October 1, 1997, ("the
Commencement Date") and shall end on October 31, 2002, unless sooner terminated
as herein set forth. The term as fixed by this Section 2 shall hereafter be
referred to as the "original term".

         2.02. If Landlord shall be unable for any reason to give possession of
the Premises on the Commencement Date by reason of unavailability of materials,
labor disputes, Acts of God or other casualty, changes in the Plans requested
by Tenant, or any other causes whatsoever, Landlord shall not be subject to any
liability or liable for damages to Tenant for the failure to give possession on
such date but the rent to be paid herein shall not commence until the Premises
are ready for occupancy by Tenant and the rental therefor shall be postponed
and the term of the Lease extended. No such failure to give possession on the
date of the commencement of the term shall affect the validity of this Lease or
the obligations of Tenant hereunder. If permission is given to Tenant to enter
into possession of the Premises, or to occupy Premises other than the Leased
Premises, prior to the date specified as the commencement of the term of this
Lease, Tenant covenants and agrees that such occupancy shall be deemed to be
under all the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease.

         It is understood that if the building shall not be completed as set
forth herein at the time provided, as a result of any cause or reason, the
Landlord shall not be liable in damages to the Tenant therefor, but during the
period the building shall not be completed





                                     Page 2

<PAGE>   6

as hereinbefore provided, the rental therefor shall be postponed and the term
of the Lease extended. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2.02
above, if Landlord fails to deliver possession of the Premises within one
hundred twenty (120) days of the Commencement Date specified in the Basic Lease
Provisions above, through no fault or delay on the part of Tenant, then Tenant
may cancel this Lease by written notice to Landlord within ten (10) days of the
expiration of such one hundred twenty (120) day period.

         Upon Landlord's securing a temporary certificate of occupancy,
Landlord shall deliver possession of the building known as 50 Corporate Drive
to Tenant with free rent until rental commencement date of December 1, 1997.
Although Tenant shall have possession and use of the exterior facilities, i.e.,
the parking lot as of the commencement date, Tenant shall not enter, use, or
occupy the building known as 50 Corporate Drive until the City of Auburn Hills
has issued a Temporary Certificate of Occupancy.

         2.03. On the Commencement Date or within a reasonable time thereafter
upon request by Landlord, Tenant shall execute a written instrument confirming
the Commencement Date and rental commencement date and the date on which the
term shall end.

                                  
                                   SECTION 3

BASIC RENTAL

         3.01. In consideration of the leasing aforesaid, Tenant hereby
covenants and agrees to pay Landlord, at such place as Landlord may hereafter
from time to time designate in writing, a minimum annual net rental for the
original term of the Lease equal in total amount Two Hundred Ninety-four
Thousand One Hundred Fourteen and 70/100 Dollars ($294,114.70) per year,
payable without deduction or set off in advance on the first day of each month
in equal installments of Twenty-four Thousand Five Hundred Nine and 56/100
Dollars ($24,509.56) each throughout the Lease Term.  Receipt of Forty-nine
Thousand Nineteen and 12/100 Dollars ($49,019.12) representing the first
month's rent and security deposit is hereby acknowledged upon execution of this
Lease.

         3.02. The basic rental shall be net to Landlord, so that this Lease
shall yield, net, to Landlord, not less than the basic net rental specified in
Section 3.01 hereof during the term of this Lease, and that all costs, expenses
and charges of every kind and nature relating to the Premises which may be
attributable to, or become due during the term of this Lease shall be paid by
Tenant, and that Landlord shall be identified and saved harmless by Tenant from
and against the same.

                                   SECTION 4

LATE CHARGE/INTEREST

         4.01. Any rent unpaid for more than seven (7) days after such rent is
due and any rent received and accepted more than seven (7) days after such rent
is due shall be subject to a late charge of five (5%) percent of such rent, and
such late charges shall be due from Tenant to Landlord as additional rent on or
before the next rental due date. Any default in the payment of rent shall not
be considered cured unless and until such late charges are paid by Tenant to
Landlord. On default of payment of such late charges, Landlord shall have the
same remedies as on default in payment of rent. Such late charges shall be in
addition to any other rights or remedies Landlord may have as provided by this
Lease or as allowed by law.

         4.02. If any rent, any late charges, or any other sums payable by
Tenant to Landlord under this Lease are not paid within fifteen (15) days after
such rent, late charges or other sums are due, such rent, late charges or other
sums shall bear interest at the rate





                                     Page 3

<PAGE>   7


of five percentage points above the effective prime interest rate per annum
charged by Michigan National Bank to its best commercial customers. Such
interest shall be due from Tenant to Landlord as additional rent on or before
the next rental due date and shall accrue from the date that such rent, late
charges or other sums are payable under the terms of this Lease. Such interest
for rent, late charges and other sums shall continue to the date such rent,
late charges or other sums are paid by Tenant. Any default in the payment of
rent, late charges or other sums shall not be considered cured unless such
interest is paid by Tenant to Landlord. On default of payment of such interest,
Landlord shall have the same remedies as on default in payment of rent. Such
interest shall be in addition to any other rights or remedies Landlord may have
as provided by this Lease or as allowed by Law.

                                   SECTION 5

TAXES

         5.01. Tenant shall pay, as additional rent, to Landlord during the
term of this Lease its proportionate share of all taxes and assessments which
may be levied or assessed by any lawful authority, for each calendar year
during the term hereof, against the land, building, common area and
improvements comprising the Leased Premises including any special assessments.
(Such taxes and assessments being hereinafter called "Taxes".) Should the State
of Michigan or any political subdivision thereof or any governmental authority
having jurisdiction thereover, now or hereafter impose a tax and/or assessment
of any kind or nature upon, against or with respect to the rentals payable by
Tenant to Landlord or any income of Landlord derived from the Leased Premises
or with respect to Landlord's or the individuals or entities which form the
Landlord herein, ownership of the land, and building or buildings comprising
the Leased Premises, either by way of substitution for all or any part of the
taxes and assessments levied or assessed against such land and such building or
buildings, or in addition thereto, such tax and/or assessment shall be deemed
to constitute a tax and/or assessment against such land and such building or
buildings for the purpose of this paragraph and Tenant shall be obligated to
pay it as provided herein. In addition, should any governmental authority
having jurisdiction thereover impose a tax or surcharge of any kind or nature
upon, against or with respect to the parking areas or the number of parking
spaces comprising the Leased Premises, such tax or surcharge shall likewise be
deemed a constituted tax and/or assessment against such land and such building
or buildings for the purpose of this paragraph and Tenant shall be obligated to
pay such tax provided herein. Tenant's prorate share of taxes shall be as
listed in Basic Lease Provisions (K) on page 1.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, all assessments that may be levied or
assessed against the Leased Premises shall be paid by Landlord over the longest
permitted time period without penalty and only that portion required to be paid
within any one (1) year shall be included in determining Tenant's prorate share
of taxes and assessments as provided herein.

         5.02. Tenant's proportionate share of all the aforegoing Taxes shall
be paid in monthly installments on or before the first day of each calendar
month, in advance, in an amount estimated by Landlord; provided that Landlord
shall have the right to initially determine monthly estimates and to revise the
estimate from time to time. If the Tenant underpays the Taxes under this
Section for any calendar or fiscal year during the term of this Lease, Tenant
shall pay to Landlord the difference between the amount paid in installments
and the amount due within ten (10) days.  If, however, Tenant has overpaid the
Taxes, the difference between the amount paid in installments and the amount
actually due shall be credited against the next installment(s) due under this
Section. Tenant shall also pay its prorate share of the costs incurred by
Landlord in its effort to contest Taxes. A copy of the tax bill or assessment
bill submitted to Tenant shall at all times be sufficient evidence of the
amount of Taxes paid. Landlord's and Tenant's obligation under this Article
shall





                                     Page 4

<PAGE>   8

survive the expiration of this Lease. All Taxes shall be pro-rated and adjusted
both at the commencement and expiration of this Lease on a due date basis.
Tenant shall timely pay its share of such Taxes upon receipt of the tax bill
and Landlord's statement of the actual amount of Tenant's share for such
calendar year, within ten (10) days of receipt of such statement and before
such shall become! delinquent.

         Landlord shall pay all such Taxes by the due date for the same. If
Tenant desires to contest any assessment or validity of any real property tax
and gives the Landlord written notice of this intent, then Tenant may contest
such assessment or tax without being in default hereunder. Tenant shall
indemnify Landlord and hold Landlord harmless from all costs, expenses and
damages arising out of any contest made by Tenant.

         5.03. In the event Tenant shall, with the consent of Landlord as
elsewhere required by this Lease, construct improvements upon or alterations to
the Premises, or change its use of the Premises, in such a manner and to such
an extent as to disproportionately increase the burden of real estate taxes
thereby, Tenant agrees that its share of such taxes may be increased by
Landlord after reasonable notice to Tenant. Landlord's notice shall reasonably
inform Tenant as to the basis and method of calculation of such increase.

                                   SECTION 6

INSURANCE

         6.01. Tenant, at its own expense, shall maintain for the mutual
benefit of Landlord and Tenant, insurance of the following character:

         A.      General public liability insurance against claims for bodily
                 injury, death or property damage occurring on, at or about the
                 Leased Premises, such insurance to afford protection of
                 Landlord and such other parties as Landlord shall then
                 designate, of not less than Three Million Dollars
                 ($3,000,000.00) with respect to bodily injury or death to any
                 one person, not less than Three Million Dollars
                 ($3,000,000.00) with respect to any accident or occurrence and
                 not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) with respect
                 to property damage. Policies For such insurance shall be for
                 the mutual benefit of Landlord, Tenant and such other parties
                 as Landlord may designate, all of whom shall be deemed
                 insureds.

         B.      Workmen's compensation covering all persons employed by Tenant
                 in connection with any work done on or about the demised
                 premises with respect to which claims for death or bodily
                 injury shall be asserted against Landlord, Tenant or the
                 demised premises.

         C.      Rent insurance in amounts equal to Tenant's total rental
                 obligation for twelve (12) full months under this Lease plus
                 the total of the estimated cost to Tenant of taxes,
                 assessments and insurance premiums for such period and common
                 area maintenance.

         D.      Fire, extended coverage, broad form, all risks and vandalism
                 coverage in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord to
                 fully protect the Landlord using not less than One Hundred
                 percent (100%) of the full replacement cost of the building
                 and its improvements without co-insurance and without
                 deduction for depreciation and having a deductible of not more
                 than One Thousand Dollars ($1,000 00).  The amount of such
                 insurance shall be revised annually to reflect current
                 replacement costs. At the commencement of the lease term, it
                 is agreed that the replacement value shall be not less than
                 Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00).





                                     Page 5

<PAGE>   9

         E.      The Tenant shall also be Responsible for all glass damage on or
                 within the premises and shall obtain its own insurance for all
                 improvements, fixtures, goods, materials, and inventory.

         F.      Landlord along with any desired mortgagee, if required, are to
                 be named as additional insureds under all policies.

         6.02. All insurance policies required under this Section shall be
issued by companies of recognized financial standing, rated at least A+ XII by
Best's Insurance Guide and duly licensed to do business under the laws of the
State of Michigan. Every policy which Tenant is obligated to carry under the
provisions of this Section shall contain an agreement by the insurer that it
will not cancel or materially modify such policy except alter twenty (20) days
prior written notice to Landlord. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, prior to
delivery of its occupancy of the demised premises, the original or duplicate
policies or certificates of the insurers, evidencing all of the insurance which
is required to be maintained by Tenant hereunder, and Tenant shall within
thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of any such insurance deliver the
original or duplicate policies or other certificates of the insurers evidencing
the renewal of such insurance. If Tenant fails to effect, maintain or renew any
insurance provided for in this Section, or to pay the premium therefor, or to
deliver to Landlord any such policies or certificates then in any of said
events, Landlord, at its option, but without obligation so to do, may upon five
(5) days notice to Tenant, procure such insurance. Any sums expended by
Landlord to procure such insurance shall be additional rent hereunder and shall
be repaid by Tenant within five (5) days following the date on which
expenditures shall be made by Landlord. Failure to provide insurance
certificates as specified herein shall constitute waste and an act of default.

         6.03. Such insurance may be so called "blanket" policy coverage,
provided, however, that such "blanket" policy coverage allocates a satisfactory
amount of insurance to the demised premises, that this amount is not subject to
deduction because of co-insurance, and that adjustment in payment of the
insurance so allocated will be in the amounts specified in the Lease. Further,
said blanket coverage shall not be subject to invalidation as to the demised
premises because of any act or omission by the Tenant.

         6.04. Tenant covenants to indemnify, defend Landlord, and save it
harmless from and against any and all claims, actions, damages, liability and
expense, including attorney fees, in connection with loss of life, personal
injury and/or damage to property arising from or out of any occurrence in,
upon or at the Leased Premises or the occupancy or use by Tenant of the Leased
Premises or any part thereof, arising from or out of Tenant's failure to comply
with any provisions of this Lease or occasioned wholly or in part by any act or
omission of Tenant, its agents, contractors, employees, servants, customers or
licensees. For the purpose hereof, the Leased Premises shall include service
areas adjoining the same, the parking areas, and the loading platform areas. In
case Landlord shall, without fault on its part, be made a party to any
litigation commenced by or against Tenant, then Tenant shall protect, defend
and hold it harmless and shall pay all costs, expenses and reasonable attorney
fees that may be incurred in enforcing the Tenant's covenants and agreements in
this Lease.

         6.05. That it is specifically understood and agreed that if the
Premises are destroyed in whole or in part by fire or other casualty, all
insurance proceeds shall be payable to and assigned to and be the sole and
separate property of the Landlord and that Tenant shall have no claim or rights
thereunder. However, such insurance coverage which is solely maintained
independently by the Tenant through policies for their contents and its
fixtures shall be payable to the Tenant or as is provided within said policies.





                                     Page 6

<PAGE>   10

                                   SECTION 7

ASSIGNMENT

         7.01. Without the previous written consent of Landlord, neither
Tenant, nor Tenant's legal representatives or successors in interest by
operation of law or otherwise, shall assign or mortgage this Lease, or sublet
the whole or any part of the demised premises or permit the demised premises or
any part thereof to be used or occupied by others. The sale of fifty percent
(50%) or more of the capital or voting stock of Tenant, (if Tenant is a
non-public corporation) or transfers aggregating fifty percent (50%) or more of
Tenant's partnership interest (if Tenant is a partnership) shall be deemed to
be assignment of this Lease. Any consent by Landlord to any act of assignment
or subletting shall be held to apply only to the specific transaction thereby
authorized. Such consent shall not be construed as a waiver of the duty of
Tenant, or the legal representatives or assigns of Tenant, to obtain from
Landlord consent to any other or subsequent assignment or subduing, or as
modifying or limiting the rights of Landlord under the foregoing covenant by
Tenant not to assign or sublet without such consent. Any violation of any
provision of this Lease, whether by act or omission, by any assignee, subtenant
or under-tenant or occupant, shall be deemed a violation of such provision by
Tenant, it being the intention and meaning of the parties hereto that Tenant
shall assume and be liable to Landlord for any and all acts and omissions of
any and all assignees, subtenants or undertenants or occupants. If this Lease
is assigned, Landlord may and is hereby empowered to collect rent from the
assignee; if the demised premises or any part thereof is underlet or occupied
by any person other than Tenant, Landlord, in the event of Tenant's default,
may, and is hereby empowered to, collect rent from the under-tenant or occupant,
in either of such events, Landlord may apply the net amount received by it to
the rent herein reserved, and no such collection shall be deemed a waiver of
the covenant herein against assignment and underletting, or the acceptance of
the assignee, under-tenant or occupant as tenant, or a release of Tenant from
the further performance of the covenants herein contained on the part of Tenant
or from fulfilling the terms and conditions of this Lease. In event that
through subletting or assignment such subtenant or assignee shall pay a greater
amount of rental than Tenant hereunder, or any additional consideration to
Tenant, then any such increased rental and consideration shall be paid solely
to Landlord as additional rent hereunder.

                                   SECTION 8

RIGHT TO MAKE ALTERATIONS

         8.01. Without the previous written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall
not make any physical alterations, changes, and/or improvements to the Leased
Premises, including without limiting the generality thereof, any structural
changes or modifications, or any change or modification to the plumbing,
heating, cooling, electrical, mechanical, and roof systems or such changes that
require a building or other permit from the municipality, or the installation
of heavy industrial equipment, and cranes. That with the prior written consent
of Landlord as hereinafter provided, the Tenant shall have the right at anytime
during the Lease Term, at its own cost send expense, to make such alterations,
changes, improvements and remodeling to the Leased Premises, as have been
approved or consented to in writing by Landlord prior to such construction,
alteration or improvement. Any such alteration shall be in conformity with the
Building and Safety Laws of the Municipality, County and State and the Tenant
shall have obtained and delivered to the Landlord all permits, consents and
other instruments which may be necessary or required by any public or
quasipublic authority permitting and authorizing such alterations, changes,
improvements and remodeling prior to undertaking any such change, modification
or alteration. It is agreed that Landlord reserves to itself, as a condition of
giving written consent, the right to require of Tenant, in form and substance
satisfactory to Landlord.





                                     Page 7

<PAGE>   11

         A.      Detailed drawings, plans and specifications of any alteration
                 or modification prior to construction, including samples of
                 materials to be used.

         B.      Appropriate certificates of and proof of insurance with
                 endorsements and in such amounts and providing such coverage
                 as is satisfactory to Landlord in its discretion.

         C.      Requirements for evidence of payment, including appropriate
                 unconditional waivers of lien and sworn statements, as shall
                 be satisfactory to Landlord.

         Landlord shall advise Tenant in writing which alterations, changes or
modifications to the Premises must be removed by Tenant upon termination or
expiration of the Lease when giving written consent. Tenant shall not be
required nor shall Tenant upon termination of the Lease remove any improvements
made by Tenant unless such improvements are so designated to be left by
Landlord in writing. Tenant shall provide Landlord "as built" drawings showing
all alterations and changes and the location of all wiring, electrical,
plumbing, heating and cooling conduits and pipes, machinery and apparatus.

         Tenant shall use only new first class materials in the completion of
Tenant's work. Any warranties provided to Tenant shall be delivered to the
Landlord by the Tenant and shall run directly to Landlord.

         D.      Tenant shall restore any damage caused by the removal of all
                 alterations and improvements or reimburse Landlord for the
                 cost or repairing such damage prior to termination or
                 expiration of its occupancy.  Notwithstanding the terms of
                 this Article to the contrary, Tenant may install without
                 Landlord's consent, trade fixtures and movable apparatus which
                 are not attached or affixed to the building and not cause
                 damage to said building, the foundation or any structural
                 portion or component of the Leasehold premises.

         E.      Tenant shall be required to repair and restore the floor of
                 the Leased Premises, as well as all other areas affected by
                 the removal of any equipment installed by Tenant which has had
                 Landlord's prior written consent, at its sole cost and
                 expense, or reimburse Landlord for the cost of the repair and
                 /or restoration within five (5) business days of the date
                 Landlord presents its invoice for the cost of the repair
                 and/or restoration. In the event Landlord shall determine and
                 request that the repairs and/or restoration undertaken by
                 Tenant shall require further repair and/or restoration, Tenant
                 shall immediately satisfy the request of Landlord. All floors
                 and surfaces shall be filled in or utilize appropriate
                 materials, carpeting, etc., as are approved in writing by
                 Landlord prior to the commencement of such repair and/or
                 restoration. The determination of the area(s) of damage and
                 adequacy of the repair and/or restoration of the damage to the
                 Lease Premises, as the result of machinery and equipment or
                 use of such, in Tenant's business shall be at the sole
                 discretion of the Landlord.

         All fixtures and equipment paid for by the Landlord and all fixtures
and equipment which may be paid for and placed on the Premises by the Tenant
from time to time but which are so incorporated and affixed to the building
that their removal would involve damage or structural change to the buildings,
shall be and remain the property of the Landlord.

         All furnishings, equipment and fixtures other than those specified in
Section 8 which are paid for and placed on the Premises by Tenant from time to
time (other than those which are replacements for fixtures originally paid for
by Landlord) shall remain the





                                     Page 8

<PAGE>   12

property of the Tenant provided, however, that Tenant shall be responsible for
the repair of any damage resulting to the building or the Premises from the
removal thereof.

                                   SECTION 9

EMINENT DOMAIN

         9.01. If the whole or more than Fifty percent (50%) of the Premises
hereby leased shall be taken by any public authority under the power of eminent
domain, then the term of this Lease shall cease on the part so taken, from the
day of possession of that part shall be required for any public purpose and
rent shall be paid up to that day and from that day both Landlord and Tenant
shall each have the right either to cancel this Lease and declare the same null
and void or Tenant may continue in the possession of the remainder of the Lease
Term under the terms and conditions of the Lease herein provided, except that
the rent shall be reduced in proportion to the amount of the Premises taken.
All damages awarded for such taking shall belong to and be the property of the
Landlord whether such damages shall be awarded as compensation for diminution
in value to the Leasehold or the fee of the Premises herein leased; provided,
however, that the Landlord shall not be entitled to any portion of the award
made the Tenant for loss of its business, or for Tenant's cost of vacating that
part or all the Premises so taken.

         In the event any part of the Leased Premises shall be taken under the
power of eminent domain by any legally constituted authority, and there remains
a sufficient amount of space to permit Tenant to carry on its business in a
manner comparable to which it has become accustomed, then this Lease shall
continue, but the obligation to pay rent on the part of the Tenant shall be
reduced in an amount proportionate to the area and relative value of the entire
premises taken by such condemnation. In the event all of the Leased Premises
shall be taken, or so much of the premises and common areas taken that it is
not feasible to continue a satisfactory operation of the business of the
Tenant, then Tenant may terminate this Lease. Such termination shall be without
prejudice to the rights of either the Landlord or the Tenant to recover
compensation from the condemning authority for any loss or damage caused by
such condemnation. Neither the Landlord nor Tenant shall have any right in or
to any award made to the other by the condemning authority.

                                   SECTION 10

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF COMMON AREAS

         10.01. Landlord agrees to cause to be operated and maintained during
the term of this Lease certain common areas servicing the building and other
buildings of Landlord. The manner in which such areas and facilities shall be
operated and maintained, and the expenditures therefor, shall be at the sole
discretion of Landlord and the use of such areas and facilities shall be
subject to such reasonable regulations as Landlord shall make from time to
time.

USE OF COMMON AREAS

         10.02. The term "common area", as used in this Lease, shall mean (i)
the following: parking areas, roadways, driveways and retention ponds (if
applicable), and other areas, amenities, facilities and improvements provided
by Landlord, (ii) those areas adjacent to the building which from time to time
may be provided by the owners of such areas for the convenience and use of
Landlord, the Tenants of the building and their respective agents, employees,
customers, invitees and all other licensees and others entitled to the use
thereof and (iii) any other facilities or areas, outside the building, as may
be designated by Landlord from time to time if applicable. The use and
occupancy by Tenant of the Leased Premises shall include the use of the common
areas in common with Landlord and with all others for whose convenience and use
the common areas have been or may hereafter be





                                     Page 9

<PAGE>   13

provided by Landlord, subject, however, to rules and regulations for the use
thereof as prescribed from to time by or the owner of such common area.

TENANT'S PRO RATA SHARE OF EXPENSES.

         10.03. (a) Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord in the manner hereinafter
provided, but not more often than once each calendar month, Tenant's
proportionate share of: (1) all cost and expenses of every kind and nature paid
or incurred by Landlord in operating, equipping, lighting, providing sanitation
and sewer and other services, repairing, replacing and maintaining the (i)
common areas, and (ii) all other areas, facilities and buildings, retention
ponds (if applicable), and any and all facilities and improvements, which are
used in connection with maintenance and/or operation of the building of which
the Leased Premises are a part; such cost and expenses shall include, but shall
not be limited to, the full cost of: illumination and maintenance of signs,
refuse disposal, water, gas, sewage, electricity and other utilities (without
limitation), including any and all usage, service, hook up, connection,
availability and/or standby fees or charges pertaining to same; cleaning,
lighting, striping and landscaping; curbs, gutters, sidewalks, drainage and
irrigation ditches, conduits, pipes and canals located on or adjacent to the
building; premiums for liability, casualty, and property insurance; personal
property taxes; licensing fees and taxes; real estate taxes and assessments and
substitutions and replacements thereof levied or assessed by municipal, county,
state, federal or other taxing or assessing authority upon, against or with
respect to the common areas and/or the land thereunder and the land on which
the building is located, and all property; cost, lease payment or depreciation
of any equipment used in the operation or maintenance of the common areas; (2)
an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the total of all of the foregoing costs
and expenses, to compensate Landlord for administration and management
services. The proportionate share to be paid by Tenant shall be that portion of
the foregoing costs and expenses which the number of square feet of floor area
in the Leased Premises bears to the total number of square feet of leased floor
area of the building of which the Leased Premises are a part as determined
solely by Landlord.

         (b) Tenant's proportionate share of such costs and expenses for each
lease year shall be paid in monthly installments on the first day of each
calendar month, in advance, in an amount estimated by Landlord from time to
time.  Subsequent to the end of each calendar or fiscal lease year (at
Landlord's option), Landlord shall furnish Tenant with a statement of the
actual amount of Tenant's proportionate share of such cost and expenses for
such period. If the total amount paid by Tenant under this Section for any such
year shall be less than the actual amount due from Tenant for such year as
shown on such statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the difference between
the amount paid by Tenant and the actual amount due, such deficiency to be paid
within ten (10) days after the furnishing of each such statement, and if the
total amount paid by Tenant hereunder for any such year shall exceed such
actual amount due from Tenant for such year, such excess shall be credited
against the next installment due from Tenant to Landlord under this Section.
Landlord may estimate the annual budget and charge the estimated share to the
Tenant on a monthly basis subject to revision by Landlord of the budget from
time to time and final annual adjustment based upon actual expenses. Neither
the provisions of this Section, nor any of the other requirements or
restrictions imposed upon Tenant under this Lease, shall excuse Tenant from its
obligation to comply with laws and ordinances and other governmental
requirements. Tenant shall be entitled to inspect the invoices and statements
relating to Landlord's cost of operating and maintaining the common areas, at
Landlord's office, upon reasonable notice and during Landlord's normal business
hours. Tenant may also request that Landlord furnish copies of invoices and
statements relating to Landlords costs of operating and maintaining the common
areas.





                                    Page 10

<PAGE>   14

                                   SECTION 11

LANDLORD'S OBLIGATIONS FOR MAINTENANCE.

         11.01. Landlord shall not be called upon to make any improvements or
repairs of any kind upon the Leased Premises and appurtenances, except as may
be required under Section 10 hereof, and nothing contained in this Section
shall limit Landlord's right to reimbursement from Tenant for maintenance,
repair costs and replacement costs conferred elsewhere in this Lease.

TENANT'S OBLIGATIONS FOR MAINTENANCE

         11.02. (a) Except as provided in Section 11.01 of this Lease, Tenant,
at Tenant's expense, shall keep and maintain in first class appearance, in a
condition at least equal to that which existed when Tenant initially occupied
the Leased Premises, and in good order, condition and repair as reasonably
determined by Landlord (including replacement of parts and equipment, if
necessary) the Leased Premises and every part thereof and any and all
appurtenances thereto wherever located, including, but without limitation, the
roof, the exterior walls, the exterior and interior portion of all doors, door
frames, door checks, other entrances, windows, window frames, plate glass, all
plumbing and sewage facilities within the Leased Premises, including free the
main sewer line, fixtures, ventilation, heating and air conditioning and
electrical systems, sprinkler systems, walls, floors and ceilings, and all
other repairs, replacements, renewals and restorations, interior and exterior,
ordinary and extraordinary, foreseen and unforeseen.

         (b) Tenant shall keep and maintain the Leased Premises in a clean,
sanitary and safe condition in accordance with the laws of the State and in
accordance with all directions, rules and regulations of the health officer,
fire marshal, building inspector, or other proper officials of the governmental
agencies having jurisdiction, and Tenant shall comply with all requirements of
law, ordinances and otherwise, affecting the Leased Premises, all at the sole
cost and expense of Tenant. At the time of the expiration or sooner termination
of the tenancy created herein, Tenant shall surrender the Leased Premises in
good order, condition and repair, subject to normal wear and tear.

         (c) Tenant shall keep the Leased Premises and all other parts of the
building free from any and all liens arising out of any work performed,
materials furnished or obligations incurred by or for Tenant, agrees to bond
against or discharge any such lien (including, without limitation, any
construction, mechanic's or materialman's lien) within ten (10) days after
written request therefor by Landlord. Tenant shall give Landlord fifteen
(15) days' notice prior to commencing or causing to be commenced any work on
the Leased Premises (whether prior or subsequent to the commencement of the
lease term), so that Landlord shall have reasonable opportunity to file and
post notices of non-responsibility for Tenant's work. Tenant shall reimburse
Landlord for any and all costs and expenses which may be incurred by Landlord
by reason of the filing of any such liens and/or the removal of same, such
reimbursement to be made within ten (10) days after written notice from
Landlord to Tenant setting forth the amount of such costs and expenses.

         (d) Tenant, at its own expense, shall install and maintain fire
extinguishers and other fire protection devices as may be required from time to
time by any agency having further jurisdiction thereof and/or by the insurance
underwriters insuring the building in which the Leased Premises are located.

         (e) Tenant expressly waives all rights to make repairs at the expense
of Landlord as provided for in any statute or law in effect during the term of
this Lease.

         (f) In the event, after written notice to Tenant, that Tenant fails,
refuses or neglects to commence and complete repairs promptly and adequately,
to remove any lien, to pay





                                    Page 11

<PAGE>   15

any cost or expense, to reimburse Landlord, or otherwise to perform any act or
fulfill any obligation required of Tenant pursuant to this Section, Landlord
may, but shall not be required to, make or complete any such remove such lien,
pay such cost or perform such act or the like without prior notice to, but at
the sole cost and expense of Tenant, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for
all costs and expenses of Landlord thereby incurred within ten (10) days after
receipt by Tenant from Landlord of a statement setting forth the amount of such
costs and expenses. The failure by Tenant so to make repairs, to remove any
lien, to pay any such cost or expense, or to reimburse Landlord (in the case of
reimbursement, within such ten day period) shall constitute a default by Tenant
under this Lease and shall carry with it the same consequences as failure to
pay any installment of rental. Landlord's rights and remedies pursuant to this
Subsection shall be in addition to any and all other rights and remedies
provided under this Lease or at law.

         (g) The Tenant shall not perform any acts or carry on any practices
which may injure the building and shall keep Premises under control (including
all drives and adjoining drives, streets, alleys or yards, and parking lots)
clean and free from rubbish, and dirt, snow and ice, litter and refuse at all
times. The Tenant shall not obstruct or permit the obstruction of the street,
drives, sidewalk or parking lot(s) and shall keep the sidewalk and curb
adjoining the demised premises and parking areas clean and free of snow and
ice, litter and refuse. Upon expiration and/or termination of this Lease,
Tenant shall be required to provide the Landlord certification from licensed
contractors evidencing that the plumbing, heating, cooling, electrical,
mechanical and roof systems are in good operating condition and not in need of
any repair or replacement.

         (h) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11.02, the Tenant's
obligation to repair shall be subject to (i) the "pass through" of
manufacturer's and contractor's warranty referred to in this Lease, (ii)
ordinary wear and tear, and (iii) items covered by property insurance payable
to Landlord. Section 11.02 (d) shall not be construed as requiring Tenant to
make major expenditures for sprinkler system improvements unless such are due
to the specific operations or use of the Premises by Tenant or any permitted
licensee or subtenant of Tenant. Tenant shall not be required to place any
alarm system in the Leased Premises unless such is required by the specific
operations or use by Tenant.

                                   SECTION 12

RIGHT TO ERECT SIGNS

         12.01. Tenant is hereby granted the right to erect such signs on the
exterior of the building which shall be constructed in conformity with all
requirements of local laws and all recorded building and use restrictions, and
further subject to the prior written approval of Landlord. Tenant agrees to
hold Landlord harmless from any liability arising out of or in connection with
the erection or maintenance of such signs.

         Landlord covenants that it will not allow any other tenant to erect
signs on the face of the building in which the demised premises are located if
Tenant is leasing the entire Leasehold Premises.

                                   SECTION 13

LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO CURE TENANT'S DEFAULT

         13.01. Landlord may, without notice, if in the opinion of Landlord an
emergency exists, perform any covenant or condition of this Lease for the
Tenant's account and at the Tenant's expense, in the event that the Tenant
shall default in the performance of any such covenant or condition. Landlord
shall be reimbursed by Tenant for any expense incurred by Landlord, including
reasonable counsel fees, in instituting, prosecuting or defending any action or
proceeding instituted because of any default of Tenant. If Tenant becomes





                                    Page 12

<PAGE>   16

obligated to reimburse or otherwise pay Landlord, terms of the Lease, any sum
in addition to the rent as set forth in Section 3 of this Lease, the said sum
shall be considered additional rent and may, at Landlord's option, be added to
any subsequent installment of said rent due and payable under this Lease, in
which case, Landlord shall have all the remedies for default in the payment
thereof provided under the terms of this Lease. The provisions of this Section
13 shall survive the termination and/or expiration of this Lease.

                                   SECTION 14

DEFAULT

         14.01. If any one or more of the following events (here sometimes
called "events of default") shall happen:

         A.      If default shall be made in the due and punctual payment of
                 any rent, or in the payment of any other sums of money
                 required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease or any part
                 thereof, when and as the same shall become due and payable; or

         B.      In the event Tenant shall be in default in the performance of
                 any other covenants, terms, conditions, provisions, rules, and
                 regulations of this Lease excepting those items listed in the
                 above section (A) and if such default is not cured within
                 seven (7) days, after written notice thereof given by the
                 Landlord; or

         C.      If Tenant shall file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or
                 shall be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or shall file
                 any petition or answer seeking any reorganization,
                 arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation,
                 dissolution or similar relief under the present or any future
                 federal bankruptcy act or any other present or future federal,
                 state or other bankruptcy or insolvency statute of law, or
                 shall seek or consent to or acquiesce in the appointment of
                 any bankruptcy or insolvency trustee, receiver or liquidator
                 of Tenant or of all of any substantial part of its properties
                 or of the demised premises; or

         D.      If within fifteen (15) days after the commencement of any
                 proceeding against Tenant seeking any reorganization,
                 arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation,
                 dissolution or similar relief under the present or any future
                 federal bankruptcy or insolvency statute or law, such
                 proceeding shall not have been dismissed or if, within thirty
                 (30) days after the appointment, without the consent or
                 acquiescence of Tenant, of any trustee, receiver or liquidator
                 of Tenant or of all or substantially all of its properties or
                 of the demised premises, such appointment shall not have been
                 vacated or stayed on appeal or otherwise, or if, after the
                 expiration of any such stay, such appointment shall not have
                 been vacated; or

         E.      If Tenant shall be in default by any reason set forth in
                 Section 13, then and in any such event Landlord at any time
                 thereafter may, at its option, give written notice to Tenant
                 specifying such event of default or events of default and
                 stating that this Lease and the term hereby demised shall
                 expire and terminate on the date specified in such notice,
                 which shall be at least seven (7) days after the giving of
                 such notice, and upon the date specified in such notice this
                 Lease and the term hereby demised and all rights of Tenant
                 under this Lease, including any right to possession or renewal
                 privileges whether or not exercised, shall expire and
                 terminate, and Tenant shall remain liable as hereinafter
                 provided. Notwithstanding the aforegoing, in the event of





                                    Page 13

<PAGE>   17

                 non-payment of rent or other charges under this Lease which is
                 not cured within seven (7) days of notice, Landlord may
                 institute summary proceedings; may recover possession of the
                 premises and/or may terminate the Lease and term and/or may
                 exercise any and all other rights and remedies it may have at
                 law or at equity or under this Lease, none of which remedies
                 shall relieve the Tenant of its obligations under this Lease
                 as hereinafter set forth. There shall be a late charge of six
                 (6%) percent of any payment received after the seventh (7th)
                 day of any month from which rent is due.

         14.02. Any such proceeding or action involving bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation,
dissolution or similar relief under the present or any future federal
bankruptcy act or any other present or future applicable federal, state or
other statute or law, above set forth paragraphs 14.01 (C) or 14.01 (D) hereof,
shall be grounds for the termination of this Lease pursuant to the terms of
this Article, only when such proceeding, action or remedy shall be taken or
brought by or against the then holder of the leasehold estate under this Lease.

         14.03. Upon any such expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant
shall quit and peacefully surrender the demised premises to Landlord, and
Landlord, upon or at any such expiration or termination, may without further
notice, enter upon and re-enter the demised premises and possess and repossess
itself thereof, by force, summary proceedings, ejectment or otherwise, and may
dispossess Tenant and remove Tenant and all other persons and property from the
demised premises and may have, hold and enjoy the demised premises and the
right to receive all rental income of and from the same.

         14.04. If this Lease shall terminate pursuant to this Section, or by
summary proceedings or otherwise, or if the demised premises or any part
thereof shall be abandoned by Tenant, or shall become vacant during the term
hereof, Landlord may in its own name, but as agent for Tenant if this Lease not
be terminated, or if this Lease be terminated, in its own behalf, relet the
demised premises or any part thereof, or said Premises, with additional
premises for such term or terms (which may be greater or less than the period
which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the term of this Lease)
and on such conditions (which may include concessions or free rent and
alterations of the demised premises) as Landlord, in its uncontrolled
discretion, may determine and may collect and receive the rents therefor.
Landlord shall in no way be responsible or liable for any failure to relet the
demised premises or any part thereof, or of any failure to collect any rent due
upon such reletting.

         14.05. No such expiration or termination of this Lease, or summary
proceedings, abandonment or vacancy, shall relieve Tenant of its liability and
obligation under this Lease, whether or not the demised premises shall be
relet. In any such event Tenant shall pay Landlord the rent and all other
charges required to be paid by Tenant up to the time of such event. Thereafter:

         1. (a)  Tenant, until the end of the term of this Lease, or what would
                 have been such term in the absence of any such event, shall be
                 liable to Landlord as damages for Tenant's default, the
                 equivalent of the amount of the rent and other charges which
                 would be payable under this Lease by Tenant if this Lease were
                 still in effect:, less any net proceeds of any reletting
                 effect pursuant to the provisions above, after deducting all
                 Landlord's expenses in connection with such reletting,
                 including, without limitation, all repossession costs,
                 brokerage and management commission, operating expenses, legal
                 expenses, reasonable attorneys' fees, alteration costs, and
                 expenses of preparation for such relettings.





                                    Page 14

<PAGE>   18

         (b)     Tenant shall pay such current damages (herein called
                 "deficiency") to Landlord monthly on the days on which the net
                 rent would have been payable under this Lease if this Lease
                 were still in effect, and Landlord shall be entitled to recover
                 from Tenant each monthly deficiency as the same shall arise.

         (c)     At any time after the expiration or termination of this Lease
                 pursuant to this Article, in lieu of collecting any further
                 monthly deficiencies as aforesaid, Landlord shall be entitled
                 to recover from Tenant, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, on
                 demand, as damages, in addition to the damages provided for in
                 Section 14.08 herein, damages computed in the manner set forth
                 in the Section minus any such monthly deficiencies previously
                 recovered from Tenant.

         2.(a)   In case of any breach of this Lease mentioned in Sections
                 14.07 and 14.08, Landlord shall immediately and ipso facto,
                 without notice or other action by Landlord, become entitled to
                 recover from Tenant, as damages for such breach, in addition
                 to any damages becoming due under Sections 14.07 and 14.08
                 herein, an amount equal to the difference between the rent and
                 other charges reserved in this Lease from the date of such
                 breach to the date of the expiration of the original term
                 demised and the then fair and reasonable rental value of the
                 Premises for the same period. Said damages shall become due
                 and payable to Landlord immediately upon such breach of this
                 Lease and without regard to whether this Lease be terminated
                 or not, and if this Lease be terminated, without regard to the
                 manner in which it is terminated.

         (b)     If and so long as the term of this Lease shall continue, the
                 rent reserved herein for the unexpired term of the Lease after
                 a breach mentioned in Sections 14.07 and 14.08, shall be
                 reduced by the amount of such liquidated damages as may be
                 paid to Landlord, such reduction being applied proportionately
                 to each installment of rent thereafter becoming due. During
                 the continuance of the Lease after such a breach and until
                 such damages are paid to Landlord, the whole amount of each
                 installment of rent herein reserved shall be due and payable
                 at the time herein specified, and if, by reason of the
                 subsequent payment of liquidated damages, and the resulting
                 reduction in rental, Landlord shall have received a sum in
                 excess of all installments, as so reduced, becoming due after
                 the breach and before the collection of such damages, such
                 excess shall be refunded upon the receipt of such liquidated
                 damages.

         14.06.  If the demised premises or any part thereof be relet by
Landlord for the unexpired term of this Lease, or any part thereof, before
presentation of proof of such liquidated damages to any court, commission or
tribunal, the amount of rent reserved upon such reletting shall prima facie be
the fair and reasonable rental value for the part or the whole of the Premises
so relet during the term of the reletting. Nothing herein contained shall limit
or prejudice the rights of Landlord to obtain as liquidated damages by reason of
such termination, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule
of law in effect at the time when, the governing the proceedings in which, such
damages are to be proved, whether or not such amount be greater, equal to, or
less than the amount of the difference referred to above.

         14.07.   If this Lease be terminated by summary proceedings or
otherwise, or if the Premises are abandoned or become vacant, and whether or not
the Premises be relet, Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant, and
Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in addition to any damages becoming due under this
Article, the following: an amount equal to all expenses, if any, including
reasonable counsel fees, incurred by I Landlord in

                                    Page 15

<PAGE>   19

recovering possession of the demised premises and all reasonable costs and
charges for the care of said Premises, while vacant, which damages shall be due
and payable by Tenant to Landlord at such time as such expenses are incurred by
Landlord.

         14.08. If this Lease is terminated in any manner whatsoever, or if
there is any breach of this Lease specified in Sections 14.07 and 14.08, then
and in either of such events, Tenant covenants and agrees any other covenant in
this Lease notwithstanding;

         (a)     That the Premises shall be in the same condition as that in
                 which Tenant has agreed to surrender them to Landlord at the
                 expiration of the term hereof;

         (b)     That Tenant, on or before the occurrence of any such event
                 shall perform any covenant contained in this Lease for making
                 of any improvement, alteration or betterment to the Premises,
                 or for restoring or rebuilding any part thereof; and

         (c)     That, for the breach of any covenant above stated in this
                 Section 14.08, Landlord shall be entitled to recover and Tenant
                 shall pay, ipso facto, without notice or other action by
                 Landlord the then cost of performing such covenant, plus
                 interest at the highest legal rate permissible for the period
                 between the occurrence of any such event and the time when any
                 such work or act, the cost of which is computed, or should
                 have been performed under the other provisions of this Lease
                 had such event not occurred.

         14.09. Tenant hereby expressly waives trial by jury, any appeal, the
right to abated rent and to join any other proceeding whether in law or equity,
as permitted by law, the service of any notice of intention to re-enter provided
for in any statute, and except as is herein otherwise provided Tenant, for and
on behalf of itself and all persons claiming through or under Tenant (including
any leasehold mortgagee or other creditor), also waives any and all right of
redemption or re-entry or re-possession in case Tenant shall be dispossessed by
a judgment or by warrant of any court or judge or in case of re-entry or
re-possession by Landlord or in case of any expiration or termination of this
Lease. The terms "enter", "re-enter", "entry" or "re-entry" as used in this
Lease are not restricted to their technical legal meanings.

     14.10. No failure by Landlord to insist upon the strict performance of any
agreement, term, covenant, or condition hereof or to exercise any right or
remedy consequent upon a breach thereof, and no acceptance of full or partial
rent during the continuance of any such breach, shall constitute a waiver of any
such breach or of such agreement, term, covenant or condition hereof to be
performed or complied with by Tenant, and no breach thereof, shall be waived,
altered or modified except by a written instrument executed by Landlord. No
waiver of any breach shall affect or alter this Lease, but each and every
agreement, term, covenant and condition hereof shall continue in full force and
effect with respect to any other then existing or subsequent breach thereof.

     14.11. In the event of any breach or threatened breach by Tenant of any of
the agreements, terms, covenants or conditions contained in this Lease, Landlord
shall be entitled to enjoin such breach or threatened breach and shall have the
right to invoke any right and remedy allowed at law or in equity or by statute
or otherwise as though re-entry, summary proceedings, and other remedies were
not provided for in this Lease.

     14.12. Each right and remedy provided for in this Lease shall be cumulative
and shall be in addition to every other right or remedy provided for in this
Lease or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or
otherwise, and the exercise or beginning of the exercise by Landlord or Tenant
of any one or more of the rights or remedies provided for in this Lease or now
or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise shall not
preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by the party in

                                     Page 16


<PAGE>   20

question of any or all other rights or remedies provided for in this Lease or
now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise. No
suit or recovery of any portion due Landlord hereunder shall be any defense to
any subsequent action brought for any amount not theretofore reduced to Judgment
in favor of Landlord.

     14.13. Notwithstanding Section 14.01(B), if Tenant has in good faith
expeditiously undertaken to cure such default under Section 14.01(B), and due to
cause beyond its control is not capable of curing such default within such
fifteen (15) days, then Tenant shall be allowed additional time commensurate
with that required due to the condition beyond Tenant's control, in which to
cure such default. No additional time shall be granted in which to cure a
default for failure to maintain insurance coverage or if Tenant is otherwise in
default. Late charges shall be payable and be in the amount as provided in
Section 4.01 and 14.01(E) from date of any default notwithstanding that Tenant
has been given additional time in which to cure a default under Section
14.01(B).

                                   SECTION 15

BANKRUPTCY OR INSOLVENCY

     15.01. TENANT'S INTEREST NOT TRANSFERABLE. Neither Tenant's interest in
this Lease, nor any estate hereby created in Tenant nor any interest herein or
therein, shall pass to any trustee or receiver or assignee for the benefit of
creditors or otherwise by operation of law except as may specifically be
provided pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code.

TERMINATION

     15.02. In the event the interest or estate created in Tenant hereby shall
be taken in execution or by other process of law, or if Tenant's Guarantor, if
any, or his executors, personal representatives, administrators or assigns, if
any, shall be adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt pursuant to the provisions of
any State Act or the Bankruptcy Code or if Tenant is adjudicated insolvent by a
Court of competent jurisdiction other than the United States Bankruptcy Court,
or if a receiver or trustee of the property of Tenant or Tenant's Guarantor, if
any, shall be appointed by reason of the insolvency or inability of Tenant or
Tenant's Guarantor, if any, to pay its debts, or if any assignment shall be made
of the property of Tenant or Tenant's Guarantor, if any, for the benefit of
creditors, then and in any such events, this Lease and all rights of Tenant
hereunder shall automatically cease and terminate with the same force and effect
as though the date of such event were the date originally set forth herein and
fixed for expiration of the term, and Tenant shall vacate and surrender the
Leased Premises but shall remain liable as herein provided.

TENANT'S OBLIGATION TO AVOID CREDITORS' PROCEEDINGS

     15.03. Tenant or Tenant's Guarantor shall not cause or give cause for the
appointment to a trustee or receiver of the assets of Tenant or Tenant's
Guarantor, if any, and shall not make any assignment for the benefit of
creditors, or become or be adjudicated insolvent. The allowance of any petition
under any insolvency law except under the Bankruptcy Code or the appointment of
a trustee or receiver of Tenant or Tenant's Guarantor, if any, or of the assets
of either of them, shall be conclusive evidence that Tenant caused, or gave
cause therefor, unless such allowance of the petition, or the appointment of a
trustee or receiver, is vacated within thirty (30) days after such allowance or
appointment. Any act described in this paragraph shall be deemed a material
breach of Tenant's obligations hereunder, and this lease shall thereupon
automatically terminate. Landlord does, in addition, reserve any and all other
remedies provided in this Lease or in law.

                                     Page 17


<PAGE>   21

RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE BANKRUPTCY CODE.

     15.04.    (a)  Upon the filing of a petition by or against Tenant under
                    the Bankruptcy Code, Tenant, as debtor and as debtor in
                    possession, and any trustee who may be appointed agree as
                    follows: (1) to perform each and every obligation of Tenant
                    under this Lease including, but not limited to, the manner
                    of "operations" as provided in this Lease until such time
                    as this Lease is either rejected or assumed by order of the
                    United States Bankruptcy Court; and (2) to pay monthly in
                    advance on the first day of each month as reasonable
                    compensation for use and occupancy of the Leased Premises
                    in an amount equal to all rent and other charges otherwise
                    due pursuant to this Lease; and (3) to reject or assume
                    this Lease within sixty (60) days of the filing of such
                    petition under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code or within
                    one hundred twenty (120) days (or such shorter term as
                    Landlord, in its sole discretion, may deem reasonable so
                    long as notice of such period is given) of the filing of a
                    petition under any other Chapter; and (4) to give Landlord
                    at least forty-five (45) days prior written notice of any
                    proceeding relating to any assumption of this Lease; and
                    (5) to give at least thirty (30) days prior written notice
                    of any abandonment of the Leased Premises; any such
                    abandonment to be deemed a rejection of this Lease; and (6)
                    to do all other things of benefit to Landlord otherwise
                    required under the Bankruptcy Code; and (7) to be deemed to
                    have rejected this Lease in the event of the failure to
                    comply with any of the above; and (8) to have consented to
                    the entry of an order by an appropriate United States
                    Bankruptcy Court providing all of the above, waiving notice
                    and hearing of the entry of the same.

               (b)  No default of this Lease by Tenant, either prior to or
                    subsequent to the filing of such a petition, shall be deemed
                    to have been waived unless expressly done so in writing by
                    Landlord.

               (c)  Included within and in addition to any other conditions or
                    obligations imposed upon Tenant or its successor in the
                    event of assumption and/or assignment are the following: (1)
                    the cure of any monetary defaults and the reimbursement of
                    pecuniary loss within not more than thirty (30) days of
                    assumption and/or assignment; and (2) the deposit of an
                    additional sum equal to three (3) months rent to be held
                    pursuant to the terms of this Lease; and (3) the use of the
                    Leased Premises as set forth in this Lease; (4) the
                    reorganized debtor or assignee of such debtor in possession
                    or if Tenant's trustee demonstrates in writing that it has
                    sufficient background including, but not limited to,
                    substantial experience and financial ability to operate out
                    of the Leased Premises in the manner contemplated in this
                    Lease and meet all other reasonable criteria of Landlord as
                    did Tenant upon execution of this Lease; and (5) the prior
                    written consent of any mortgagee to which this Lease has
                    been assigned to collateral security.

                                   SECTION 16

NON-LIABILITY

     16.01. As a consideration for making of this Lease the Landlord shall not
be liable for any failure of water supply or electric current, nor for injury or
damage which may be sustained to person or property by the Tenant, or any other
person, caused by or resulting from steam, electricity, gas, water, rain, ice or
snow which may leak or flow from or into any part of said building or from the
breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defect of the roof, outer walls, parking
lots, heating and cooling systems, pipes, wiring, appliances, plumbing

                                     Page 18


<PAGE>   22

or lighting fixtures of the same, the condition of said Premises or any part
thereof, or through the elevator, if any, or from the street or subsurface, or
from any other source or cause whatsoever, whether the same damage or injury
shall be caused by or be due to the negligence of the Landlord, the Landlord's
agent, servant, employee, or not, nor for interference with light or other
incorporeal hereditaments, or caused by operations by or for the City in the
construction of any public or quasi-public work, neither shall the Landlord be
liable for any defect in the building, latent or otherwise.

                                   SECTION 17

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

     17.01. If the building is damaged by fire or any other cause, the following
provisions of this Article shall apply:

     A.   If the damage is to such extent that the cost of restoration, as
          estimated by Landlord, will equal or exceed fifty percent (50%) of
          the replacement value of the building (exclusive of foundation) in
          its condition just prior to the occurrence of the damage, Landlord
          may, no later than the ninetieth (9Oth) day following the damage (or
          sooner if Landlord can reasonably make such determination), give
          Tenant a written notice stating that it elects to terminate this
          Lease. If such notice shall be given: (i) this Lease shall terminate
          on the third (3rd) day after the giving of said notice; (ii) Tenant
          shall surrender possession of the Premises within a reasonable time
          thereafter; and (iii) the rent and additional rent shall be
          apportioned as of the date of such surrender and any rent paid for
          any period beyond said date shall be repaid to Tenant.

     B.   If the cost of restoration, as estimated by Landlord, shall, amount
          to less than fifty percent (50%) of said replacement value of the
          building, or if despite the cost Landlord does not elect to terminate
          this Lease, Landlord shall restore the building and the Premises with
          reasonable promptness, subject to delays beyond Landlord's control
          and delays in the making of insurance adjustments by Landlord, and
          Tenant shall not have the right to terminate this Lease. 

          Landlord need not restore fixtures, improvements or other property of
          Tenant nor any interior improvements made by Tenant including all
          plumbing, heating, cooling, electrical systems initially installed by
          Tenant. Landlord shall not be obligated to make repairs and
          alterations in excess of any insurance proceeds recovered under any
          circumstances.

     17.02. In any case in which the use of the Premises is affected by any
damage to the building, there shall be no abatement of rent. This paragraph
shall be deemed satisfied by Landlord's timely receipt of the proceeds of rental
insurance in lieu of such amounts of rent and all other charges as provided
within this Lease.

     17.03. In the event of any loss or damage to the building, the Premises
and/or any contents, each party shall look first to any insurance in its favor
before making any claim against the other party; and to the extent possible
without additional cost, each party shall obtain, for each policy of such
insurance, provisions permitting waiver of any claim against the other party for
loss or damage within the scope of the insurance, and each party, to such extent
permitted, for itself and its insurers waives all such insured claims against
the other party (its agents, employees, and guests).

     17.04. In the event of any loss or damage to the building, Tenant shall, at
its sole cost and expense repair and replace all improvements to the interior
which were originally installed by Tenant as set forth in Section 6 in the
manner and as required in Section 8 unless Landlord shall terminate this Lease.
If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, all

                                     Page 19


<PAGE>   23

insurance proceeds for the full replacement cost of such improvements shall be
paid to Landlord as its sole and separate property.

                                   SECTION 18

UTILITIES

     18.01. Tenant agrees to pay all charges made against the Premises for gas,
heat, water, electricity, sewage disposition, refuse, telephone and all other
utilities during the term of this Lease as the same shall become due. The
quantity of electricity and natural gas and other utilities furnished to the
Premises shall be separately metered at the Premises by the public utilities to
the extent separate metering is or becomes available, and Tenant shall make
timely payment for all such utilities. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant
for the quality or quantity of any such utilities, or for any interruption in
the supply of any such utilities.

                                   SECTION 19

USE

     19.01. It is understood and agreed between the parties that the Premises
during the continuance of this Lease shall be used and occupied for light
industrial and light manufacturing use and for no other purpose without the
prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant agrees that it will not use or permit
any person to use the Premises or any part thereof for any use or purpose in
violation of the laws of the United States, the State of Michigan, the
ordinances or other regulations of the City of Auburn Hills or of any other
lawful authorities. Tenant will keep the Premises and every part thereof and all
buildings at any time situated thereon in clean and wholesome condition and will
comply with all lawful health and police regulations. All signs and advertising
displayed in and about the Premises shall be such only as to advertise the
business carried on upon the Premises and Landlord shall control the location,
character and size thereof. No signs shall be displayed except as approved in
writing by the Landlord, and no awning shall be installed or used on the
exterior of said building unless approved in writing by the Landlord. Tenant
shall not use the Premises for any purpose which shall exceed the requirements
of the City of Auburn Hills for more than one hundred forty-six (146) car spaces
nor will Tenant use the Leased Premises for any purpose prohibited by the
recorded building or use restrictions or manufacture or produce any materials
which are considered or defined to be hazardous and/or toxic.

                                   SECTION 20

HOLDING OVER

     20.01. In the event of Tenant herein holding over after the termination of
expiration of this Lease, thereafter the tenancy shall be from month to month in
absence of a written agreement to the contrary, subject to all the conditions,
provisions and obligations of this Lease insofar as the same are applicable to a
month-to-month tenancy, except that the basic monthly rental shall be one
hundred twenty-five (125%) percent of the basic monthly rental specified in
Section 3 hereof for the first thirty (30) days, two hundred (200%) percent of
the basic monthly rental for the next sixty (60) days, and three hundred (300%)
percent of the basic monthly rental after ninety (90) days. If Tenant desires to
remain after the Lease Term, Landlord and Tenant shall enter into negotiations
to arrive at a mutually agreeable rental for a period not to exceed twelve (12)
months.

                                     Page 20


<PAGE>   24

                                   SECTION 21

LIEN ON PERSONAL PROPERTY

     21.01. This Lease shall constitute a lien, as security for any rents or
other amounts payable under this Lease and for performance by Tenant of every
other covenant, agreement, obligation, stipulation or condition herein
contained, upon all the personal property and fixtures, of whatever nature which
are or may be placed on the Premises by Tenant and such lien may be enforced
immediately if any rent or other amounts due under this Lease shall be due and
remain unpaid for more than ten (10) days after due, if default be made in any
of the other covenants, agreements, obligations, stipulations or conditions
herein contained and such defaults shall continue for a period of thirty (30)
days after written notice of such default, or if the Premises shall be deserted
or vacated. Such lien may be enforced by the taking and selling of such property
in accordance with Sections 440.9504 (3) and (4), Michigan Compiled Laws
Annotated and any amendments thereof. Landlord may retain in its possession any
property of Tenant's after any sum payable under this Lease shall have become
due. Landlord and its officers, employees and agents shall not be liable in any
action of replevin, claim and delivery, conversion or similar remedy because of
such removal, sale and/or retention. Tenant hereby waives all claims for damages
which may be caused by such removal, sale and/or retention and will save
Landlord harmless, from any loss, costs or damages occasioned by any third
parties claiming rights in such properties retained, sold or disposed of by
Landlord pursuant to this Section. Such lien shall be in addition to any other
rights or remedies Landlord may have as provided by this Lease or as allowed by
law.

                                   SECTION 22

RIGHT OF ENTRY

     22.01. Landlord or Landlord's agents shall have the right to enter the
Leased Premises at all reasonable times after reasonable notice to examine the
same and to show them to prospective purchasers or mortgagees. Landlord or
Landlord's agents shall have the further right to enter the Leased Premises to
make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions as Landlord may deem
necessary or desirable, and Landlord shall be allowed to take all material into
and upon the Leased Premises that may be required therefor without the same
constituting an eviction of Tenant in whole or in part, and the rent and other
charges reserved shall in no way abate while said repairs, alterations,
improvements, or additions are being made, by reason of loss or interruption of
business of Tenant, or otherwise. Landlord may, at any time, exhibit the Leased
Premises to prospective tenants.

                                   SECTION 23

ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF LANDLORD

     23.01. The Landlord shall have the right, without the consent of Tenant, to
grant to adjacent land owners, including Landlord, at any time and from time to
time during the term of this Lease, as extended, easements and rights of
ingress, egress and common use and enjoyment with respect to the roads,
driveways, parking lots, walks, unimproved portions of the land, water, sewage,
telephone, gas and electricity lines, and Landlord may at any time and from time
to time grant easements, public and private, for such purposes to itself and to
others, and relocate any easements nor or hereafter affecting the land over the
common use areas.

     23.02. Landlord reserves (a) the right from time to time, to erect other or
additional buildings in the common areas, to make changes, alterations,
additions, improvements, repairs or replacements in or to the building and/or
to the street entrances, parking lot, and

                                     Page 21


<PAGE>   25

any other parts of the building, and to erect, maintain, and use pipes, ducts,
wiring, and conduits in and through the Leased Premises and the building and
other facilities all as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary or desirable;
provided, however, that there be no unreasonable interference with Tenant's use
of the Leased Premises; and (b) the right to eliminate, substitute and/or
rearrange the Common Areas and facilities (which may theretofore have been so
designated) as Landlord deems appropriate in its discretion including any
parking facilities. Tenant's nonexclusive right to utilize the Common Areas
shall be in common with Landlord, other Tenants and occupants of the building
and others to whom Landlord grants such rights from time to time.

                                   SECTION 24

NOTICES

     24.01 All notices, demands and requests required or permitted to be given
under the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed
given (a) when personally delivered to the party to be given such notice or
other communication, (b) on the business day that such notice or other
communication is sent by facsimile or similar electronic device, fully prepaid,
which facsimile or similar electronic communication shall promptly be confirmed
by written notice, (c) on the third business day following the date of deposit
in the United States mail if such notice or other communication is sent by
certified or registered mail with return receipt requested and postage thereon
fully prepaid, or (d) on the business day following the day such notice or other
communication is sent by reputable overnight courier, to the following:


     If to Landlord:     Charrington Estates, L. P.
                         2301 W. Big Beaver, Suite 900
                         Troy, Michigan 48084

     If to Tenant:       Jabil Circuit, Inc.
                         Attn: William Peters
                         1700 Atlantic Boulevard
                         Auburn Hills, Michigan 48326

     With a copy to:     Jabil Circuit, Inc.
                         Attn: Robert Paver, Esquire
                         10800 Roosevelt Boulevard
                         St. Petersburg, Florida 33716

or to such other address as the parties may designate in writing.

                                   SECTION 25

ADDITIONAL RULES

     25.01. The Landlord may, from time to time, make such reasonable rules and
regulations as in the Landlord's judgment may be necessary or advisable for the
safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises, the cleanliness of the building in
which the same are located and for the preservation of good order in said
building and the use and occupancy of the demised premises shall be conditioned
upon observance of and compliance with such rules and regulations; provided,
however, that any such rules and regulations shall not unreasonably interfere
with the use by Tenant of the Leased Premises and common areas as contemplated
herein, and further that any such rules and regulations shall not be effective
until at least ten (10) days after Landlord shall have furnished a copy thereof
to Tenant.

                                     Page 22


<PAGE>   26

                                   SECTION 26

ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTS

     26.01. The parties hereto, upon request, agree to execute any additional
documents required to carry out the intent and provisions of this Lease.

                                   SECTION 27

WAIVER OF RIGHTS AND REDEMPTION

     27.01. Tenant hereby expressly waives to and only as may be allowed by law
either now or as may become applicable in the future, any and all rights or
redemption granted by or under any present or future laws in the event of Tenant
being evicted or dispossessed for any cause, or in the event of Landlord
obtaining possession of the Leased Premises, by reason of the violation by
Tenant of any of the covenants or conditions of this Lease, or otherwise.

                                   SECTION 28

WAIVER

     28.01. The failure of the Landlord to insist, in any one or more instances
upon a strict performance of any of the covenants of this Lease, or to exercise
any option herein contained, shall not be construed as a waiver of a
relinquishment for the future exercising of such covenant and/or condition or
option, but the same shall continue and remain in full force and effect. The
receipt by the Landlord of rent, with knowledge of the breach of any covenant or
condition hereof, shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach and no waiver by
the Landlord of any provision hereof shall be deemed to have been made unless
expressed in writing and signed by the Landlord.

                                   SECTION 29

NO PARTNERSHIP

     29.01. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed or construed by the parties
hereto, nor by any third party, as creating the relationship of principal and
agent or of partnership or of joint venture between the parties hereto, it being
understood and agreed that neither the method of computation of rent, nor any
other provision contained herein, nor any acts of the parties herein shall be
deemed to create any relationship between the parties hereto other than the
relationship of Landlord and Tenant.

                                   SECTION 30

PARTIAL INVALIDITY AND SEVERABILITY

     30.01. If any term, covenant or condition of this Lease or the application
thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid or
unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term,
covenant or condition to persons or circumstances other than those as to which
it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby and each
term, covenant or condition of this Lease shall be valid and be enforced to the
fullest extent permitted by law.

                                     Page 23


<PAGE>   27

                                   SECTION 31

LIENS

     31.01. The Tenant shall have no power to do any act or make any contract
which may create or be the foundation for any lien, mortgage or other
encumbrance upon the estate of the Landlord or of any interest of the Landlord
in the demised premises, or upon or in the building or buildings or improvements
thereon or hereafter erected or placed hereon, it being agreed that should the
Tenant cause any improvements, alterations or repairs to be made to the demised
premises, or material furnished or labor performed therein, or thereon, neither
the Landlord nor the demised premises nor any improvements shall under any
circumstances be liable for the payment of any expenses incurred or for the
value of any work done or material furnished to the demised premises or any part
thereof; but all such improvements, alterations, repairs, materials and labor
shall be done at the Tenant's expense and the Tenant shall be solely and wholly
responsible to contractors, laborers and materialmen, furnishing labor and
material to said Premises and building or buildings and improvements or any part
thereof and all such laborers, materialmen and contractors are hereby charged
with notice that they must look solely and wholly to the Tenant and the Tenant's
interest in the Premises, to secure the payment of any bills for work done and
materials furnished.

     In the event a mechanic's lien shall be filed against the demised premises
or Tenant's interest therein as the result of the work undertaken by Tenant to
ready the demised premises for the opening of Tenant's business or as a result
of any repairs or alterations made by Tenant, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days
after receiving notice of such lien either by payment of the indebtedness due
the mechanic's lien claimant or by filing a bond (as provided by statute) as
security therefor. In the event Tenant shall fail to discharge such lien,
Landlord shall, among its remedies, including but not limited to those for
default, have the right to procure such discharge by filing such bond and Tenant
shall pay the cost of such bond to Landlord as additional rent upon the first
day that rent shall be due thereafter.

                                   SECTION 32

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

     32.01. This Lease and the Exhibits, Riders and/or Addenda, if any, attached
and signed by the parties, set forth the entire agreement between both parties.
Any prior conversations or writings are merged herein and extinguished. No
subsequent amendment to this Lease shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant
unless reduced to writing and signed. If any provisions contained in a Rider or
Addenda is inconsistent with a provision of this Lease, the provision contained
in said Rider or Addenda shall supersede the Lease provision. This Lease and
such Exhibits, Riders and/or Addenda are agreed upon by the parties as being a
fully integrated document.

                                   SECTION 33

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

     33.01. Tenant covenants and warrants that during the term of this Lease or
any extension thereof, Tenant, at its expense and under penalty of forfeiture
and damages, has complied and will continue to comply with all statutes,
ordinances, rules, orders, regulations and/or requirements of all county,
municipal, state, federal and other applicable governmental authorities now in
force or which may hereinafter be in force as pertains to the conduct of
Tenant's business. Tenant agrees to indemnify, save and hold Landlord harmless
from any fines or penalties assessed against the demised premises for a
violation of any statutes, ordinances, rules, orders, regulations, and/or
requirements of all county,

                                     Page 24


<PAGE>   28

municipal, state federal and other governmental authorities as a result of
Tenant's improper, unusual or unlawful manner of using the demised premises for
the conduct of Tenant's business.

                                   SECTION 34

CONSTRUCTION AND INTERPRETATION

     34.01. This Lease shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the
laws of the State of Michigan.

RENT TO BE NET TO LANDLORD

                                   SECTION 35

     35.01. It is the intention of the parties that the rent payable hereunder
shall be net to Landlord, so that this Lease shall yield to Landlord the net
annual rent specified herein during the term of this Lease, and that all costs,
expenses and obligations of every kind or nature whatsoever relating to the
demised premises or common areas shall be paid by Tenant except for those costs,
expenses and obligations specifically designated as those of the Landlord.

                                   SECTION 36

DELAYS

     36.01. In the event that either party hereto shall be delayed or hindered
in or prevented from the performance of any act required hereunder by reason of
strikes, lockouts, labor troubles, inability to procure materials, failure of
power, restrictive governmental laws or regulations, riots, insurrection, war or
other reason of a like nature not the fault of the party delayed in performing
work or doing acts required under the terms of this Lease, then performance of
such act shall be excused for the period of the delay and the period for the
performance of any such act shall be extended for a period equivalent to the
period of such delay. The party entitled to such extension, hereunder shall give
written notice as soon as possible to the other party hereto of its claim of
rights to such extension and the reason(s) therefor. The provisions of this
Paragraph shall not operate to excuse Tenant from prompt payment of rent, or any
other payments required by the terms of this Lease.

                                   SECTION 37

LIABILITY OF LANDLORD

     37.01. If Landlord shall fail to perform any covenant, term or condition of
this Lease upon Landlord's part to be performed, and if as a consequence of such
default Tenant shall recover a money judgment against Landlord, such judgment
shall be satisfied only out of the proceeds of sale received upon execution of
such judgment and levied thereon against the right, title and interest of
Landlord in the demised premises and out of rents or other income from such
property receivable by Landlord, or out of the consideration received by
Landlord from the sale or other disposition of all or any part of Landlord's
right, title and interest in the demised premises, neither Landlord nor any of
the parties comprising the Landlord herein shall be liable for any deficiency.

                                     Page 25


<PAGE>   29

                                   SECTION 38

RECORDING

     38.01. Upon the request of either party hereto, the other party shall join
execution of a memorandum or so-called "short-form" of this Lease for the
purpose of recordation. Said memorandum or "short-form" of this Lease shall
describe the parties, the Leased Premises, the term of this Lease, any special
provisions, and shall incorporate this Lease by reference. Tenant shall not
record this Lease prior to the closing of Landlord's mortgage, without the prior
written consent of Landlord.

                                   SECTION 39

SUBORDINATION

     39.01. The Landlord reserves the right to subject and subordinate this
Lease at all times to the lien of any mortgage or mortgages now or hereafter
placed upon the Landlord's interest in the said Premises and on the land and
buildings of which the said Premises are a part or upon any buildings hereafter
placed upon the land of which the Leased Premises form a part; provided,
however, that any such subordination shall not affect Tenant's rights
hereunder, unless Tenant shall be in default in this Lease. And the Tenant
covenants and agrees to execute and deliver upon demand such further instrument
or instruments subordinating this Lease to the lien of any such mortgage or
mortgages as shall be desired by the Landlord and any mortgagees or proposed
mortgagees. Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints the Landlord the
attorney-in-fact of the Tenant to execute and deliver any such instrument or
instruments for and in the name of the Tenant consistent with the aforegoing.

OFF SET STATEMENT

     39.02. Within ten (10) days after request by Landlord at any time or times,
Tenant shall execute in recordable form and deliver to Landlord a statement, in
writing, certifying (i) that this Lease is in full force and effect; (ii) the
date of commencement of the term of this Lease; (iii) that rent is paid
currently without any offset or defense thereto; (iv) the amount of rent, if
any, paid in advance; and (v) that there are no uncured defaults by Landlord or
stating those claimed by Tenant, provided that, in fact, such facts are accurate
and ascertainable.

ATTORNMENT

     39.03. Tenant shall in the event of the sale or assignment of Landlord's
interest in the Leased Premises, or in the event any proceedings are brought for
the foreclosure of such interest or in the event of exercise of the power of
sale under any mortgage made by Landlord covering the Leased Premises, or for
the eviction of Tenant under any underlying Lease by Landlord, attorn to the
purchaser and recognize such purchaser or lessor as the Landlord under this
Lease, notwithstanding the fact that this Lease may terminate upon the
termination of Landlord's interest. Such attornment shall be self-operative upon
demand without the execution or delivery of any further instrument by Tenant;
however, no such attornment (except in the event of the sale for value of the
Leased Premises) shall cause such subsequent Landlord to be liable for any act
or omission of Landlord or subject to any offsets or defenses against Landlord
or bind it for any rent or additional rent which Tenant may have paid in advance
to Landlord.

                                     Page 26


<PAGE>   30

                                   SECTION 40

BINDING UPON SUCCESSORS

     40.01. The covenants, conditions and agreements made and entered into by
the parties hereto shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of their
respective heirs, administrators, executors, representative, successors and
assigns.

                                   SECTION 41

LANDLORD'S COVENANT

     41.01. Upon payment by the Tenant of the rents herein provided, and upon
the observance and performance of all the covenants, terms and conditions on
Tenant's part to be observed and performed, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly
hold and enjoy the Leased Premises for the term hereby demised without hindrance
or interruption by Landlord or any other person or persons lawfully or equitably
claiming by, through or under the Landlord, subject, nevertheless, to the terms
and conditions of this Lease, and any mortgages to which this Lease is
subordinate.

                                   SECTION 42

ACCORD AND SATISFACTION

     42.01. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than
the monthly rent herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account
of the earliest stipulated rent, nor shall any endorsement of statement on any
check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as rent be deemed on
accord and satisfaction, and Landlord shall accept such check or payment without
prejudice to Landlord's right to recover the balance of such rent or pursue any
other remedy in this Lease provided.

                                   SECTION 43

SECURITY PROVISION

     43.01. The Landlord herewith acknowledges receipt of Twenty-four Thousand
Five Hundred Nine and 56/100 Dollars ($24,509.56) which he is to retain as
security for the faithful performance of all of the covenants, conditions, and
agreements of this Lease, but in no event shall the Landlord be obliged to apply
the same upon rents or other charges in arrears or upon damages for the Tenant's
failure to perform the said covenants, conditions, and agreements; the Landlord
may so apply the security at his option; and the Landlord's right to the
possession of the premises for non-payment of rent or for any other reason shall
not in any event be affected by reason of the fact that the Landlord holds this
security. The said sum if not applied toward the payment of rent in arrears or
toward the payment of damages suffered by the Landlord by reason of the Tenant's
breach of the covenants, conditions, and agreements of this Lease is to be
returned to the Tenant when this Lease is terminated, according to these terms,
and in no event is the said security to be returned until the Tenant has vacated
the Premises and delivered possession to the Landlord. 

In the event that the Landlord repossesses himself of the said Premises because
of the Tenant's default or because of the Tenant's failure to carry out the
covenants, conditions, and agreements of this Lease, the Landlord may apply the
said security upon all damages suffered or shall accrue thereafter by reason of
the Tenant's default or breach. The Landlord shall not be obliged to keep the
said security as a separate fund, but may mix the said security with his own
funds.

                                     Page 27


<PAGE>   31

                                   SECTION 44

SURRENDER OF PREMISES ON TERMINATION

     44.01. Whenever this Lease shall be terminated, whether by lapse of time,
forfeiture, or in any other way, Tenant will yield and deliver up the demised
premises, including the building and improvements thereon and the fixtures and
equipment belonging to Landlord therein contained, peaceably to Landlord in as
good repair as when taken, except for reasonable and normal wear and tear, and
except for damage or destruction resulting from causes which are covered by
insurance.

                                   SECTION 45

RIGHT TO CANCEL.

     45.01. Provided Tenant has not been in default and is not in default,
Tenant shall have the right to cancel this Lease at anytime after the 42nd month
of the Commencement Date with one hundred eighty (180) days' written notice.
Tenant shall pay a cancellation penalty of Two-Hundred Twenty Thousand Five
Hundred Eighty-six and 04/100 Dollars ($220,586.04) due and payable upon Lease
termination to Landlord as well as a proration of the brokerage commission paid
and a proration of Landlord's expense to buildout tenant's office improvements.
The right to cancel this Lease shall not be assignable or otherwise transferable
to any person or entity other than a parent or affiliated entity of Tenant as
defined in Section 7.01.

                                     Page 28


<PAGE>   32

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement the date and
year set forth below:

WITNESSES                     LANDLORD: 

                              CHARRINGTON ESTATES,
                              a Michigan Limited Partnership

/s/                                /s/ 
- --------------------------    By:  -------------------------- 

/s/Sandra R. Pisching         Its: Partner
- --------------------------         --------------------------         


                              TENANT:

                              JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.

/s/                           By:  /s/William S. Peters
- --------------------------         --------------------------


/s/Sandra R. Pisching         Its: Operations Manager
- --------------------------         --------------------------

                           
                          ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF LANDLORD

STATE OF MICHIGAN   )
                    )ss.
COUNTY OF OAKLAND   )

     On this 1 day of October 1997, before me personally appeared Stanley
Frankel, personally know to me to be the person who executed the foregoing Lease
as Partner of CHARRINGTON ESTATES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Michigan Limited
Partnership, on behalf of such Limited Partnership and acknowledged before me
that he executed the same as his free act and deed.

   MAJORIE B. SIVAK                    /s/ Majorie B. Sivak
                                       -----------------------------------------
NOTARY PUBLIC STATE OF MICHIGAN         
   OAKLAND COUNTY                      Notary Public, Oakland County, Michigan
                                       My Commission Expires:
My Commission Expires July 24, 1999                          -------------------



                       ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF CORPORATE TENANT

STATE OF Michigan   )
         --------            
                    )
COUNTY OF Oakland   )
          -------

     On this 1 day of October 1997, before me personally appeared William S.
Peters and _____________ of Jabil Circuit, Inc., which executed the within
instrument, and that said instrument was signed and sealed on behalf of said
corporation and said William S. Peters and                  acknowledged before
                                           ----------------
me said instrument to be the free act and deed of said corporation.
                                        
MARJORIE B. SIVAK                      /s/ Majorie B. Sivak 
NOTARY PUBLIC STATE OF MICHIGAN        ----------------------------------------
OAKLAND COUNTY                         Notary Public,                    County,
MY COMMISSION EXP. JULY 24, 1999                     --------------------       
                                       My Commission Expires: 
                                                             ------------------
                                               


                                     Page 29


<PAGE>   33

                                LEGAL DESCRIPTION
                               SITE AND SITE PLAN

PART OF THE SOUTHWEST 1/4 SECTION 26, TOWN 3 NORTH, RANGE 10 EAST, CITY OF
AUBURN HILLS (FORMERLY PONTIAC TOWNSHIP), OAKLAND COUNTY, MICHIGAN, BEING MORE
PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS; BEGINNING AT A POINT WHICH IS S 87 DEGREES
32'56" W 33.07 FEET ALONG THE SOUTH LINE OF SECTION 26 AND THENCE ALONG THE WEST
LINE OF DORIS AVENUE (66 FEET WIDE) N 01 DEGREE 10'43" E 532.18 FEET FROM THE
SOUTH 1/4 CORNER OF SAID SECTION 26, TOWN 3 NORTH, RANGE 10 EAST.

THENCE S 88 DEGREES 29'15" W 598.18 FEET; THENCE NORTHWESTERLY 135 FEET ALONG A
CURVE CONCAVE TO THE SOUTHWEST (RADIUS OF 75 FEET, A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 103
DEGREES 07'53" A CHORD BEARING OF N 23'22" W 117.50 FEET); THENCE N 23 DEGREES
20'30" E 110.00 FEET; THENCE N 02 DEGREES 27'04" W 525.54; THENCE N 87 DEGREES
32'56" E 534.15 FEET; THENCE S 31 DEGREES 41'15" E 109.83 FEET; THENCE S 12
DEGREES 08'18" E 261.25 FEET; THENCE ALONG THE WEST LINE OF DORIS AVENUE (66
FEET WIDE) S 01 DEGREE 10'43" W 384.44 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING.

CONTAINING 447,535 SQUARE FEET OR 10.274 ACRES OF LAND SUBJECT TO AND TOGETHER
WITH ANY EASEMENTS, RESTRICTIONS OR RESERVATIONS AFFECTING TITLE TO THE
DESCRIBED PREMISES.

                            EXHIBIT "1" - Page 1 of 1


                                    Page 30

<PAGE>   34

                             LEASED PREMISES PARCEL

                                 [FLOOR PLAN]


Legend

  = Leased Premises Parcel Boundary

  = Leased Premises



                            EXHIBIT "2" - Page 1 of 1



                                     Page 31


<PAGE>   35

                OPDYKE INDUSTRIAL PARK - BUILDING SPECIFICATIONS

OFFICE AREA (7200 Square Feet)

HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING: Roof mounted heating and air cooling units to be
installed. Gas heat to 72 degrees F. at an outside temperature of 0 degrees F.
and electrically air conditioned to 70 degrees F. at an outside temperature of
90 degrees. All duct work, defusers and thermostats to be supplied and
installed.

CEILING: Ceiling shall be 2' x 4' lay-in white acoustical tile of fissured
design.  

WALL FINISH: Interior side of exterior walls to receive 1/2" drywall, taped,
sanded and painted.

ELECTRICAL WATER COOLER: Landlord to supply one (1) electric water cooler in
office area.

FLOOR COVERING ALLOWANCE: Tenant shall receive a floor covering allowance to
cover the cost of tenant's desired floor covering, vinyl base, inclusive of
labor and material for installation, in an amount equal to $12.00 per square
yard.

DOORS: One solid core partition flush birch veneer door will be provided for
each 25 lineal feet of partition allowance. Doors and wood trim shall be stained
and varnished, or painted at tenant's option.

PARTITION STANDARDS: The allowance for interior partitions is five percent (5%)
of the square footage of office space leased.

Typical wall construction shall be metal studs with taped, sanded and painted
drywall. Tenant shall have choice of custom colors.

LIGHTING STANDARDS: Ceiling fixtures to be supplied shall be 2'x 4' lay-in
fluorescent fixtures installed in office area to provide one fixture for 80
square feet of leased office space.

TELEPHONE OUTLETS: One (1) telephone outlet receptacle shall be installed for
each 250 square feet of leased office space.

ELECTRICAL OUTLETS: One (1) single pole light switch per 500 square feet of
leased office space.

ELECTRICAL WALL OUTLETS: One (1) 120 volt duplex outlet for each 200
square feet of leased office space. Floor outlets shall be installed at
additional cost if required.

RESTROOMS: Toilet fixtures shall be installed as required by local code
including installation of barrier free fixtures to meet Michigan Handicapped
Code. Metal toilet partitions and hot water shall be supplied.

                            EXHIBIT "3" - Page 1 of 2

                                     Page 32


<PAGE>   36

OPDYKE INDUSTRIAL PARK - BUILDING SPECIFICATIONS

WAREHOUSE

INTERIOR WALLS: Painted block.

ELECTRICAL SERVICE: 480 volt, 1,000 amps., 3 phase electrical service to serve
entire building.

FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM: Entire shop area to have automatic sprinkler system
installed per local municipal code.

CEILING CLEARANCE: 21' clear height.

OVERHEAD DOORS: Two 12' x 14' electrically operated, insulated metal doors.
Interior truckwell with load leveler.

FLOOR FINISH: Sealed concrete floor.

CEILING IN WAREHOUSE AREA: Ceiling to be exposed joists.

WAREHOUSE LIGHTING: Landlord to install metal Halide lighting fixtures based on
one fixture per 400 square feet.

GAS UNIT HEATERS: Per approved plan.

GROUNDS

LANDSCAPING: Professionally designed landscaping per approved site plan.  Sod
with full sprinkler system.

CUSTOM ADDITIONS:

Landlord is available to quote and promptly construct and install all tenant
required options, upgrades and additional interior requirements. Architectural
and space planning services are available.

SIGNAGE: Full building user shall be entitled to signature name per municipal
building code.

                            EXHIBIT "3" - Page 2 of 2

                                     Page 33


<PAGE>   37

                                    GUARANTY

ANNEXED TO AND FORMING A PART OF LEASE DATED October 1, 1997, BETWEEN
CHARRINGTON ESTATES, A MICHIGAN LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, AS LANDLORD, AND JABIL
CIRCUIT, INC., AS TENANT.

     The under signed William Peters, Operations Manager, whose address is 
_________, in consideration of the leasing of the Premises described in the
annexed Lease to the above-named Tenant, do hereby covenant and agree:

A.   That if Tenant shall default at any time during the term granted by said
     Lease in the performance of any of the covenants and obligations of said
     Lease on Tenant's part to be performed, then the undersigned will on
     demand well and truly perform the covenants and obligations of said Lease
     on Tenant's part to be performed and will on demand pay to Landlord any
     and all sums due to Landlord, including all damages and expenses that may
     arise in consequence of Tenant's default, and does hereby waive all
     requirements of notice of breach or nonperformance by Tenant.

B.   That the undersigned may, at Landlord's option, be joined in any action or
     proceeding commenced by Landlord against Tenant in connection with the
     based upon covenants and obligations in said Lease, and that the
     undersigned waives any demand by Landlord and/or prior action by Landlord
     of any nature whatsoever against Tenant.

C.   That this Agreement and Guaranty shall remain and continue in full force
     and effect notwithstanding the alteration of the said Lease by the parties
     thereto whether prior to or subsequent to the execution hereof and as to
     any renewal, extension, modification or amendment of said Lease and as to
     any assignee of Tenant's interest in said Lease, and the undersigned does
     hereby waive notice of any of the foregoing, and agree that the liability
     of the undersigned hereunder shall not be discharged, in whole or in part,
     thereby and shall be based upon the obligations set forth in the said
     Lease as the same may be altered, renewed, extended, modified, amended, or
     assigned.

D.   That undersigned's obligations hereunder shall remain fully binding
     although Landlord may have waived one or more defaults by Tenant, extended
     the time of performance by Tenant, released, returned or misapplied other
     collateral given later as additional security (including other guaranties
     and released Tenant from the performance of its obligations under such
     Lease.

E.   That this Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding
     the institution by or against Tenant, of bankruptcy, reorganization,
     readjustment, receivership or insolvency proceedings of any nature, or the
     disaffirmance of said Lease in any such proceedings or otherwise.

F.   That if this Guaranty is signed by more than one party, their obligations
     shall be joint and several and the release of one of such guarantors shall
     not release any other of such guarantors.

G.   That this Guaranty shall be applicable to and binding upon the heirs,
     representatives, successors, and assigns of Landlord, Tenant and Guarantor.

                             EXHIBIT "4" page 1 of 2

                                     Page 34


<PAGE>   38

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Guaranty this 1ST
day of October, 1997.

WITNESSES:                               GUARANTOR(S):
                                         /s/ William E. Peters
- ---------------------------             -------------------------------------
/s/                                      Operations Manager
- ---------------------------             -------------------------------------





                            CORPORATE ACKNOWLEDGMENT

STATE OF Michigan        )
COUNTY OF Oakland        )ss.
                         )

     On this 1 day of October, 199_, before me personally appeared William S.
Peters and ____________________  of Jabil Circuit, Inc., which executed the
within instrument, and that said instrument was signed and sealed on behalf of
said corporation and said William S. Peters and ____________________
acknowledged before me said instrument to be the free act and deed of said
corporation.

    Majorie B. Sivak
NOTARY PUBLIC STATE OF MICHIGAN
        OAKLAND COUNTY
MY COMMISSION EXP. JULY 24, 1999

                                      /s/ Majorie B. Sivak
                                      Notary Public, _______ County, _______ 
                                      My Commission Expires: _________



                            EXHIBIT "4", Page 2 of 2

                                     Page 35



<PAGE>   1
                                                        EXHIBIT 10.65


                           WEST BAY CORPORATE CENTER

                                LEASE AGREEMENT

                                    BETWEEN

                        JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. ("TENANT")

                                      AND

            TEACHERS INSURANCE AND ANNUITY ASSOCIATION ("LANDLORD")



<PAGE>   2



                               INDUSTRIAL LEASE

                                     INDEX


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TITLE                                                            PAGES
<S>                                                              <C>
Acceptance of the Premises
Access, Changes in Building Facilities Name
Additional Rent
Alterations
Assignment
Broker(s)
Common Areas
Condemnation
Confidentiality
Construction, Applicable Law
Default: LANDLORD's Remedies
Delay Or Possession
Destruction or Damage
Effect of Delivery of this Lease
Entire Agreement
Indemnification
Insurance
LANDLORD's Liability
Liens
Notices
Parking
Peaceful Possession
Preparation of the Premises
Radon Gas
Relocation of TENANT
Rent
Repairs and Maintenance
Requirements of Law; Hazardous Materials
Rules and Regulations
Security
Security Systems
Signs
Subordination
Surrender, Holding Over
Term
Transfer by LANDLORD
Use
Utilities
Waiver
Waiver of Jury Trial
Waivers by TENANT

Exhibit "A" - Site Location .............................................
Exhibit "B" - Rules and Regulations......................................
Exhibit "C" - Tenant Improvements........................................
Exhibit "D" - Schedule of Adjustments in Fixed Annual Rent

Rider I - Tenant's Construction of Improvements
</TABLE>




<PAGE>   3



                               INDUSTRIAL LEASE

         THIS LEASE AGREEMENT, dated as of the 30th
 day of October, 1997 by
and between TEACHERS INSURANCE AND ANNUITY ASSOCIATION referred to as
"LANDLORD", and JABIL CIRCUIT, INC., a Delaware corporation, hereinafter
referred to as "TENANT":

                                  WITNESSETH:

         LANDLORD hereby leases to TENANT and TENANT hereby hires from
LANDLORD:

Space located at:                              Suite 9424 of West Bay 
Corporate Center                               9424 International Court
                                               St. Petersburg, Florida

more particularly described on Exhibit "A" attached hereto; hereinafter
referred to as the "Premises" or "Demised Premises", for the term hereinafter
stated, for the rents hereinafter reserved, and upon and subject to the terms,
conditions, and covenants hereinafter provided. The Demised Premises shall be
deemed for all purposes to consist of approximately 26,667 square feet.

         1.       TERM:

                  A.       TENANT shall have and hold the Premises for a term
commencing on the date determined in the manner provided in Subsection IB below
and expiring on that day which is the last day of the eighteenth (18th)
calendar month after the end of the Initial Partial Month (defined in Section
1D below), until such term shall sooner terminate as hereinafter provided.

                  B.       The term of this Lease and TENANT's obligation to
pay rent and all forms of additional rent due hereunder for all of the Premises
unless otherwise set forth herein) shall commence on December 1, 1997 (the
"Anticipated Commencement Date"), or in the event the Premises is not currently
fully constructed, upon whichever of the following dates shall first occur: (a)
the date when TENANT shall take possession of the Premises or any portion
thereof for the conduct of its business; or (b) if LANDLORD is to complete the
total build-out of the Premises, the date when the Premises are Substantially
Ready For Occupancy (as hereinafter defined), which date may be made earlier by
the total number of days of delay, if any, by TENANT in complying with any of
the provisions of Rider 1 hereof regarding the delivery of plans and
specifications for the Premises, or by TENANT interfering in any way with
LANDLORD'S completion of the improvements to the Premises. LANDLORD shall, in
accordance with the foregoing, fix the commencement date of the term of this
Lease (the "Commencement Date"), and shall notify TENANT of the date so fixed.
The Parties agree, if LANDLORD so requests, thereafter to execute a written
memorandum confirming such Commencement Date as well as the expiration date of
this Lease, which memorandum shall become a part of this Lease. The failure of
the parties to execute such memorandum shall not affect the validity of the
Commencement Date as fixed by the LANDLORD.

                  C.       The Premises shall be deemed Substantially Ready For
Occupancy on the date that a certificate of occupancy or completion or
equivalent instrument is issued with respect to the Premises by the County of
Pinellas, Florida, notwithstanding that minor punchlist or insubstantial
details of construction or mechanical adjustment remain to be performed.

                  D.       If the Commencement Date falls on a date other than
the first day of the calendar month, then the term of this Lease and the first
lease year hereof shall be extended by the total number of days from the
Commencement Date to the end of the month in which the Commencement Date occurs
("Initial Partial Month").



<PAGE>   4



                  E.       If LANDLORD shall be unable to give possession of
the Premises to Lessee on the Anticipated Commencement Date because of the
retention of possession by any occupant thereof, delay caused by any alteration
or construction work or for any other reason, Lessor shall not be subject to any
liability for such failure.

         2.       RENT:

         The rent reserved under this Lease for the term hereof shall be and
consist of:


                  A.       Base Rent as set forth on Exhibit "D" hereof, which
shall be payable in advance, in equal monthly installments, without deduction
or set-offs and without prior demand therefore, on the first day of each and
every calendar month during the term of this Lease except that:

                           (i)      TENANT shall pay, upon execution and
delivery of this Lease by TENANT, the sum of $13,333.50 together with $4,311.17
representing the first month's portion of the estimated share of expenses per
section 14 of this Lease entitled "Additional Rent", plus applicable sales tax,
to be applied against the first installment of Base Rent becoming due under the
lease.

                           (ii)     TENANT shall pay, on the Commencement Date,
a prorated amount of Base Rent and Additional Rent for the Initial Partial
Month.

                  B.       All taxes in the nature of sales, use, or similar
taxes, now or hereinafter assessed or levied by any taxing authority upon the
payment of fixed rent or Additional Rent as hereinafter defined, and which the
LANDLORD is required or permitted to collect from TENANT, shall be payable
simultaneously with the payment of Base Rent or Additional Rent.

                  C.       TENANT covenants and agrees to pay a late charge for
any payment of Base Rent not received by LANDLORD on or before the seventh
(7th) day of each month and for any other payment, such as Additional Rent, not
received by LANDLORD on or before the date when same is due. Said late charge
shall be computed from the first day of the month in the case of Rent and from
the date when same is due in case of Additional Rent. The amount of the late
charge shall be an amount equal to the interest commencing on the dates
aforesaid, ending on the date of receipt of the sum(s) by LANDLORD and having a
rate equal to eighteen percent (18%) per annum. In the event any late charge is
due to LANDLORD, LANDLORD shall advise TENANT in writing and TENANT shall pay
said late charge to LANDLORD not later than the date when the next payment of
Rent is due.

                  D.       Additional Rent consisting of all such other sums of
money as shall become due from and payable by TENANT to LANDLORD hereunder (for
default in payment of which LANDLORD shall have the same remedies as for a
default in payment of fixed rent); all to be paid to LANDLORD without demand,
deduction, or set off at its office, or such agent or such other place as
LANDLORD may designate by notice to TENANT, in lawful money of the United
States of America. Rent and Additional Rent shall be made payable to:

                          McCoy Realty Group
                          4175 E. Bay Drive, Suite 100
                          Clearwater, FL 34624

         3.       SECURITY:

                  TENANT simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this
Lease has deposited with LANDLORD, the sum of $17,644.67 receipt of which is
hereby acknowledged, which sum shall be retained by LANDLORD as security for
the payment by TENANT of the rents herein agreed to be paid by TENANT and for
the faithful performance by TENANT of the terms, conditions, and covenants of
this Lease. It is agreed that LANDLORD, at LANDLORD's option, may at any time
apply said sum or any part thereof toward the payment of the rents and any
other sum payable by TENANT under this Lease, and/or toward the performance of
each and every of TENANT's covenants under this Lease and TENANT's liability
under this Lease shall thereby be reduced pro tanto that TENANT shall remain
liable for any amounts that such sum shall be insufficient to pay; that
LANDLORD may exhaust any or all rights and remedies against TENANT before
resorting to said sum, but nothing herein contained shall require or be deemed
to require LANDLORD to do so; that, in the event this deposit shall not be
utilized for any

                                      -2-

<PAGE>   5

of such purposes, then such deposit shall be returned by LANDLORD to TENANT
promptly after the expiration of the term of the Lease. LANDLORD shall not be
required to pay TENANT any interest on said security deposit. Promptly upon
demand by LANDLORD, TENANT shall deposit with LANDLORD such additional sum as
may be necessary to replace any amounts expended therefrom by LANDLORD pursuant
to the provisions hereof, so that there shall always be a security deposit in
the sum first set forth above.

     4.   USE:

     The TENANT will use any occupy the Premises for office/warehouse and for
no other use or purpose. The TENANT will not create nor allow to be created any
form of pollution whether noise, smoke, or otherwise within or without the
Demised Premises. The TENANT shall at its own cost and expense obtain any and
all licenses and permits necessary for any such use.

     5.   ASSIGNMENT:

         TENANT may not assign, sublet, transfer, or dispose of this Lease
during the term hereof, or underlet the Demised Premises or any part thereof or
permit the Premises to be occupied by any other persons without the written
consent of LANDLORD first obtained in each case. If this Lease be assigned, or
if the Demised Premises or any part thereof be underlet or occupied by anybody
other than the TENANT, the LANDLORD may, at LANDLORD's option, after default by
the TENANT, collect rent from the assignee, under tenant, or occupant, and
apply the net amount collected to the rent herein reserved, but no such
collection shall be deemed a waiver of this covenant, or the acceptance of the
assignee, under tenant or occupant as TENANT or a release of the TENANT from
the further observance and performance by the TENANT of the covenants herein
contained.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, this Lease
may be assigned, sublet, or transferred to, or the Demised Premises may be
underlet to, or occupied by, in whole or in part, (i)any corporation into or
with which TENANT may be merged or consolidated, or (ii) any corporation which
now or hereafter is an affiliate, subsidiary, parent, or successor of TENANT,
(iii) any corporation which acquires all or a substantial portion of the stock
or assets of TENANT, or (iv) any partnership, the majority or controlling
interest in which shall be owned by TENANT, or an affiliate, subsidiary,
parent, or successor of TENANT, or by stockholders of TENANT or of an
affiliate, subsidiary, parent, or successor of TENANT, without the written
consent of LANDLORD.

         If TENANT shall desire to make interior alterations in connection with
an assignment or subletting which is permitted hereunder, LANDLORD shall not
unreasonably withhold or delay its consent thereto.

         For the purpose of this paragraph, a "subsidiary" or "affiliate" or a
"successor" of TENANT shall mean the following:

                  A.       An "Affiliate" shall mean any corporation which,
directly or indirectly controls or is controlled by or is under common control
with TENANT. For this purpose "control" shall mean the possession, directly or
indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and
policies of such corporation, whether through the ownership of voting
securities or by contract or otherwise;


                  B.       A "subsidiary" shall mean any corporation not less
than fifty percent (50%) of whose outstanding stock shall, at the time, be
owned directly or indirectly by TENANT;

                  C.       A "successor" of TENANT shall mean:

                  (1)      A corporation in which or with which TENANT, its
corporate successors, or assigns, is merged or consolidated, in accordance with
applicable statutory provisions for merger or consolidation of corporations,
provided that by operation of law or by the effective provisions contained in
the instruments of merger or consolidation, the liabilities of the corporations
participating in such merger or consolidation are assumed by the surviving such
merger or created by such consolidation; or


                                      -3-

<PAGE>   6

                  (2)      A corporation or partnership acquiring this Lease
and the term hereby demised and a substantial portion of the property and
assets or the stock of TENANT, its corporate successors, or assigns or;

                  (3)      A corporate or other entity resulting from a
reorganization of TENANT (not a reorganization under the Bankruptcy laws); or

                  (4)      A corporate successor to a successor corporation
becoming such by of the methods described in (1), (2) or (3), provided that on
the completion of such merger, consolidation, acquisition, or assumption, the
successor shall have a net worth no less than TENANT's net worth immediately
prior to such merger, consolidation acquisition, or assumption.

         Acquisition, reorganization, or assumption by TENANT, its corporate
successors or assigns, of a substantial portion of the assets, together with
the assumption of all or substantially all of the obligations and liabilities
of any corporation, shall be deemed a merger of such corporation into TENANT
for the purpose of this paragraph.

         Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, where the consent of the
LANDLORD is necessary to a proposed assignment or subletting, TENANT agrees to
notify the LANDLORD in writing of the name, address, terms of the proposed
sublease or assignment, proposed use, and such other data concerning the
assignee or sublessee as TENANT shall have obtained. LANDLORD shall have thirty
(30) days from such notice within which to (a) give its written consent to such
assignment or sublease with TENANT remaining fully liable for its obligations
under the Lease; (b) acquiesce to such assignment or sublease, but terminate
TENANT's obligations under the Lease (provided LANDLORD and assignee or
sublessee enter into a new Lease upon the same terms as set forth in the
proposed assignment or sublease); or (c) give written notice that it is
withholding its consent to the proposed assignment or subletting in accordance
with the applicable provisions of this Lease.

         In the event of the transfer and assignment by LANDLORD of its
interest in this Lease and/or in the building containing the Leased Premises to
a person expressly assuming LANDLORD's obligations under this Lease, LANDLORD
shall thereby be released from any further obligations thereunder, and TENANT
agrees to look solely to such successor in interest of the LANDLORD for
performance of such obligations. Any security given by TENANT to secure
performance of TENANT's obligations hereunder may be assigned and transferred
by LANDLORD to such successor in interest, and LANDLORD shall thereby be
discharged of any further obligation relating thereto.

         6.       CONSTRUCTION, APPLICABLE LAW:

         The words "LANDLORD" and "TENANT" as used herein shall include plural
as well as the singular. Words used in masculine gender include the feminine
and neuter. If there be more than one LANDLORD or TENANT, the obligations
imposed hereunder upon the LANDLORD and TENANT shall be joint or several. The
section headings or titles in this Lease are not a part hereof and shall have
no effect upon the construction of interpretation of any part hereof. This
Lease shall be construed and enforced under the laws of the State of Florida.
Should any provisions of this Lease be illegal or unenforceable under such
laws, it or they shall be considered severable and this Lease and its
conditions shall remain in force and be binding upon the parties hereto just as
though the illegal or unenforceable provisions had never been included herein.

         7.       PREPARATION OF THE PREMISES: (1)



- ----------------------------

         (1)      OTHER THAN FUMIGATING FOR INSECTS AND PESTS, AS WELL AS
REMOVAL FROM THE PREMISES OF ALL UNCONNECTED/UNAFFIXED AND FREE STANDING
FURNITURE, LANDLORD SHALL DELIVER THE DEMISED PREMISES TO TENANT IN ITS "AS-IS"
CONDITION. TENANT SHALL CONSTRUCT ALL IMPROVEMENTS, AT ITS EXPENSE, IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF RIDER 1 HERETO AND SPACE PLANS AND ARCHITECTURAL
DRAWINGS, IF ANY, APPROVED IN ADVANCE BY LANDLORD.

                                      -4-

<PAGE>   7



         8.       ACCEPTANCE OF THE PREMISES:

         LANDLORD shall deliver the Premises to TENANT with an operational
heating and air conditioning system. TENANT's failure to give written notice to
LANDLORD at any time during the thirty (30) day period after TENANT has taken
possession of the Demised Premises shall be conclusive evidence that the Demised
Premises were in good order and satisfactory condition on the day TENANT took
possession. No promise of the LANDLORD to alter, remodel, or improve the Demised
Premises and no representation respecting the condition of the Demised Premises
have been made by the LANDLORD to the TENANT, unless the same is contained
herein or made a part hereof, and the TENANT will make no claim on Account of
any representations whatsoever, whether made by any renting agent, broker,
officer, or other representatives of LANDLORD or which may be contained in any
circular, prospectus, or advertisement relating to the Demised Premises, unless
the same is specifically set forth or referenced in this Lease. The LANDLORD
agrees that it will promptly correct any of the work to be performed by the
LANDLORD under the terms of this Lease which defects, inconsistencies or work
are set forth in the above referenced written notice to LANDLORD.

         9.       REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE:

         The TENANT will, at TENANT's sole cost and expense, keep the Demised
Premises in good repair and tenantable condition during the term of this Lease.
The repair and maintenance of the whole of the Demised Premises, including
without limitation, the nonstructural interior portions of the Demised
Premises; including storefronts, windows, doors, floor covering, plumbing,
ventilation, heating and air conditioning systems, shall be the sole
responsibility of the TENANT at the TENANT's expense.

         The TENANT will, at the termination of this Lease, by lapse of time or
otherwise, surrender the Premises in the same condition as when received,
reasonable wear and tear excepted, and shall surrender all keys for the
Premises to LANDLORD. TENANT shall remove all its trade fixtures leased
equipment and any alterations or improvements which LANDLORD requests to be
removed before surrendering the Premises as aforesaid and shall repair any
damage to the Premises caused thereby. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however,
TENANT shall not be required to remove improvements of a permanent nature such
as walls, partitions, carpeting and painting, TENANT's obligation to observe or
perform this covenant shall survive the expiration or other termination of the
term of the Lease.

         The TENANT shall at its own cost and expense, enter into an annual
contract for regularly scheduled preventive maintenance and repair, with a
licensed maintenance contractor approved by the LANDLORD, for servicing and
repair of all heating and air conditioning systems and equipment serving the
Premises. Not later than thirty (30) days following the commencement of this
Lease and annually thereafter, TENANT shall furnish to LANDLORD a copy of the
air conditioning maintenance contract described above and proof that the annual
premium for the maintenance has been paid. Notwithstanding the above, TENANT
may alternatively maintain the heating and air conditioning systems servicing
the Premises through employees of Tenant who are licensed to maintain such
systems.

         The service contract must include all services suggested by the
equipment manufacturer. The maintenance contractor shall keep a detailed record
of all services performed on the Premises and prepare a yearly service report
to be furnished to the TENANT and the LANDLORD at the end of each calendar
year. The LANDLORD may, but shall not be required to, upon notice to the
TENANT, elect to enter into such maintenance/service contract on behalf of the
TENANT or perform the work itself, and in either case, charge TENANT therefore,
together with a reasonable charge of overhead.

         The LANDLORD agrees to repair and maintain in good order and condition
the roof, roof drains, exterior walls, parking lots, landscaping, exterior
lighting and the structural integrity of the interior and exterior of the
Premises.

                                      -5-

<PAGE>   8



         10.      ALTERATIONS:

         TENANT shall make no alterations, additions, installations,
improvements, or decorations in or to the Premises without the written consent
of LANDLORD, which consent shall be subject to the foregoing and upon such
terms and conditions as LANDLORD may require and stipulate in such consent,
including without limitations, (a) physical and spatial limitations, (b)
governmental approvals, (c) payment, (d) bonding to guarantee the payment of
contractor's fees, (e) indemnification, (f) liens, (g) designation of approved
contractors and subcontractors and (h) LANDLORD's insurer's requirements. This
clause shall not be construed to mean that the LANDLORD shall allow any
mechanics' liens upon the Premises based upon work ordered by the TENANT.

         11.      DELAY OR POSSESSION:

         If the LANDLORD is unable to give possession of the Demised Premises
on the date stipulated in Paragraph 1 hereof as the commencement of the term
hereof, by reason of the LANDLORD not having fully completed construction of
the Demised Premises or the holding over of any prior tenant or tenants or for
any other reason; an abatement or diminution of the rent to be paid hereunder
shall be allowed. TENANT under such circumstances, but nothing herein shall
operate to extend the term of this Lease beyond the expiration date; and said
abatement in rent shall be in the full extent of LANDLORD's liability to TENANT
for any loss or damage to TENANT on account of said delay in obtaining
possession of the Premises.

         12.      DESTRUCTION OR DAMAGE:

                  A.       In the event that the Demised Premises shall be
destroyed or damaged or injured by fire or casualty during the term of this
Lease, whereby all or a part thereof shall be rendered untenantable, then the
LANDLORD shall have the right, to be exercised by notice to TENANT within
thirty (30) days after casualty, to render such premises tenantable by repairs
within 90 days therefrom subject to extension for delays faced by LANDLORD due
to adjustment of insurance proceeds, labor trouble, governmental controls,
so-called acts of God, or any other cause beyond LANDLORD's reasonable control.
If said Premises are not rendered tenantable within said time, it shall, be
optional with either party hereto to cancel this Lease, by written notice to
the other, and in the event of such cancellation the rent shall be paid only to
the date of such fire or casualty and paid rent refunded. During any time that
the Demised Promises are untenantable due to causes set forth in this
paragraph, the rent or a just and fair proportion thereof shall be abated.

                  B.       If the Demised Premises shall suffer damage to an
extent that less than fifteen percent (15%) of the building in which the
Demised Premises are located are rendered untenantable, then LANDLORD agrees to
proceed promptly and without expense to TENANT to repair the damage and restore
the improvement installed by LANDLORD, and TENANT shall be entitled to an
abatement of a fair and just portion of the rent and other payment required
under this Lease according to TENANT's ability to use the Premises from the
date of such damage until said Premises are completely reinstated or restored.
If damage to the Demised Premises in excess of $25,000.00 shall occur within
the last year of the initial term or the option extension period provided for
herein, the obligation of the LANDLORD to restore the Premises shall not arise
unless TENANT shall give notice to LANDLORD within thirty (30) days after such
damage of its desire to extend the term of this Lease for an additional option
term if such option term is still available. Upon such notice, LANDLORD agrees
with all due diligence to repair and restore the Demised Premises and the Lease
shall continue. Failing such notice to exercise in available option to extend,
LANDLORD, at its option, shall have the right to terminate this Lease or to
restore the Premises and the Lease shall continue for the remainder of the then
unexpired term and any options which are thereafter exercised. TENANT shall be
entitled to an abatement of a fair and just portion of the rent and other
payments required under this Lease according to the TENANT's ability to use the
Premises from the date of such damage until the Premises are completely
reinstated and restored.

                  C.       No damages, compensation, or claim shall be payable
by LANDLORD for inconvenience, loss of business, or annoyance arising from any
repair or restoration of any portion of the Demised Premises or of the building
pursuant to this paragraph. If the LANDLORD is required to, or exercises its
rights to, restore the Premises, then LANDLORD shall use its best efforts not
to unreasonably

                                      -6-

<PAGE>   9



interfere with the TENANT's use and occupancy. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary the LANDLORD shall not be liable for damages or claims if it is unable
to obtain insurance.

                  D.       Notwithstanding any of the provisions of the
foregoing, if the LANDLORD or the holder of any superior mortgage, as defined
hereafter is unable to collect all of the insurance proceeds, if any,
applicable to the damage or destruction of the Demised Premises or of the
building by fire or some other casualty or cause, by reason of some action or
inaction on the part of the TENANT, its agents, employees, or contractors then
without prejudice to any other of LANDLORD's remedies available against TENANT,
there shall be no abatement of the rent due from TENANT to the extent of the
uncollected insurance proceeds, if any.

                  E.       LANDLORD will not carry separate insurance of any
kind covering TENANT's property. Except by reason of LANDLORD's breach of any
of its obligations hereunder or by operation of law the LANDLORD shall not be
liable for the repair of any damage or the replacement of TENANT's property.

         13.      DEFAULT: LANDLORD'S REMEDIES:

         All rights and remedies of the LANDLORD herein enumerated shall be
cumulative, and none shall exclude another or any other right or remedy
provided by law.

         A.       If TENANT or any guarantor of this Lease shall become
bankrupt or insolvent or unable to pay its debts as such become due, or file
any debtor proceedings or if TENANT or any guarantor shall take or have taken
against either party in any court pursuant to any statute either of the United
States or of any State, a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for
reorganization or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee of all or a
portion of TENANT's or any such guarantor's property, or if TENANT or any such
guarantor makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or petitions for or
enters into an arrangement, then this Lease shall terminate and LANDLORD, in
addition to any other rights or remedies it may have, shall have the immediate
right of re-entry and may remove all persons and property from the leased
Promises and such property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or
elsewhere at the cost of and for the account of TENANT, all without service of
notice or resort to legal process and without being deemed guilty of trespass,
or becoming liable for any loss or damage which may be occasioned thereby.

         B.       If the TENANT defaults in the payment of rent or in the
prompt and full performance of any provisions of this Lease, or if the
leasehold interest or the TENANT's business or fixtures of TENANT are levied
upon under execution or attached by process of law, or if the TENANT makes an
assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the TENANT abandons the Premises,
then and in any such event the LANDLORD may, if the LANDLORD so elects, but
not otherwise, and after three (3) days written notice thereof to TENANT,
forthwith terminate this Lease and the TENANT's right to possession of the
Demised Premises, or terminate only TENANT's right to possession hereunder.

         C.       Upon any termination of this Lease, whether by lapse of time
or otherwise, the TENANT shall surrender possession and vacate the Premises
immediately, and deliver possession thereof to the LANDLORD, and hereby grants
to the LANDLORD full and free license to enter into and upon the Premises in
such event with or without process of law and to expel or remove the TENANT and
any others who may be occupying or within the Premises and to remove any and
all property therefrom, using such force as may be necessary, without being
deemed in any manner guilty of trespass, eviction, or forcible entry or
detainer, and without relinquishing the LANDLORD's rights to rent or any other
right given to LANDLORD hereunder or by operation of law. The TENANT expressly
waives the service of any demand for the payment of rent or for possession and
the service of any notice of the LANDLORD'S election to terminate this Lease or
to re-enter the Premises, except as provided for in subparagraph (B) of this
paragraph, and agree that the simple breach of any covenants or provisions of
this Lease by the TENANT shall, of itself, without the service of any notice or
demand whatsoever, constitute an urdawful detainer by TENANT of the Premises
within the meaning of the Statutes of the State of Florida.

         D.       If the TENANT abandons the Premises or otherwise entitles the
LANDLORD so to elect and the LANDLORD does elect to terminate the TENANT's
right to possession only, without terminating the Lease, the LANDLORD may, at
the LANDLORD's option, enter into the Premises,

                                      -7-



<PAGE>   10



remove the TENANT's signs and other evidence of tenancy, and take and hold
possession thereof without such entry and possession terminating the Lease or
releasing the TENANT, in whole or in part from the TENANT's obligation to pay
the rent hereunder for the full term, and in any such case the TENANT shall pay
forthwith to the LANDLORD, a sum equal to the entire amount of the rent
reserved under Paragraph 2 of this Lease for the residue of the stated term
plus any other sums then due hereunder. Upon and after entry into possession
without termination of the Lease, the LANDLORD may, but need not, relet the
Premises or any part thereof for the account of the TENANT to any person, firm,
or corporation other than the TENANT for such rent, for such time, and upon
such terms as the LANDLORD in the LANDLORD's sole discretion shall determine;
and the LANDLORD shall not be required to accept any tenant offered by the
TENANT. In any such case, the LANDLORD may make repairs, alterations, and
additions in or to the Premises and redecorate the same to the extent deemed by
the LANDLORD necessary or desirable, and the TENANT shall, upon demand, pay the
cost thereof, together with the LANDLORD's expenses of the reletting. If the
consideration collected by the LANDLORD upon any such reletting for the
TENANT's account is not sufficient to pay monthly the full amount of the rent
reserved in this Lease, together with the costs of repairs, alterations,
additions, redecorating, and the LANDLORD's expenses, the TENANT shall pay to
the LANDLORD the amount of each monthly deficiency upon demand; and if the
consideration so collected from any such reletting is more than sufficient to
pay the full amount of the rent reserved herein, together with the costs and
expenses of the LANDLORD, the LANDLORD, at the end of stated term of the Lease,
shall account for the surplus to the TENANT.

         E.       TENANT hereby irrevocably appoints LANDLORD as agent and
attorney-in-fact of TENANT, to enter upon the Premises in the event of default
by TENANT, and to remove any and all furniture and personal property whatsoever
situated upon the premises. Any and all property which may be removed from the
Premises by the LANDLORD pursuant to the authority of this Lease or of law, to
which the TENANT is or may be entitled, may be handled, removed, or stored by
LANDLORD at the risk, cost, and expense of TENANT and LANDLORD shall in no event
be responsible for the value, preservation's or safekeeping thereof. TENANT
shall pay to LANDLORD, upon demand, all expenses incurred in such removal and
all storage charges against such property so long as the same shall be in
LANDLORD's possession or under LANDLORD's control. LANDLORD may place such
property after it has been stored for a period of ninety (90) days or more,
LANDLORD may sell any or all of such property in such manner and at such times
and places as LANDLORD in its sole discretion may deem proper, without notice to
or demand, upon TENANT for the payment of any part of such charges or the
removal of any of such property and shall apply the proceeds of such sale first
to the cost of expenses of such sale, including reasonable attorneys' fees;
second, to the payment of the costs and charges of storing any property; third,
to the payment of any other sum of money which may then or thereafter be due to
LANDLORD from TENANT under any of the terms hereof; and fourth, the balance, if
any, to TENANT. The removal and storage of TENANT's property as above provided
shall not constitute a waiver of LANDLORD's lien thereon.

         F.       TENANT shall pay upon demand all of LANDLORD's costs,
charges, and expenses, including the fees of counsel, agents; and others
retained by LANDLORD, incurred in enforcing TENANT's obligations hereunder or
incurred by LANDLORD in any litigation, negotiations, or transaction in which
TENANT causes LANDLORD, without LANDLORD's fault, to become involved or
concerned. Attorneys' fees shall be awardable for all phases of litigation,
trial, as well as appellate. To perfect and assist in the implementation of
certain of LANDLORD's rights in and to the TENANT's personal property, TENANT
hereby pledges and assigns to LANDLORD and grants unto LANDLORD a lien upon all
furniture, fixtures, goods, and chattels of TENANT which shall or may be
brought or put on the Premises as further security for the faithful performance
of the terms, provisions, conditions, and covenants of this Lease, and TENANT
specifically agrees that said lien may be enforced by distress, foreclosure, or
otherwise at the election of the LANDLORD. TENANT hereby expressly waives and
renounces for himself and family, any and all homestead and exemption right he
may have now or hereafter, under or by virtue of the Constitution or laws of
the State of Florida, or of any ether State, or of the United States, as
against the payment of rent, Additional Rent, or any other charges payable by
TENANT hereunder or any other obligation or damage that may accrue under the
terms of the Agreement. 

                                      -8-



<PAGE>   11



         14.      ADDITIONAL RENT:

                  A.       Definitions:

         "Phase" means all of Phase I of West Bay Corporate Center.  "Project" 
means West Bay Corporate Center.

         "TENANT'S Phase Share" means the proportion that the square footage of
the Demised Premises bears to the total square footage of the rentable area in
the Phase. For calculation purposes, TENANT's Proportional Phase Share is fifty
percent (50%).

         "TENANT's Project Share" means the proportion that the square footage
of the Demised Premises bears to the Phase, multiplied by one-third.

         "TENANT's Share" shall, in reference to any item which applies to the
entire Project, mean TENANT's Project Share and, as to any item for which there
is a separate meter or bill for the Phase (i.e., water and sewer fees), shall
mean TENANT's Phase Share.

                  B.       In addition to the Base Rent and adjustments
thereto, TENANT shall pay to LANDLORD as Additional Rent, Tenant's Share of all
taxes, assessments, insurance premiums, utility services, operating expenses,
maintenance charges, and any other charges, costs, and expenses which arise
from the ownership, occupancy or use of the Parcel, or any part thereof.

         The TENANT's prorated share of these Additional Assessments shall be
calculated by multiplying the cost of these items to the LANDLORD by the
TENANT's Percentage as set forth in Section (A) hereof.

         The TENANT agrees to pay the Additional Assessments, as set forth
above, in monthly payments in advance during the Term of this Lease, as may be
estimated by the LANDLORD. At the end of each calendar year, the LANDLORD shall
advise the TENANT of the actual TENANT's share of the Additional Assessments
payable for such calendar year as computed based upon the cost thereof to the
LANDLORD. If there shall have been an underpayment by the TENANT, the TENANT
shall pay the difference within ten ( 10) days; if there shall have been an
overpayment by the TENANT, the TENANT shall be given a credit towards the next
clue payment of its share of the Additional Assessment.

         At the end of each calendar year, the TENANT shall have the right to
require LANDLORD to substantiate, by written itemization, LANDLORD's
computation of TENANT's Additional Assessments. LANDLORD shall furnish such an
itemization to TENANT within thirty (30) days from receipt of TENANT's written
request for such itemization.
 
         15.      SUBORDINATION:

         This Lease, and all rights of TENANT hereunder, are and shall be
subject and subordinate to all ground leases, overriding leases, and underlying
leases affecting the Demised Promises now or hereafter existing and to all
mortgages which may now or hereafter affect the Demised Premises and to each
and every advance made or hereafter to be made under such mortgages, and to all
renewals, modifications, replacements, and extensions of such leases and
mortgages and spreaders and consolidations of such mortgages (which leases and
mortgages are sometimes collectively referred to herein for convenience is the
"Superior Lease" and "Superior Mortgage"). This paragraph shall be
self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required to
make it effective; however, TENANT shall promptly execute and deliver any
instrument reasonably requested to evidence such subordination.

         A.       TENANT agrees that in the event of any act or omission by the
LANDLORD which would give TENANT the right to terminate this Lease, or to claim
a partial or total eviction, TENANT shall not exercise any such right until it
has notified in writing the holder of any such mortgage which at the time shall
be a lien on the Demised Premises or the ground lessor, if any, of such act or
omission 

                                      -9-



<PAGE>   12



         B.       If the ground lessor of any such Lease or the holder of any
such mortgage shall succeed to the rights of LANDLORD under this Lease, then at
the request of such party of succeeding to LANDLORD's rights and upon such
successor's written agreement to accept TENANT's attornment, TENANT shall
attorn to such successor LANDLORD and will execute such instruments as may be
necessary or appropriate to evidence such attornment. Upon such attornment,
this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as, or as if it were a
direct Lease between the successor LANDLORD and TENANT upon all the terms,
conditions, and covenants as are set forth in this Lease and shall be
applicable after such attornment except that the successor LANDLORD shall not
(i) be liable for any previous act or omission of LANDLORD under this Lease;
(ii) be subject to any offset, not expressly provided for in this Lease, which
shall have theretofore accrued to TENANT against LANDLORD, and (iii) be bound
by any previous modification of this Lease, not expressly provided for in this
Lease, or by any previous prepayment of more than one month's fixed rent unless
such modification or prepayment shall have been expressly approved in writing
by such LANDLORD or such holder through or by reason of which the successor
LANDLORD shall have succeeded to the rights of LANDLORD under this Lease.

         C.       TENANT shall deliver to LANDLORD or to its mortgagee or
auditors, or prospective purchaser of the owner of the fee, when requested by
LANDLORD, a certificate to the effect that this Lease is in full force and that
LANDLORD is not in default therein, or stating specifically any exceptions
thereto. Failure to give such a certificate within ten (10) business days after
written request shall be conclusive evidence that the Lease is in full force
and effect and LANDLORD is not in default and in such event, TENANT shall be
estopped from asserting any defaults known to TENANT at that time. 

         16.      INDEMNIFICATIONS:

         Neither LANDLORD nor any agent or employee of LANDLORD shall be liable
to TENANT for any injury or damage to TENANT or to any other person or for any
damage to, or loss (by other person, irrespective of the cause of such injury,
damage, or loss), unless caused by or due to the negligence of LANDLORD, its
agents, or employees without contributory negligence of TENANT, its agents or
employees, subject to the comparative negligence doctrine, it being understood
that no property, other than such as might normally be brought upon or kept in
the Premises as an incident to the reasonable use of the Premises for the
purposes herein permitted, will be brought upon or be kept in the Premises.

         TENANT shall indemnify and save harmless LANDLORD and its agents
against and from (a) any and all claims (i) arising from (x) the conduct or
management of the Demised Premises or of any business therein, or (y) any work
or thing whatsoever done, or any condition created or permitted to exist (other
than by LANDLORD for LANDLORD's or TENANT's account) in or about the Demised
Premises during the term of this Lease, or during the period of time, if any,
prior to the commencement of the term hereof that TENANT may have been given
access to the Demised Premises, or (ii) arising from any negligent or otherwise
wrongful act or omission of TENANT or any of its subtenants or its or their
employees, agents, or contractors; and (b) all costs, expenses, and liabilities
incurred in or in connection with each such claim or action or proceeding
brought thereon. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in
no event shall Tenant be obligated to indemnify Landlord under this Section 16
from claims arising from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of Landlord,
its employees and representatives. In case any action or proceeding be brought
against LANDLORD, TENANT shall resist and defend such action or proceeding. 

         17.      INSURANCE:

         TENANT shall carry public liability insurance, in amounts of
$500,000.00 in respect of injuries to any one person, and $1,000,000.00 in
respect of any one accident or disaster, with companies and on forms acceptable
to LANDLORD, naming both LANDLORD and TENANT as parties insured thereby,
insuring the parties against any such claim. All such policies of insurance
shall provide for not less than thirty (30) days notice to LANDLORD as a
condition precedent to cancellation. Such policy shall be delivered to
LANDLORD. TENANT shall provide LANDLORD with evidence of payment of renewal
premiums or replacement of policy and payment of renewal premiums or
replacement of policy and payment of premiums not later than thirty (30) days
prior to the expiration of any such policy. The public liability policy shall
include Premises and operations. 

                                     -10-



<PAGE>   13



         18.      WAIVER:

         The failure of either the LANDLORD or TENANT to insist in any one or
more instances upon the strict performance of any one or more of the
obligations of this Lease, or to exercise any right or election herein
contained, shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment for the future
of the performance of such or more obligations of this Lease or of the right to
exercise such election, but the same shall both continue and remain in full
force and effect with respect to any subsequent breach, act, or omission.

         19.      BROKER(S):

         The brokers in this transaction (are) McCoy Realty Group and Equis,
who shall be paid their respective commissions by LANDLORD pursuant to separate
written agreements. TENANT covenants, warrants, and represents that no other
broker was instrumental in consummating this Lease, and that no conversations
or negotiations were had with any other broker concerning the renting of the
Demised Premises or rental space at West Bay Corporate Center. TENANT agrees to
hold LANDLORD harmless from any and all claims, and agrees to defend at its own
expense, any and all claims for brokerage commission asserted by third parties
other than the broker(s) stated above.

         20.      NOTICES:
 
         Any notice, statement, demand, or other communication required or
permitted to be given or made by either party to the other, pursuant to this
Lease or pursuant to any applicable law, shall be deemed to have been properly
given and made if sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt
requested, addressed to the other party at the address hereinabove set forth or
at such other address as may hereafter be designated by either party by notice
to the other and shall be deemed to have been given or made on the day so
mailed. Either party may, by notice given as aforesaid, designate a different
address or addresses for notices, statements, demands, or other communications
intended for it.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      For LANDLORD:                                For TENANT:
                                
      <S>                                          <C>
      McCoy Realty Group                           Bill Andre
      4175 East Bay Drive Suite 100                Jabil Circuit, Inc.
      Clearwater, Florida 34624                    10800 Roosevelt Blvd.
      Attn: Joseph T.Robinson                      St.Petersburg,Florida 33716

      with a copy to:                              with a copy to:

      Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association   Robert Paver, Esq.
      730 Third Avenue                             General Counsel Jabil Circuit, Inc.
      New York, NY 10017                           10800 Roosevelt Blvd.
      Attn: Mr. David Bengel                       St. Petersburg, Florida 33716
</TABLE>

 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 


         21.      RULES AND REGULATIONS:

         It is mutually agreed that all the rules and regulations included with
this instrument attached hereto marked as Exhibit "B" shall be and are hereby
made a part of this Lease, and TENANT covenants and agrees that it and its
employees, servants, and agents will at all times observe, perform, and abide
by said rules and regulations as they exist and as they may be amended
hereafter from time to time.

         22.      LIENS:

         Nothing contained in this Lease shall be construed as a consent on the
part of LANDLORD to subject the estate of LANDLORD to liability under the
Construction Lien Law of the State of Florida, it being expressly understood
that the LANDLORD's estate shall not be subject to such liability. TENANT shall
strictly comply with the Construction Lien Law of the State of Florida as set
forth in Chapter 713, Florida Statutes. TENANT agrees to obtain and deliver to
LANDLORD prior to the commencement of


                                     -11-



<PAGE>   14


any work or Alteration or the delivery of any materials, written and
unconditional waivers of contractors' liens with respect to the Premises or the
Building for work, service or materials to be furnished at the request or for
the benefit of TENANT to the Premises. Such waivers shall be signed by all
architects, engineers, designers, contractors, subcontractors, materialmen and
laborers to become involved in such work. Notwithstanding the foregoing, TENANT
at its expense shall cause any lien filed against the Premises or the Building
for work, services or materials claimed to have been furnished to or for the
benefit of TENANT to be satisfied or transferred to bond within ten (10) days
after TENANT's having received notice thereof. In the event that TENANT fails to
satisfy or transfer to bond such claim of lien within said ten (10) day period,
LANDLORD may do so and thereafter charge TENANT as Additional Rent, all costs
incurred by LANDLORD in connection with the satisfaction or transfer of such
claim, including attorneys fees and an administrative charge not exceeding
fifteen percent (15%) of all sums incurred by LANDLORD in the satisfaction or
transfer of such claim. Further, TENANT agrees to indemnify, defend, and save
the LANDLORD harmless from and against any damage to and loss incurred by
LANDLORD as a result of any such contractor's claim of lien. If so requested by
LANDLORD, TENANT shall execute a short form or memorandum of this Lease, which
may, in LANDLORD's sole discretion be recorded in the Public Records of
Pinellas County for the purpose of protecting LANDLORD's estate from
contractors' Claims of Lien, as provided in Chapter 713.10, Florida Statutes.
In the event such short form or memorandum of this Lease is executed, TENANT
shall simultaneously execute and deliver to LANDLORD an instrument in
recordable form terminating TENANT's interest in the real property upon which
the Premises are located, which instrument may be recorded by LANDLORD at the
expiration or earlier termination of the term of this Lease. The security
deposit paid by TENANT may be used by LANDLORD for the satisfaction or transfer
of any Contractor's Claim of Lien, as provided in this Section. This Section
shall survive the termination of this Lease.

         23.      TRANSFER BY LANDLORD:

         In the event that the interest or estate of LANDLORD in the Premises
shall terminate by operation of law or by bona fide sale of the Premises or by
execution or foreclosure sale, or for any other reason, then and in any such
event LANDLORD shall be released and relieved from all future liability and
responsibility as to obligations to be performed by LANDLORD hereunder or
otherwise. A voluntary conveyance of the Demised Premises shall not terminate
this Lease and LANDLORD's successor, by TENANT tendering payment of rent
hereunder to such successor, shall become liable and responsible to TENANT in
respect to all such obligations of LANDLORD under this Lease.

         This Lease may be assigned by the LANDLORD, in which case, the TENANT,
upon request by the LANDLORD, and to the extent it is able, shall issue a
letter stating that the Lease is in full force and effect and that there are no
set-offs or claims or other defenses to rent.

         24.      CONDEMNATION:

         In the event any portion of the Demised Premises is taken by any
condemnation or eminent domain proceeding or should the Demised Premises be
conveyed in lieu of such a taking and this Lease continues in force as to any
part of the Demised Premises, as hereinafter provided, the base monthly rental
herein specified to be paid shall be ratably reduced according to the area of
the Demised Premises which is actually taken, as of the date of such taking and
TENANT shall be entitled to no other consideration by reason of such a taking
and any damages whatsoever suffered by TENANT and occasioned by such taking
shall not entitle TENANT to share to any extent in any and all income, rent,
awards, or any interest therein whatsoever which may be made in connection with
such a taking and TENANT does hereby relinquish and assign to LANDLORD all
TENANT'S rights and equities in and to any such income, rent, awards, or any
interest therein.

         In the event of a partial taking of the building, either by
condemnation, eminent domain, or conveyance in lieu thereof, LANDLORD may elect
to terminate this Lease if the remaining area of the building shall not be
reasonably sufficient for LANDLORD to continue feasible and economical
operation of the remaining portion of the building, in the LANDLORD's sole
discretion. Upon the giving of such notice this Lease shall terminate on the
date of service of such notice, and the rents apportioned to the part of the
Demised Premises so taken shall be prorated and adjusted as of the date of the
taking and the rents apportioned to the remainder of the Demised Premises shall
be prorated and adjusted as of such termination date.

                                     -12-



<PAGE>   15



         Should all the Demised Premises be so taken, this Lease shall
terminate as of the date of such a taking and in the event TENANT shall be
entitled to no damages or any consideration by reason of such taking, except
the cancellation and termination of this Lease as of the date of said taking.

         25.      PEACEFUL POSSESSION:

         LANDLORD warrants and represents that it is the owner of the Demised
Premises and has full right, power, and authority to enter into this Lease
Agreement. So long as TENANT pays all of the fixed rent and Additional Rent and
charges due hereunder and performs all of TENANT s other obligations hereunder,
TENANT shall peaceably and quietly have, hold, and enjoy the Demised Premises
throughout the term of this Lease, without interference or hindrance by
LANDLORD or any person claiming by, through, or under LANDLORD.

         26.      ACCESS, CHANGES IN BUILDING FACILITIES NAME:

         Except for the inside surfaces of all walls, windows, and doors
bounding the Demised Premises, all of the building, including exterior building
walls, core corridor walls and doors, and any core corridor entrance, any
terraces or roofs adjacent to the Demised Premises, and any space in or
adjacent to the Demised Premises used for shafts, stacks, pipes, conduits, fan
rooms, ducts, electric, or other utilities, sinks, or other building
facilities, and the use thereof, as well as access thereto through the Demised
Premises for the purposes of operation, maintenance, decoration, and repair,
are reserved to LANDLORD.

         TENANT shall permit LANDLORD to install, use and maintain pipes, 
ducts, and conduits within the demising walls, bearing columns, and ceilings
of the Demised Premises. LANDLORD shall be responsible for repairing, at its
own expense, any damages caused by such installation or maintenance.

         LANDLORD or LANDLORD's agents shall have the right, upon request, to
enter and/or pass through the Demised Premises or any part thereof, at
reasonable times during reasonable hours (i) to examine the Demised Premises
and to show them to the fee owners, holders of superior mortgages, or
prospective purchasers, mortgagees of lessees of the building as an entirety,
and (ii) for the purpose of making such repairs or changes or doing such
repainting in or to the Demised Premises or in or to the building or its
facilities as may be provided for by this Lease or as may be mutually agreed
upon by the parties or as LANDLORD may be required to make by law or in order
to repair and maintain the building or its fixtures or facilities. LANDLORD
shall be allowed to take all materials into and upon the Demised Premises that
may be required for such repairs, changes, repainting, or maintenance. LANDLORD
shall also have the right to enter on and/or pass through the Demised Premises,
or any part thereof, at such times as such entry shall be required by
circumstances of emergency affecting the Demised Premises or the building.

         During the period commencing six (6) months prior to the end of the
term hereof, LANDLORD may exhibit the Demised Premises to prospective tenants
at reasonable times and during reasonable hours upon advance and proper
notification to TENANT.

         LANDLORD reserves the right, at any time after completion of the
building, to make such reasonable changes in or to the building and the
fixtures and equipment thereof, as well as in or to the street entrances,
halls, passages, elevators, escalators, and stairways thereof, as it may deem
necessary or desirable.

         LANDLORD may adopt any name for the building. LANDLORD reserves the
right to change the name or address of the building at any time.

         27.      SURRENDER, HOLDING OVER:

         On the last day of the term of this Lease, or upon any earlier
termination of this Lease, or upon any re-entry by LANDLORD upon the Demised
Premises, TENANT shall peaceably and without notice of any sort, quit and
surrender the Demised Premises to LANDLORD in good order, condition, and
repair, except for ordinary wear and tear and such damage or destruction as
LANDLORD is required to repair or restore under the terms of this Lease, and
TENANT shall remove all of TENANT's property therefrom.

                                      -13-



<PAGE>   16



TENANT specifically agrees that in the event TENANT retains possession and does
not so quit and Surrender the Demised Premises to LANDLORD, then TENANT shall
pay LANDLORD (i) all damages that LANDLORD may suffer on account of TENANT's
failure to so surrender and quit the Demised Premises, including but not
limited to any and all claims made by succeeding tenant of the Demised Premises
against LANDLORD based on delay of LANDLORD in delivering possession of the
Demised Premises to said succeeding tenant to the extent such delay is
occasioned by the failure of TENANT to so quit and surrender said Premises, and
(ii) rent for each month or any applicable portion of a month of such holding
over at twice the amount payable for the month immediately preceding the
termination of this Lease, during the time the TENANT thus remains in
possession. The provisions of this paragraph do not waive any of the LANDLORD's
rights of re-entry or any other right under the terms of this lease or the laws
of Florida. If TENANT shall fail to surrender the Premises as herein provided,
no new tenancy shall be created and TENANT shall be guilty of unlawful
detainer. No surrender of this Lease or of the Premises shall be binding on the
LANDLORD unless acknowledged by LANDLORD in writing.

         28.      UTILITIES:

         The TENANT agrees to pay promptly for all utilities used and consumed
on the Premises which are separately metered to the Demised Premises. TENANT
agrees that TENANT will pay its proportionate TENANT's Share (as defined in
Paragraph 14 above) of the electric, water, and sewage bills which are not
separately metered. If the TENANT uses water and sewage or extraordinary
electrical power for commercial purpose, a separate meter will be installed at
TENANT's expenses and TENANT will pay separately for such electric, water, and
sewage services. In this context, water and sewage for commercial purposes
shall mean that the TENANT is utilizing the water, sewer, and electric power
for the purpose of production of a product for the preparation of a product for
shipping or the integration of the use of water and the disposition of the
sewage in connection with a business as opposed to the usage for light and for
the benefit of employees, bathroom facilities, and the like.

         29.      SECURITY SYSTEMS:

         The LANDLORD, at its sole discretion, determination, and option may
enter into a contract or otherwise provide or make arrangement for the
providing of a security system which may include security guards and/or
electronic devices and/or a security guard gate and gate house. In the event
that the LANDLORD elects to obtain such security system or systems, then the
TENANT shall pay its proportionate share of the expense. The TENANT's
proportionate share of the expense shall be determined by taking the total
square footage of the TENANT's Demised Premises as a numerator and dividing
that by the total square footage of the rentable area in the building served by
that security system as the denominator, and then multiplying that by the
annual cost of the service or system. The TENANT shall pay its proportionate
share on a monthly basis together with its rental payment.

         The LANDLORD shall in no way be responsible for the performance of the
obligations of the security guards, and the TENANT hereby releases the LANDLORD
from any claims of any nature whatsoever in connection with the furnishing of
security guard services. The TENANT further acknowledges that should said
services be provided on a negligent basis, that its sole and exclusive remedy
shall be to seek recovery against the security service company.

         Notwithstanding the above, TENANT shall have the right, subject to
LANDLORD's prior written approval, to install a security system for the
Premises at Tenant's sole cost; LANDLORD, however, will be provided access to
the Premises as otherwise herein provided notwithstanding such security
system. TENANT shall be permitted to remove the security system which it
installs so long as such removal does not cause damage to the Premises.

         30.      COMMON AREAS:

         With the exception of the use of the parking lot for the parking of
vehicles and walking to and from the Demised Premises, the TENANT, the TENANT's
employees, guests, and invitees shall not use the parking lot and areas not
contained within the Demised Premises.

         31.      RELOCATION OF TENANT:

         {Intentionally Deleted]

                                     -14-

<PAGE>   17



         32.      LANDLORD'S LIABILITY:

         TENANT shall look solely to the estate and property of LANDLORD in the
land and building improvements comprising the Building for the collection of any
judgment, or in connection with any other judicial process, requiring the
payment of money by LANDLORD in the event of any default by LANDLORD with
respect to any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be
observed and performed by LANDLORD, and no other property or estates of LANDLORD
shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedures for the
satisfaction of TENANT's remedies and rights under this Lease. The word
"LANDLORD" as used in this Lease shall mean only the owner from time to time of
LANDLORD's interest in this Lease, the event of any assignment of LANDLORD's
interest in this lease, the assignor shall not longer be liable for the
performance or observation of any agreements or conditions on the part of
LANDLORD to be performed or observed.

         33.      SIGNS:

         The TENANT must, prior to installing a sign, receive LANDLORD's prior
written approval of the proposed sign. The TENANT will submit a "permit ready"
set of sign plans for LANDLORD's approval. Notwithstanding the fact that
LANDLORD shall have approved the plans the TENANT must comply with all
applicable governmental rules and laws concerning signs and their installation.
In no event will a sign be approved by LANDLORD which does not comply with the
standard attached hereto.

         34.      PARKING:

         LANDLORD shall provide non-exclusive parking for the benefit of
TENANT, its employees, customers, and visitors and for the benefit of tenants
in the project or in such configuration as the LANDLORD shall determine in its
discretion. Parking provided by LANDLORD to TENANT will be based upon two (2)
parking spaces per one thousand square feet leased (Demised Premises) by
TENANT. Landlord shall not be liable for any loss, damage, theft or injury
occurring to person or property within the parking areas of the Building Common
Areas.

         35.      CONFIDENTIALITY:

         TENANT will maintain the confidentiality of this Lease and will not
divulge the economic or other terms of this Lease, whether verbally or in
writing, to any person, other than TENANT's officers, directors, partners or
shareholders, TENANT's attorneys, accountants and other professional
consultants, any governmental agencies; and pursuant to subpoena or other legal
process.

         36.      REQUIREMENTS OF LAW; HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.

         TENANT shall not do, and shall not permit persons within TENANT's
control to do, any act or thing in or upon the Premises which will invalidate or
be in conflict with the certificate of occupancy for the Premises or violate any
other zoning ordinances, and rules and regulations of governmental or
quasi-governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the Premises (the
"Requirements"). TENANT shall, at TENANT's sole cost and expense, take all
action, including any required Alterations necessary to comply with all
Requirements (including, but not limited to, applicable terms of the Pinellas
County Building Code

                                      -15-



<PAGE>   18



and the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 (the "ADA"), each as modified
and supplemented from time to time) which shall impose any violation, order or
duty upon LANDLORD or TENANT arising from, or in connection with, the Premises,
TENANT's occupancy, use or manner of use of the Premises (including, without
limitation, any occupancy, use or manner of use that constitutes a "place of
public accommodation" under the ADA), or any installations in the Premises, or
required by reason of a breach of any of TENANT's covenants or agreements under
this Lease, whether or not such Requirements shall now be in effect or hereafter
enacted or issued, and whether or not any work required shall be ordinary or
extraordinary or foreseen or unforeseen at the date hereof. Notwithstanding the
preceding sentence, TENANT shall not be obligated to perform any Alterations
necessary to comply with any Requirements, unless compliance shall be required
by reason of (i) any cause or condition arising out of any Alterations or
installations in the Premises (whether made by TENANT or by LANDLORD on behalf
of TENANT), or (ii) TENANT's particular use, manner of use or occupancy on
behalf of TENANT of the Premises, or (iii) any breach of any of TENANT's
covenants or agreements under this Lease, or (iv) any wrongful act or omission
by TENANT or persons within TENANT's control, or (v) TENANT's use or manner of
use or occupancy of the Premises as a "place of public accommodation" within the
meaning of the ADA.

         TENANT covenants and agrees that TENANT shall, at TENANT's sole cost
and expense, comply at all times with all Requirements governing the use,
generation, storage, treatment and/or disposal of any "Hazardous Materials"
(which term shall mean any biologically or chemically active or other toxic or
hazardous wastes, pollutants or substances, including, without limitation,
asbestos, PCBs, petroleum products and by-products, substances defined or listed
as "hazardous substances" or "toxic substances" or similarly identified in or
pursuant to the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability
Act, 42 U.S.C. S.S. 9601 et seq., and as hazardous wastes under the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. S.S. 6010, et seq., any chemical
substance or mixture regulated under the Toxic Substance Control Act of 1976, as
amended, 15 U.S.C. S.S. 2601, et seq., any "toxic pollutant" under the Clean
Water Act, 33 U.S.C. S.S. 466 et seq., as amended, any hazardous air pollutant
under the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. S.S. 7401 et seq., hazardous materials
identified in or pursuant to the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49
U.S.C. S.S. 1802, et seq., and any hazardous or toxic substances or pollutant
regulated under any other Requirements). TENANT shall agree to execute, from
time to time, at LANDLORD's request, affidavits, representations and the like
concerning TENANT's best knowledge and belief regarding the presence of
Hazardous Materials in, on, under or about the Premises or the land on which the
Premises is located. TENANT shall indemnify and hold LANDLORD and LANDLORD's
agents harmless from and against any loss, cost, damage, liability or expense
(including attorneys' fees and disbursements) arising by reason of any clean up,
removal, remediation, detoxification action or any other activity required or
recommended of LANDLORD or any of LANDLORD's agents by any Governmental
Authority by reason of the presence in or about the Premises of any Hazardous
Materials, as a result of or in connection with the act or omission of TENANT or
persons within TENANT's control or the breach of this Lease by TENANT or persons
within TENANT's control. The foregoing covenants and indemnity shall survive the
expiration or any termination of this Lease.

         If TENANT shall receive notice of any violation of, or defaults under,
any Requirements, liens or other encumbrances applicable to the Premises,
TENANT shall give prompt notice thereof to LANDLORD.

         If any governmental license or permit shall be required for the proper
and lawful conduct of TENANT's business and if the failure to secure such
license or permit would, in any way, affect LANDLORD or the Premises, then
TENANT, at TENANT's expense, shall promptly procure and thereafter maintain,
submit for inspection by LANDLORD, and at all times comply with the terms and
conditions of, each such license or permit.

         37.      RADON GAS:

         Radon is a naturally occurring radioactive gas that, when it has
accumulated in a building in sufficient quantities, may present health risks to
persons who are exposed to it over time. Levels of radon that exceed federal
and state guidelines have been found in buildings in Florida. Additional
information regarding radon and radon testing may be obtained from your county
public health unit.

                                      -16-



<PAGE>   19



         38.      ENTIRE AGREEMENT:

         This Lease along with the attached Exhibits contain the entire
agreement between the parties hereto and all previous negotiations leading
hereto and it may be modified only by an agreement in writing signed and sealed
by the LANDLORD and TENANT.

         39.      EFFECT OF DELIVERY OF THIS LEASE:

         LANDLORD has delivered a copy of this Lease to TENANT for TENANT's
review only and the delivery hereof does not constitute an offer to TENANT or an
option to lease the Premises. This Lease shall not be effective until a copy
executed by both LANDLORD and TENANT is delivered to TENANT.

         40.      WAIVERS BY TENANT:

         TENANT expressly waives all of the following: (a) the requirement under
Chapter 83.12 of the Florida Statutes that the plaintiff in his distress for
rent action file a bond payable to the tenant in at least double the sum
demanded by the plaintiff; it being understood that no bond shall be required in
any such action; (b) the right of TENANT under Chapter 83.14 of the Florida
Statutes to replevy distrained property; and (c) any rights it may have in the
selection of venue in the event of suit by or against LANDLORD, it being
understood that the venue of such suit shall be in Pinellas County, Florida.

         41.      WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL:

         LANDLORD and TENANT shall and they hereby do waive trial by jury in
any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of them against the
other on any matters whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with
this Lease, the relationship of LANDLORD and TENANT, TENANT's use or occupancy
of the Premises, whether during or after the Term, or for the enforcement of
any remedy under any statute, emergency or otherwise. If LANDLORD shall
commence any summary procedure against TENANT, TENANT will not interpose any
counterclaim of whatever nature or description in any such procedure (unless
failure to impose such counterclaim would preclude TENANT from asserting in a
separate action the claim which is the subject of such counterclaim), and will
not seek to consolidate such procedure with any other action which may have
been or will be brought in any other court by TENANT or LANDLORD.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the LANDLORD and TENANT have duly signed and
executed these presents at Pinellas County, on this 30th day of October, 1997.


Signed, Sealed And Delivered            "LANDLORD"
In the Presence Of:                     TEACHERS INSURANCE AND ANNUITY
                                        ASSOCIATION

/s/                                     By: /s/ Harry St. Clair
- ---------------------------------          ------------------------------------
                                               Harry St. Clair
                                        Title: Assistant Secretary
- ---------------------------------              --------------------------------



                                        "TENANT"
                                        JABIL CIRCUIT, INC., a Delaware
                                          corporation

/s/ Simone M. Butts                     By: /s/ Wesley Edwards
- ---------------------------------          ------------------------------------
                                                Wesley Edwards
                                        Title:  Senior Vice President
- ---------------------------------               -------------------------------

[SEAL]

        SIMONE M. BUTTS
MY COMMISSION #CC647541 EXPIRES
        AUGUST 1, 2001
BONDED THRU TROY FAIN INSURANCE, INC.






                                     -17-

<PAGE>   20

                                  EXHIBIT "A"

           
                                  [FLOORPLAN]


PHASE I BUILDING

Phase I
9400 International Court
St. Petersburg, Florida

WESTBAY CORPORATION CENTER


<PAGE>   21


                                  EXHIBIT "B"

                             RULES AND REGULATIONS

(1)      The sidewalks, entrances, passages, courts, vestibules, or stairways
         shall not be obstructed or encumbered by any TENANT or used for any
         purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the demised
         premises.

(2)      No awnings or other projections shall be attached to the outside walls
         of the building without the prior written consent of the LANDLORD and
         the City of St. Petersburg.

(3)      No sign, advertisement, notice, or other letting shall be exhibited,
         inscribed, painted, or affixed by any TENANT on any part of the
         outside or inside of the demised premises or building without the
         prior written consent of the LANDLORD and the City of St. Petersburg.
         In the event of the violation of the foregoing by any TENANT, the
         LANDLORD may remove same without any liability, and charge the expense
         incurred by such removal to the TENANT or TENANTS violating this rule.

(4)      The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows, and doors that reflect or
         admit light and air into the halls, passageways, and other public
         places in the building shall not be covered or obstructed by any
         TENANT, nor shall any bottles, parcels, or other articles be placed on
         the window sills.

(5)      The water and wash closets and other plumbing fixtures shall not be
         used for any purposes other than those for which they were constructed
         and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, or other substances shall be thrown
         therein. All damage resulting from any misuse of the fixture shall be
         borne by the TENANT who, or whose servants, employees, agents,
         visitors, or licensees shall have caused the same.

(6)      No TENANT shall mark, paint, drill into, or in any way deface any part
         of the demised premises or the building of which they form a part. No
         boring, cutting, or stringing of wires shall be permitted, except with
         the prior written consent of the LANDLORD and as it may direct.

(7)      No TENANT shall make, or permit to be made, any unseemingly or
         disturbing noises or disturb or interfere with occupants of this or
         neighboring buildings or premises of those having business with them,
         whether by the use of any musical instruments, radio talking machine,
         unmusical noise, whistling, singing, or in any other way. No TENANT
         shall throw anything out of the doors, windows, or skylights, or down
         the passageways.

(8)      No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of
         the doors or windows by TENANT, nor shall any change be made in
         existing locks or the mechanism thereof unless copies of such keys or
         access cards shall be furnished to LANDLORD within ten (10) days of
         being changed by TENANT. Each Tenant must, upon the termination of his
         tenancy, restore to the LANDLORD all keys of offices and toilet rooms,
         either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, such TENANT, and in the
         event of the loss of any keys so furnished, such TENANT shall pay to
         the LANDLORD the cost thereof.

(9)      No TENANT shall occupy or permit any portion of the premises demised
         to him to be used for the possession, storage, manufacture, or sale of
         liquor. No TENANT shall engage or pay any employees of the demised
         promises, except those actually working for such TENANT on said
         premises nor advertise for day laborers giving an address at said
         premises.

(10)     The premises shall not be used for gambling, lodging, or sleeping or
         for any immoral or illegal purpose.

(11)     The requirements of TENANTS will be attended to only upon application
         at the office of the building. Employees shall not perform any work or
         do anything outside of the regular duties unless under special
         instruction from the LANDLORD.



<PAGE>   22



                                  EXHIBIT "C"

                              TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

                                  See Rider I



<PAGE>   23



                                  EXHIBIT "D"

                      SCHEDULE OF ADJUSTMENTS IN BASE RENT

                              JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.

                    SUITE 9424, 26,667 RENTABLE SQUARE FEET


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               FIXED ANNUAL BASE RENT   
LEASE YEARS  (PER RENTABLE SQUARE FOOT)    ANNUAL BASE RENT    MONTHLY PAYMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>          <C>                           <C>                 <C>
1 (Mos. 1-12)            6.00                $160,002.00        $13,333.50
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 (Mos. 13-18)           6.00                $160,002.00        $13,333,50
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>




<PAGE>   24



               RIDER NO. 1 ANNEXED TO AND MADE A PARTY OF LEASE
                                    BETWEEN
                  TEACHERS INSURANCE AND ANNUITY ASSOCIATION,
                                 AS LANDLORD,
                       AND JABIL CIRCUIT, INC., AS TENANT

                     TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION OF IMPROVEMENTS


         1. Landlord herewith authorizes Tenant to undertake certain interior
improvements of the Premises at Tenant's sole cost and expense. Commencing on
November 1, 1997, Tenant shall be granted access to the Premises in order to
allow Tenant to undertake the improvements contemplated hereby. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, however, Tenant shall be solely responsible for payment of all
water and utilities supplied to the Premises, which if not separately metered,
shall be deemed to be one-third of the water and utilities consumption supplied
to the building in which the Premises is located during the month of November,
1997. For purposes of this Rider 1, the foregoing costs to be paid by Tenant
shall be deemed Additional Rent under this Lease. 

         2. During the period beginning November I, 1997, Tenant shall also
have the right to move its tangible assets which it intends to utilize in the
occupancy of the Premises.

         3. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Tenant agrees to have all
requisite insurance coverage required by this Lease in effect on or before
November 1, 1997 and shall deliver to Landlord evidence of such coverage prior
to being entitled to access to the Premises as provided hereinabove.

         4. Tenant shall furnish to Landlord, for Landlord's prior written
approval, plans and specifications for Tenant's improvements (the "Plans") on or
before 30 days following the date a fully executed copy of this Lease has been
resumed to Tenant. The Plans shall include the actual working drawings, plus any
revisions thereto, sealed by Tenant's architect and intended to be submitted to,
or actually submitted to Pinellas County for obtaining a building permit. It is
the purpose of this requirement that the Premises be fixtured, designed and laid
out so as not to be a detriment to the other Tenants in the Building and that
Tenant's work shall not be detrimental to the Building or other Tenants therein,
and Landlord's approval of the plans and specifications as aforesaid for
Tenant's work shall be at Landlord's reasonable discretion.

         5. Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, obtain any and all
approvals of the appropriate governmental agency required in connection with
the construction of the improvements to the Premises, including but not limited
to all requisite building permits. Prior to the commencement of the
construction of Tenant's improvements to the Premises, Tenant shall furnish the
aforesaid approvals to Landlord.

         6. Tenant may select contractors and subcontractors to effectuate the
construction of the Premises subject to Landlord's reasonable approval. Tenant
shall be responsible for all architectural and engineering fees, contractor and
subcontractor costs and costs of materials.

         7. Tenant shall furnish to Landlord, in writing, the name of each
contractor selected to perform work on the Premises, along with a copy of a
valid license issued by Pinellas County authorizing each such contractor to
engage in the type of work for which the contractor has been selected. Worker's
Compensation, public liability and other forms of insurance required in the
discretion of the Landlord, all in amounts and with companies and on forms
satisfactory to Landlord, shall be provided and at ail times maintained by
Tenant's contractors engaged in the performance of Tenant's work. Prior to
commencing any construction of the Premises, the tenant shall furnish to
Landlord all certificates of such insurance.

         8. Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a copy of each contract executed
between the Tenant and a contractor in connection with work to be performed on
the Premises. Prior to the commencement of any work relating to the Premises,
Tenant shall provide to Landlord a payment and performance bond equal to the
amount of each such contract in a form which is satisfactory to Landlord and
guaranteeing Landlord the timely performance of the work and specifications,
and further guaranteeing the full and complete payment by or on behalf of
Tenant of all costs, charges, and expenses related to the work free and clear
of all mechanic's or other liens, conditional bills of sale, chattel mortgages,
security instruments, or other liens or encumbrances of any kind or nature
whatsoever. Further, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord



<PAGE>   25



any and all written and unconditional waivers of mechanics' liens relating to
the improvements to the Premises.

         9.  Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a copy of a work schedule for each
contractor employed in connection with the construction of the Premises.

         10. Tenant shall not install any plumbing, mechanical work, electrical
wiring or fixtures, or modify, alter or install any apparatus which could
affect the Building's systems without the prior written approval of Landlord in
each instance.

         11. Tenant and its contractors and subcontractors shall abide by all of
the Landlord's jobsite rules and regulations and shall fully cooperate with
Landlord's construction representative(s) in coordinating all activities in the
Building, including but not limited to hours on the premises, parking and use of
the construction elevator. Any and all transportation of construction materials
shall be solely on the padded construction elevator.

         12. Except as otherwise provided in the Lease, Rent shall in no event
be abated as to the Premises as a result of Tenant's improvements. In the event
that Tenant fails to complete the construction of its improvements on or before
the Commencement Date, as specified in Section 3B of this Lease, said
Commencement Date shall not be postponed as a result of such delay. Tenant
shall commence the payment of Fixed Annual Rent and Additional Rent as provided
by the other terms and conditions of this Lease, notwithstanding that the
Premises may not have been completed and available for occupancy by Tenant as
of the Commencement Date, except if such delay is caused by or attributable to
Landlord.

         13. Tenant shall be solely responsible for cleaning up, on a daily
basis, any refuse or other materials disposed of by Tenant, its contractors or
subcontractors, on the Building premises, including but not limited to the
parking area.

         14. Upon completion of the improvements, Tenant shall furnish to
Landlord all forms of approval provided by appropriate local governmental
authorities to certify that the Premises is suitable for occupancy.

         15. Upon completion of the improvements, the Tenant shall cause the
contractor to display the premises on which improvements were made to Landlord
and Tenant and secure Landlord and Tenant's acceptance thereof.

         16. Tenant shall complete the construction of the improvements to the
Premises in accordance with the provisions stated above. Tenant shall be solely
responsible for any and all delays in construction. 

         17. The contractor is responsible for keeping all common areas clean,
including restrooms.

         18. Doors to the construction area must be kept closed.

         19. Loud music is prohibited.

         20. Foul language will not be tolerated.

         21. Proper attire must be worn at all times.

         22. The service elevator is reserved for construction use only.
Construction personnel are not to utilize any other elevators.

         23. All construction personnel must use the service corridor for entry
and exit, and delivery of materials.

         24. The mechanical room must be kept clean. No material can be stored
within 6 feet from the AHU on all sides.

                                      -2-

<PAGE>   26


         25. The filters in the base building AHU must be covered with filter
media and changed regularly so that the air flow is not restricted.

         26. The air handler can not be turned off during normal business 
hours.

         27. Electric to common areas and other tenant areas can not be turned
off during normal business hours without prior notification/consent. 

         28. The alley is used for delivery purposes only, no parking is
allowed. Construction personnel must park on the top floor of the parking
garage or the north parking lot.

         29. No equipment that creates noise, fumes or smoke shall be used
during normal business hours.

         30. OUR STAFF WILL ASSIST YOU IN ANY WAY BUT PLEASE KEEP IN MIND THAT
IF THESE RULES ARE NOT ADHERED TO, THE PERSON(S) OR COMPANY WILL BE ASKED TO
LEAVE THE PROPERTY. 

                                      -3-





<PAGE>   1

                                                                    EXHIBIT 11.1

                      JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                STATEMENTS OF COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31,
                                                                     -------------------------------------
                                                                       1995 (1)     1996 (1)      1997 (1) 
                                                                     ---------     ----------    --------- 
<S>                                                                  <C>           <C>           <C>       
Net income ......................................................    $   7,280     $   24,349    $  52,497 
                                                                     =========     ==========    ========= 
Computation of weighted average common and common equivalent                                               
 shares outstanding:                                                                                       
Common stock ....................................................       29,178         34,458       36,299 
Options .........................................................        1,922          1,876        2,041 
                                                                     ---------     ----------    --------- 
Total number of shares used in computing per share                                                         
 amounts ........................................................       31,100         36,334       38,340 
                                                                     =========     ==========    ========= 
Net income per share ............................................    $    0.23     $     0.67    $    1.37 
                                                                     =========     ==========    ========= 
</TABLE>


(1) On June 17, 1997 the Company's Board of Directors approved a two-for-one
stock split of the Company's common stock, effected in the form of a 100% stock
dividend to holders of record on July 8, 1997. Financial information presented
above has been adjusted to reflect the impact of the common stock split for all
periods presented.










<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 21.1



                        Jabil Circuit, Inc. Subsidiaries

Jabil Circuit Limited, (United Kingdom)

Jabil Circuit SDN BHD, (Malaysia)

Jabil Circuit de Mexico, S.A. de C.V., (Mexico)

Jabil Circuit of Michigan, Inc., (Michigan)

Jabil Circuit Foreign Sales Corporation, (Barbados)





<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS CONSENT

The Board of Directors JABIL CIRCUIT,INC.


We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statement (No.
33-63820) on Form S-8 of Jabil Circuit, Inc. of our report dated October 3,
1997, relating to the consolidated balance sheets of Jabil Circuit, Inc. and
subsidiaries as of August 31, 1996 and 1997, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows and related
schedules for each of the years in the three-year period ended August 31, 1997,
which report appears in the August 31, 1997 annual report on Form 10-K of Jabil
Circuit, Inc.


                                          /s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
                                          -------------------------

St. Petersburg, Florida
November 26, 1997








<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. FOR THE YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 1997
AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          AUG-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                             SEP-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               AUG-31-1997
<CASH>                                          45,457
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  116,987
<ALLOWANCES>                                     2,690
<INVENTORY>                                     96,187
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               265,998
<PP&E>                                         216,511
<DEPRECIATION>                                  76,991
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 405,903
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          168,650
<BONDS>                                         50,000
<PREFERRED-MANDATORY>                                0
<PREFERRED>                                          0
<COMMON>                                            37
<OTHER-SE>                                           0
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   405,903
<SALES>                                        978,102
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               978,102
<CGS>                                          857,245
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  857,245
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                39,003
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               1,612
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 80,242
<INCOME-TAX>                                    27,745
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             52,497
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    52,497
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     1.37
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     1.37
        

</TABLE>